manual for commanders of infantry platoons part s 3 and 4

8/8/2019 Manual for Commanders of Infantry Platoons Part s 3 and 4

http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-for-commanders-of-infantry-platoons-part-s-3-and-4 1/251

PART~lIII.

MA~TERIEAL.;

CHAPTEIR II.

THE AUTOM~ATIC RIFLE.

In thiis arm the r·eloa2ding is automatically accomlplishedi by t~hefoarce of therecoil. Feeding is accomplished from semicircularpack~ets (clips) each of which contains 20 DAlM cartridgies. Agioodladjustment of the extractor permits the use of the ordinary$rifle cartridg~es (D) as wTell,s the special machline-gun car·-

Personnel: One gunner, tw~o ammunition ca~rrie~rs.

Ix~ORMSATION AS TO A4RMt AND E~QUIPMEIFNT.

(a) Gu~ner:Pon.ALutomaltic rifle writhl case…_,, _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 0 . 022i clip pouches (4 c l ip s ) … 8 . 8 0 - - - - - -- - ~ - - - -. . ,SSpecial pouch (4 clips andlI cleaning outfit)…_,,,, _10. 842Automatic pistol, w-aistbelt, 3 c lip s … _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 3 . ?74

42. 90O(b,) First. alumunition carrier:Special halver~sack, (8 clips and 1 palcke~t of carutridges)-__, 93 9$~cartridgeposuch (4 patckets of cartridges) … 1_,_ _ _ _ _ i . 82Automatic pistol, belt, and 3 c lip s … _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

74·i-I.. 5li4

07-



68,~ MANUAL FOR COMMAII~NIDERFSOF INFANTCRY; PL~AT;OONSi

(c) Second amu~nnnition carj~ier::

Rifle 1886 and ordinaryequipment (1 packet of cartridges

P~ounds.in the boxes)-13. 20

Ordinary haversacki and Spackets-_- iL----- 29. 04

42.I 24

Each of the above cargies also a haiversalck (for foodi), Ccanllteen, blaznket, and tent canvas, one shovel pick at the belt.Length of the a.rm__------l--i___nches§ 41 3385Length of banrrel___-do-----i_--iI- 17. _7665Weight of nakedl arm withoutclip - ponads~- 19. 25WGeight of one c l ip?_____do- - - - - - ,_ -e -~- 1.; 87

Cartridges carried:

By the gunner_______~--1-^~,,,_, 60By fi~rs~tmmunition calrrier… _----i-------- 480By second almmunition carrier…----c,,-----384

1, 024

2iina~lnary of nzomc2nclaturle.--The auxtomatic rifle is divided

into' twro parts: F~irst, at fixed part ; second, a mzovable parlt.First. The fixredlpart compr~ises: (a) Guide sleeve; (5) stock;;

(c) firingmechcanism; (d) ba~nds, swivels, etc.Second. The movable part, includes: (a) Barrel, receiver aind

barrel recoil spring; (b) bireechblocki and breechblocki recoilsp~ring; (c) mechan~ism for feediingr.

I~Znformation rlegardinzg " fiactzioningiS."-To' obtain the var~ious

operations neccssary to the perfect ':functioning" of the arm(extralction, ejection, reloazding), it is necessary to secure auto-maticnlly the separat~ion of the br-eechblock and the barrel.

In the mlovem~ents of these two parts, there aire three phasesto be considered:

First. Under the action of the gas: T7he mov~able part, ba~rrel'an-d breech block;, is carried backwanrd.

The piece is cocked.Seccand. Under the action of the barrel recoil spr ing: The

barr·1cl return1~S -to thle firing·L position, the breechblockr is caughtaind held at the coupling.



MANBUACLFO)R COMIMtNDERS OF IN~FANTRY PL;ATOONS1 69

Third. Under the action of th~erecoil spring of the breech-block: Tue l~iberatedlbreeehblochr i~s carriedl forwL~ar·d.To fire it is aecessairy to dlraw the hreechblock to the rear,that is to siY?t1o ock it,) 1)y mlea~nsof the lug provided for thatpurpose, to snap the clii) under the gun, then to press on thetriggeieinloioer to free the breeclhilockt, which, being carried for-wardr~~Y'the iccoil spring, loadsxthe arm andcfires the ca~rtridge..'The bP 'a ndc scafet~yicier has a caml that, according to itsposition, locks the p~iece,assures automatic fire, or fire by sin-

gle shots.FTor· auztoma~ttic:ire: Cam horizontal (set at M), hold the fingeron thle ri''irger; iti th!is action ceases the fire stops- barrel for·-wardt ;brcebhblock canughti in the rear position.Enldc' 01 to hold the line of sighti on the objective; arrestethe tir~c~to1epoint thre 1)iece.Threecc k;in·ds bf fire: By short burst~s,2 or 3 cartridges (rang-

ing fire). 3By long bursts, 6 to 8 cartridges (normal fire forerffect). Rapid fire, 20 cartridges (in a crisis).T~o fire byJ s~ingle shots.-Cafm vertical and turned dlown (setat C~). Press the trigger, annt release it after. having repointeilthe piece at each shot.Safety.-Cam vertical an~d t~urned upwardl (set at S). Thult-rigger· mechanism is inoperative. The clip beinlg exhaustedi,

cock the piece; pi-essihe catch thrat holdis the clip in place andir~eceive it in the hand as it drops wvhen tile catch is relealsedl.Acciden~ts of flr'c.-The gunner can r~emedy on tile battle fieldthe following principal sources of arrest or delay Qffire:1. Fa~ilur~e of tile br~eeehbloeh to "couplee" (ther~efor'e to"coek~") inb theC i-ear positionZ.-Dr'aw the cock~ingriece (ma-neuverbutton) clear balck so it w~illatch.2. Facilur~e of barrl'c to r·et'urn h~omez.-X~Tork;he maneuver I~ut-

tonl; if that does not suflice, strikie the but o h ic t·ground. ftepeeo h,3. Fanilursle to entracct.-Extractl the shell w-ith the THotchki~sshlook or the cleaning r·oll that are in the p~ouch of cleaning

4. Failulre to feed anzd facultti inser~tion oftli e ear'tridge.-DlonzotIwa·stetime. Change the tcilp.

Care' of the e ~pon1.--Keep the piece in~ the earse unt2il 'it is8 re-qucired.for- irinzg (protection ainsztfp mud, d7ust,etc.).



70 ~IANUAL(FOR COIB~MCANDES OF flt~dfa~'TRY PLAbTOO8.0~

.~When flrin~.-U~tilize. -every3short suspension~ of fire to aeansuch parts as will not require:(lismounti~ug the piece.

After firing.-Give special attention to' the bore of the pivee,the chamzber, th1e breechbtoch and t~he r·ece~ivers,he clip anzd itsOpr~vng.

Currenzt im22provelnentst-,·-- flash anl~d over (·4to onee~al· dfls9h>:.-iAdetachable feed plate permitting the use of thle arm ~·for :sin-gle shot fired at the rate of 40 shots per minute wvhen the clipsare defective. A sling permitting the habitual carrying of thepiece slung fromn the shoulder; carrying acr~oss and in front; of1the body inl advancing as skirmishers; carrying under the rightjrin andl firing while advancing.

'~~err~iee of" the au~tomactic rifle-Posi~tion of the yunnlers-Th~epEositi~onof thle gunner exercises an influence of ·the first -im-nportance in the proper. functioning of the gun. Normatl positionz,gunner lyi9mgdown. The body is placed obliquely with respectto the ax~is of the piece, the f'ore a~rms serving as a support,the piece held by the right hand at the small of the stockr(pistol-grip), the left hand ait the balance. Place the~ right.cheel in front of. the bushing of the bre-ech block in order toavoid the "krick "'. FCacilita~te the placing of the cheek by re-fusing· the right shoulder and advancing the left shoulder. .Theline of sight will pass through the right eye when the bodyis, so dispo~sed with respect; to the piece.

O~bservuations on the position of the eheeh.--The piece hasthree point~s of support: The crutch, the lef~t fore arm, the rightshoulder. Both hands exert continual pressure to bring thepEieceagainst the shoulder, to prevent getting o~ff the targ~etduring long bursts of fire, and t~oavoid accidents.

1I)ivisionof"

duties-Du~ztiesof th~e gunnler.-Seek~s -objectives

aznd3stimzates ranges, fixes the elevation, executes the firingand regulates its intensity.

Duties of thie first ammunit~ion carrier: Keeps at the rightof thlr gunner to observe and secure the proper functioning'of the piece, keeps the Hotchlkiss hook. in his hand, regulatesthe r~eleaseof the loading piston of the clip, anticipates- the

exhaustion of the clip, observes the operation of theejector,

guards against accidents.Duties of the second ammunition carrier: Serves as scout

during the advance, fills emnptyclips at the firing- point, mYain-



MANMAL FOR COMMYANDERS OP INFANTRY PLATO)ONS. :71

tain's t-he supply of ammunition. Holds himself readly to inter-vene writh fire or bayonet during the delicatemoment of chang;-i~ng clips or inl ca.seof a jam.ll

T7o Arc~ adv~ancing.-The possibsility of firing while advancingresults in the delivery automaltically of a low fire with a slightsweepinzg effect given almo~st naturally by the movemlent ofThis fire can~ be executed by single shots, by short bursts,

;by long bursts, or even by rapid fire of fullclips in the un-fiorseen contingencies of battle.I-t is much easier when the piece is supported by a2make-shift slings that passes over the left shoulder to the end of the

Plositionz of the A. 1?. to ~fireadvancing.-Grip the stock firmlylunder the rigrhlt arm, seize the piece with the left hand at: theballance, and pr~ss t~heleft elbow-tzainst the b~odyinl sucha wa1y:as toCbtarin a point of support there. The left hand should sogrip the piece that the left arm acts as a firingrsupport or' trestle.Rule~s for' the advuance.-Andvaacee directly on the ob~jective·.ITnclinethe body well forward and harmonize its movement'w~ith~the firing of the piece. The cadenced step is convenient:in fir'ing by- single shot. Each shot should be fired ats the left:

loo t s trikes the ground.A sufficiently r·apid fiexione step is suitable for aiutomaiiticfire.The gunner and the piece should become a1sinlgle mchaznism,to such an extent that; it is no longer the gunner who carriest-he gun, but is Seem7in~r4ythe gun that advances and the gunnerwhboconformsto it. with the movements of his body.Thlis r·esult is arr·ivedlat· only by daily training, compristag:

Supplying cexercises,progressive loading of the gunner, cross-country mar~ch-esf ~rarduallyincreatsing dlifficulty, ru-shes fromnshell cratler to shell crater, and finally the assalult.

Practice the muenn changing the clips while marchingf.The maximum efficiency of the automatic rifle in battle neces-sitaltes, therefore, a thoroughlyp ins8truzlted and trainiedl personnel.A thorough k~nowledlgeof this arm should be acquired not onlyby the gunner~s,

but also by all officers and noncommuissionedo icer's aind the greatest possible n~umber. of privates. It is notaIdmissibsle that the disalppearance of a gunner should involvethe cc~s~sitionof fire from his gun; every weapon the operator



72 MANLBUALFOR COMMAND~BERS OF INFANTCRY PLA&TBOOIJS

of whr~ichis placed hors de combdft;s atonce seizedand lserved

by anotheir; the! positi~on ofI operator' of' an· aakton'tatic rifle shzoUldbe conzsi~dered anzd soughtk as an honor.. (Cazlled fusiliers in theInfantry.

CHA~P'STERIII[.

MACH,@EINEI~3~UN~S.

Machine guns in service: M/achin'e gun, model 1907, remodeled(T.) Machine gun, oatchkl~rss,model 1914.

Officers, and noncommllissioned officers should unlderstand themanipulations essential to the firings of either of these models

under critical circums~tanrces. The following ideas wiil serve asain outline of the theories practiced, gun in hand, in evolving:them. Every oflicer and noncommissioned officer should himselfhave fired one or twobelts (of ammunition).

M/ACHINEi QIJN~, MllODEL 1907-T.

This mach~inegun has replaced the Puteazux ~grunnd the M.1_907not remodeledi (NI.T.).

The first utilized the force of the gas from the powder by theexpansion of the gas at the m~uzzle.

The machine guns of 1907 N~.T. and TP.borrowed the gas onlthe. wvay. They diifferedl only in some minor details (motivepower, sights, etc.).

They have two controls--The fi~xed trigger., operated by the gunner, permits intermit;-

tent fire and suspension of fire.The mnovacble trigger", operated by the speed regulato~r through

the intermuedialry of the trigger catch, permits automatic -fire,wCjithegulated cadiences.

The speed~ regu~lator regulates the raising and lowering of themovable trigger. It becomes active when the rapid-fire buttonis pushed to ·the ri~ght; to vary the cadence, act on the regiidat-inzg lever; it ceases to act when the button is pushed to the left.



74 MAN3UAL FORE COMMANDER'P%~S· OF INFANTRYH PLATOONS.r

Care.--Disrnonnting andl car~e, atnd the mleans toi be 'uppliedclin case of jams. etc., ar·etaught only to ihe mnachine-gun mnen.

Support.-The 1907i-T uses eithler o-f the followingf support.s:Thle tripod, mlodel 1907-C, m~odel 1997'-omnibus, mlode:l 1915-oinO:ibus; th~e nrampart carriage,, model 1907i aznd 1907-omlnibus.s

All. of these carria~ges' includle acpivota~l support andl a. trip~od.The 19Th.;upport is sm~ml~lerandl ligh~ter t~hacnthlose of 190.(-O.

Deflection: Tihe p>ivoting suppEort turns onl a circala;r bedl. It;is immobilizedl for lock~ed ire.

EIlevaztion: By means of the elevtating screw~T.Elevalti.on limitSa re +t200 and --25o . These limyits mzay b~extendedl by-mueans o f.al movable device at~tachedl to t~he suppor~t.

The ramlpart; carriage alone possesses a swccpinga~ m~cha~inism.In the other models sw~eeping is regulatedl by hand.

Al~l carr1iaLges are pr~ovidedi wITithraducated sect~ors for1 lanying~the piece inzdeflection. A specia~l leveling dev-iice p~ermits la~ying

All. tripodl sup~por~ts admlnit of txvo height-s of the piece abovetthle ground: St~anding. 32.6'7 inches; kineeling, 18.11. inches.

Ammunitionz--TShe malchine gun I 907-T fires; theF ordlinarycartrid~ge 1886-D. (bsi-ogivale bullet of brass, powd-ter·, B. Nu.3F.~).but: preferably the 1886 D. A. Mi~.,imlilar to the first, but wtith aspecial primler. It fiires allso the old cart~ridge, mlodfel 71836-M(cylindrlo-ogival bullet, writh -lead~ core andl Gernism silv-er·shleath), hut requires increased elevations (corr~espondling Ito artincreazse of -range of one-~third).

The cartridges are arranged in mletallic. strip clips of 25~cartridges each, or in flexrible cloth bandoleers of 3093 carltridges.The allotmlent is 10 of the latter per piece.

An acmmultniti~onbox contains 12 metallic clip-s or 1 crlothrbandoleer.

Boxes containing bandzoleers havte as distinct~ive markI',inl add~i-tion to a red band, the letter H painted on the large face of thlebox, seen whlen the box is upright, cover hinge to the right.This serves the double purpose of distinguishing the top of thebox when it is placed fiat in the caisson, the base of the cazr-tridges dowLn,

and for the convenient orientation~ of the boxd~uringr fire.Band'oleer box~es are inseparable fromul their banudoleers,amidl

resupp~lyingr shouldl be accomplllished byT changing boxes contain-



Ml~PaNUAL:FORl~_COIAI2WANERS OaF IN~FANTRY P'LATOONS. 75

ing umpty~~3andoleers foP· uan equanl nmnnb~erofi boxes of fuElllbaudoleers.

AL~mmunition echelons:1. WTith the comatlal echelon, 18 boxes per piece, 5,400 rounds.2: In the C; Tn. of the M~.G. Co., 3 caissons (or 24 pack mules),

25,;000Qo·unds.3. In thre artillery paRrkiof :the infant~ry division or corp~

artillery: Eachz snilall arms ammunition section has 13 cai~sscnssof machine-grun cartridges.

Transporet,-D~Iistinction is ma~de betwieen packr trainsport andcart; transport. (8cc Oarganization of the Infalntry Regiment,P~art IV, Chazp. II.) Acartr can carry 1 M., G. complete, and.from 6to 1~2boxes of ammi~unition. A p:lacksanimal carries 1M. OKand 1 box, or 6 boxes.

Psuncis.Wieigrhtof Mr. 0-_--- _____,,,__;____ 52.i8

Tripod and sapport (mzodel 1907)…,,,___,,,____ 72. 6Tripod and suoport (model 1915-,,,,,,_, _ _ _ _ _ - _ -57. 2Box of ammunit~ion-__26. 4Total baild of pack animal-,,-------------- 264. 0Total load of a cart- - 792-86B. 0WTejght: of a loa2ded ca~issonz_-4,_,_,_,_____ _ 4180Q. 0

(See "Ammunition supply," Part IV.,Chap. XI.)

HIoTcHKxss MlrACHINE GUN, MI1ODEL1914.

Mi3odel1914 is a modification of model 1900. The Hotchkiissutilizes gas in functioning the same as the 1907. It has a sialpiefire mechanism and has no speed control. It fires at the rate ,ofabout 450 rounds per minute.

Fire.-i . To coclc the p~iece: Open. the breechblock and pull thecocking piece clear back. Push it forwvard.

2. To load: lBreechblockr open. Insert a clip in the feed slot,cartridges uppermost, up to the ratchet.-

3. To fire: (an) Intenrmittenz t fire: Press thte trigger, releasingit qyuickly. (b) Automzatic fire:D Press the trigger, continuing theaction.

4. To arrest the fipre: Release the trigger.Recoil control.--Exc~essive ejection is indicated by pronounced,

vibr~ation and violent e~jectiobnof shells; dleficient ejection, whenthe shells are not discharged freely,.



76 I IANUALFOR, COM~MANIDERS O)F INFANRTRY1LAnTOON31.

Screw the regullator in or' out in ord~er to va~ryhlecapac~it~yofthe chamber. W~henset: at 0 (zer~o) the ejection is at its maxi.-mnuml at 4, minimzllum. TJLhe~erulator is ordlinarily-set betw~een3 and 4 for m~ean temp~erature.

Support.-The Hotchkiiss 1914Jhlas one pivot~ing~ supplortf andlC~,Peripod. Clear~ heighit: 27i.56 inches to 1.378 in~ches Fl va-Lioonarc, 250 (+10. to -15~). The suppoit~sof MI.: -·19ri~ canbe usedl by inserting a specia~l cap.

Amumunition.-Samel as iuodel 1907i~ The use of car·tridgiesISSG-D, whichl often ]have defective prmminer~sshlouldl howev-er,be avoidedl. MEetallic balnd clips of 2~4artr1idages or joinlted:steelbanlds or' clips of 250 cart~rid~eS. Thrcl~ejomnm 1 clips~ :ire issuedper piece. Amm~uniitin boxes contaiin 19 r i i idci 1Lom. e0 t c C l i p .Boxes are clearly distinguished b~ytheir smiap~e. It; makes no(difference which sidte is up. Amllmunition W bul~clsl,m~ r~ thle1907, to within a fewV Ilmndred rounds.

Transport.--Hotchkiss section-s aroe mdllcar~ried i. carts. ThI~ew-eights nre similar to those for the 1907, given!-abkove.

MIXSeELL;~EOUS INiFORMATi''ON.

Repairs.-FEor impor~tant;repazirs or x h a glillf·of pieces, theMI.G. C'o.app~lies dlirectly to the r~epai~ sh1opof th1ecorp2s ori divUi-s~ionl r'tillery~ park'h.

It is there that cartridgets are asxsemlbledl inl clips (bnnds);never in the comlpanyl.

To disable the piece.-,li. G. 1.~907: Takn away:1Jthe br~ecebbidekra~tchet; bendl the covert of the breebhblockii box: and, if i),osrzible,br1eakBhe hinge by hammlsering` it backwrdczc, co~veropenl.

H~otcl2/i·i~s&.-R~emnove the breebhblockr amid ther tlover~.Sn lthe feed~ elevator and~ th~e ga~scylinder.

CHAPITEIR LV.GRENADES.

ClassificaLt~io;it.-All4 grenades in use at: the present timue acreprovidedl with time fucses which cause explosion a cer~tain num-ber of secondts (averag'e 5) atfter· they are lighted.

Grentades for- def~ens~ive action~ m~ust be dlisti~nbuished fromgr~elna~es for' offen-si~ve a~ctionz. In comb~at at close qlnnrtei's in



~wa~.AWUA'FOR: _CO~~iA~~.DD E S :OF I~~''FlANTYgt'PLATC·O·O~S.7

Open' terain,: andi particularly~ du:·i~ringpa-n assault,- offen1·sivegr~enad~es mayTbe used without exposing the· grenadier to da~ngerfrom the frarmnents. The da~nger zone of these grenadlesis.~limited, extending not more than 8 to 10 yards beyond thebursting ·point. Defensive gre@nades burst in a shower: ofdeadl.y fragmrents an~d~ar~e effe~tual at~ a dtistaznce of m~ore than110 -yards from the pgoint o(i explosion1. They should never li'ethrown\QIfrom a position unlpr ~tected from fragments whi~Chmlight; fly back.

Grernades are thrown either by hanzd or rile~, the latter hoingthrown with the aid of a '"discharger,' a special device fittedto :the rifle. Fiinazlly, ther'e a~resuf~focatting, sinLohe poroduccing,annd 'iheendiary·~ grenades,--fforpecia l uses.

Pr·imers in use are as follows:' Meltal pr~imer and auctomaitepr~imer, mnodel 1916 B. The second is intended to supersedethlefir~st.

The me~tal prim~er (see fig. '71) is a percussion pr·imer. Afterreimoving the safety cap strike the grenade on the heel of theboot, rifle stock, or other hard object. This brings the pirimnerinto contact with th e striker, thus igniting the slow matchwhich in turn fires the detonator and causes the explosion. -Thesafety cap prevents accidental puncture of the primer casebefore actual and intended use of the grenade.

Ag~r~elnade muzzst a~lwaytzs be thzrownl imme1r~~dilately up~on ligh7tinzgan~d wIcithlout stopI·inzg to verify it s ignzition1.

The autom~atic pr~imer' (figs. 6,9b and 70) acts on a dlifferentprinciple. Two fuses aire simu~ltaneoutfly struckB by a2percussionspring, in form of a small pincer, which is releazsedr by movingthei bolt. This bolt is automa~ticazlly moved~ by ra~ising~i the -lev:~er,which is held in safety position

by the pin (wTTith ring) an~d,after the pin is withdrawn, by thte hand holding le-ver antilgrenade.

T'o throw'1~ a gre·nade sup plied wiath ani aultoma~ztic pr"imner.--Fiirst. Hold the grenadle in the hollow of the right hand, primerend up, the r·ing turned in and~-near~ the batse of the t humb.Thlever~ then lies in the palm of· the hand and mayl~Fe held firmuly

without; effort. Secondl. By means of the r·ing wbithdranw thepin with the left ·handl '(fig. ·69a).·- The grefliade is now set; atf"re~ady and care must be taken to hold ·he lever dowvn:. Thiird.



78 MKANUALFOR, COMaMANDEIRS OF INiFANTRYS PLATOONS.

Sight; thle, target over~ thle extendled eft. a1rm anld. thcrowhe

~:r~enadies p~rescr~ibe!d in ''Instru~c~tion for· gr~enadl f~ighting."'

Fic. 69.

.RE-xfin]is.--Hold the grenade wrell up towarzd t~he prlimer-!lso asto hloldhle lever' firmly in posi~tion. Do nlot r~emzove thie pin; until;just before throwving the grenlade. After rem~oving the pinl keepthe ha~nd closed but not clenched. Th'le e~ffort necessar~y to holdlthe, lever dowvn is slight, but; muust be continuous whbilelearenade is 5.2t at "'reacdy."



1~lf~ANUAL~FORtOIIBM1VLAKDER O]F INFANTRY P~LATOONS. 79

It: is forbidldenz to set off: the fuse of at grelnade befcore rthrow-i/iC-iingnd'r jretext- ha6~t -t~he imatdhi r~quirs so' lo~ng -to bur~n.

TIlhe g~renad~iermust avoid; continuous holding of a grenradeset at " ready," and mus-t particularly avoid wvalking, as a falsestep~ might cause him to let it; fall. Normally the raising of' the~end of the lever abo~ut 1 inch wIill cause the grenade to explode.In the process of Iipanufacture this distance may be perceptiblyredlucedl. Therefot'e, th e ~hanshould b-e keptt tightly closed andno a~ttempt madie to test the working of the lever. The grenadierwill soon learn :that: this weapon may be handled both safelyand easily, provided he does not: take chances.

ShLouldl the grenade Ifall1, by accident, he nsust- keep calm~, pickeit up qyui~ckily, and thLrow it before it excplodes.

B~y developing ~theprese3ncE1of: m~ind ~inis g'renadiers an in-structor may avoid m~nany accidents caused by carelessness.Each one should be requir~ed to practice throwing an emptygrenade on the ground and then tocdount;the seconds alkoud. Bythe time he has counted 5 the gr~enade mzust have been pickedup and thrown,· and the entire personnel m2ust he under cover·.

]?RECAIJTIONS TO BE OB5ERVED IN REGARD TO JNTEXPLODED GRENADES.

Every unexploded grenade is a source of danger and should

he regarded as a shell which has been primed, but not exploded.TSherefore none should be left on the terrain. If proper pre-cautions arLeta.ken and the grenade fuse has ignited properlyt,there can be- no danger in' picking up and throwing unexploded~grenades. If troops azre required to take a position wrhere thereare a~nyunexploded grenades, these: should be~ enaoved as soonlas possible. One man, with the aid of a branch or stick, re-

mloves the grenades, while the rest of the personnel remainund~er cover. As a rule, failure to explode is due to nonignitionof the fuse or the detonator; sonaetimes ~toin error in assena-huing the primer; and naore rarely to failure of the percussioncaps (ot' igniters) to operate. If the percussio~n bolt groove isnot oibstructedt by naud, onle can easily see if the fuses have op~Er~atedl, as the groove will be blackBened. Su~ch girenafdes aire ni.

more dangerous to hzandlle than th~e ordinary grenadc.If, on the other hand~, thle sides and bottomn of th e groov~e are~wchite and shiny, the furses have not operated, and thle percus-



80 1MANUAL FOR COMMANJDERISOF INFANMTRYPLA3I;TOONa~S.

sion springr, being in contact w~ith the fuses, might ignite atany shock-. In fact, by strikring: a~nunexploded dummly grena~deviolently, on any hard surface, the primer

can be d~estroyedtwithout striking the pin. Th~is is due to the smllll mazss of thestrjiker. In any case, unless thre operaution of the fuses is quitee'vid~ent, it is best to temlove the grenadces sinaly3 anld by ha~nd,xvitliout taking the eyes of'f theml, so thiat thdy maty; shouldlthex become ignited, be thirownl asway wvithouit delay. Inc~x-l~lodedl grenadles ai e pdled togrether and1 fired~ by azpetardc. Temax- be usedl to adx ant'tge to charbge

nfouga~,sse.

11 is foi~biddcento unscrew the p~rimrnl cap of a loadcedi grenaldeiinlles it is done xxith a special tool desigrnedi to protect th~eOp:el at ~oth n m the! esplOsiOn.

LIfniot c than ~ pci· cent mxi~sfir'e,the fa~ct sholdcntb:e r·ep~orted'intl the m'irk1 on taoe b:ody of the pr~imer ind~icatedl.

GR.ENAD)ESx suuLVICu.rj'Ihe princ~ipal grenades are: (1) T'he 0 F' 1.915 (off c~iisive,

lusc); (2,) the F 1915 (dlefensix-c, fuse)~; (8) the citron C'F';

Locking 14·d .. p ) Ringr and pin,

Cl'

FIc. 70;0 FIIgrenade woith automa~tic :primer.



IVA'NUALFOR. CO)~WMAN~DBRS OF INFANTRYEPLATOONRS: 81

(4) the suffo~catinz~q, m/·odel 1916; (5) the A B 1916 (incendiary,sjmoke p~roduncingruse) (6) the rifle j7 B (fuse) ; (7) the rifle

D~ BZ (per'cussion).First. Grenade 0 F 1915.-Fuse grenade, for offensive action.C:omposition nietal, ovoid envelope 0.11-8 inch thicki, filled with)i ounces, 127 grains of cheddlite. (Fg 0)Automatic ormeta'l prim~ing cap.

Shipment to the; arm-bies is m~ade in cases containing either200Ooaded b~odies or' 50 primingr caps. They can be assemzbled

in any s~uitable p~lace, after wThich1 the ~primledweapon mnay be

iss-uedt to the ~troops.Total wvceight~, a~bout; - pound.Second. Grenade F, 1915.--Fuse gr~enardefor' defensive action.Clast iron, ovoid envelope, wiithf extierior grooves; to facilitate

firazmentationl. IEither the metal or~ atueomatic p~iimer may bemnountedlon t'his gr~enade. (Figs. 0%~-nd '71.) Shipmn~ent to thearm·~iesis malde in cases con~tainiurei her 100 loaded bodies or 50

prim·ingucaps. They ar~e loaided, primedc~ nd 'issembled at Armydelpots betoi e issuiing to the t~roope. 6lCbarge' or. 50 5 bra~,insche~ddite Total weightJI, 1 lb., 5 o~z.70 5 r·amns.

Third. Citm~onC F,--Fuse greun'id foi dlefensiv e action. Sim-pile v-a~iet~y of F1' Special pci cussion p1 imei silmilazr to them-letalpmnci This grena~de c'ia not be opema'edl bg an tauto-

Four~thlnuff~ocating grenrade, ilodel 1916- fa~se grenade.Lteaded mron,oxoidl body. Fercussion primner Ti3hesedevicesare suffocatiugf and tealr pr~oducing, but li~ttle poisonous. Theyrender incios-edl or badly ventilated areas untenable and may23be suitably used inl for'cing the enem3y to evacuate shelters,cazves, etc. T~he grenade, w~hich hazs no explosive mat~erial ex-cep~t,the detonator, may be safely thrown a distance of 15 yardsin open country. Avoid throwring agacinst the wind, as thesuff~ocaltingbases w-ouldlin that; event be blZown back to thethr~owier. Shipmente to the armlies is mlade in case of 25gr·ena(ea loaded and primned. Charznge, 7I oz., 33.;5 gr·ains ofspecim~l.liquid. Weigrht, 14 oz., 47 grains each.

Fiftha. Grenzade AbB, 1916.-Offenssi ve, incendiary, smqok~e.pr~o-ducing fuse grenade (74). Spherical, com-position metal ~body,mletal p~rimver; andhcmethod of using th-e xsame as Fi~. D1oesndit



82 M83ANUALEOR CO MANS~T1EPS OF INFANTRY PLA;TOONS.

p~odced an erou exlosion, but: projects flaming particleswit~hin,· a radius of 15 to 20) y~ads. ~Shouldnot be thrownraga8inst tbe wilc1, asthe compoisition generates a dense~ smokie.

Detormatoh

Ftc.1- 1 gead i h m t a imr

Twenygenaesl l p r o u c e q u i e ath ic cou. A uexploeden ce o th s ypemaybe iced p a d h r o n aaiwithoatauger to the ·s t' aftr tepie a enca·



MANUAL FOR COMMAN~BDERS OF INFANTRY PLATOONS. 83

Shl~ipm~rentta armies is madlce in cases ofl 50 gr~enadasj reatdy foruse. Chalrge, 1 lb., Ii~oz., 2775.l grains; of: l~naffamable comlposh-tioIfl. Tota~l w~eight, 1 lb., 9 o~z.,4.3;95 gra~ins.

Sa·Fetyp ,a-

P mer

W2oode p lIWodnpiL

3IOwv mat~ch

Cas iron body aerro

withtheid of a ~ ~ ·i shage " (trombinfitedp ronnifanrrifeusighe eric c a r t r i d g . A n t e d i c o e sdo hrifet a peia b a n k c a t r d g fpor irig h D lt rnae

Ths evceil ld anre. ~h ife ayb fre fo



84 M6~aNUAL FOR CO)l~?JAbNDERS0 F INANTR1Y PLAtTOON.the shoulder· (Vr B), but prefer~ably from the ground or in t1he.position '"Chlarge bayonets," or on a flrame, The maximumranges of the ·w·toypes (203 anda 883 yardls) may be securedlby aiming at an angle of 4dO* The high angle, of fall makes itpo~ssible to obtatin plung-iingfire on the trnches~.I~·~A GP~exa~eV I.-:~stis b:ody, writh in~ter~iorgrroovres tofscilltate fragmr~entationl, Pcc~v~e~ conte~ining twio tubes perma-

nleatly heldlin place; one laterazl, which receives the igniter atnddetonator, andi one cenztral through! which the bullet passes.Trhe bsullet strikes the pr~im-er w~hichignites the fuse, and at thesame time, the gases of the c~artrid~ge expan~d into the "dis-charger " and project the grenade.Ml~ethtodof nzsinzg.-Acldjust:the " discharger " securely in themuzzle of: the rifle. Insert the V B grenade as far as it will go,



M~ANUAL FOB CO~MnMANDERS OF· INFANTRY9 FPLATOONS. :85

.its base re~stingn thke boCttom of the'" dlischaLrgev"~ wthich i~tt~eris shapeds like a trIunlcatled~ cone. PLoad thle r~ifile w\\ithl a rcy'ula-1C~tiom12 banll car~t'idGle andt fire.

Advticre andl inlzstriot~ioas Keepe~the interior· of the ";dis-charger " perfectly cle'm 'tad slightly oreazsed. Itemove all rustfroml the bodys of the mrencle. Ome primer· sh-ould~ not projec~ttoo farl info the! eanti ii c'mal, a, it mioht; be carr~ied awary bythe 1)alI wTithoult having~ acted ov thle ruse. Shipment to thearmies i:; madec in cases of 100 gl~'il~aadeS'eady to use. Weight:

of onle casre, 15T4lbs. &IIctse wTit~hnnd~es to conta~inl ~20ren-

De~onatcr- Loterd ube

Fu bber was her7 ~

w7-7~'~7/ /~~fl ~ li t+rLirghtin~ Cu e prime

Scr . ~arma~ture

Pie. 753.-" Dischag~er " andl V B3grenauct.

ades, has beenl adopted. Wieight of " discharger"' about; 3~ lbs.

Interior d~iamet~er. 1.013 in. WYeight of the grenaade loaded, 1 lb.,829 gr~ains. WFeigh~tof charge, 2?os., 50.8 grazins. Period ofcombusntion of slowTmnatch, S second~s wcith an allowrance of +1lsecond. T'he gradsuall h~eating of th~erifle by firing increases therange (about; 20 yards atCan angl~e of 45O). The firing tablebelow~ss approximuate andI~allowTs for 10 to 15 yazrds devia~tion.This table~cshowis that if the exp~losion takes p~lace 8 seconds

aIfter. firing it occturstat the mlinimum diista~nce als soon as it;strikres the_earth, and anbout 2~ seconds after strikingr the earth,if a~tthe maxtimnumcdista~nce.



8e MIANUAL P'OR COMMANDWBRS OF IN~aFB~~iANTRPLATOONS,

Firing table.

aFTrnns Range, Time ofdegrees in mtr.fight, in~,$,~,n mters.secondas.

45 90 5.250 580 5.655 554 6.

60 512 6.365 453 6.670 880 6.875 295 780 203 7.285 102 7.3

rSeventh. G~renadeD9R.--This grenade differs from the V Bon the fo'llowving p~oints:

It fEitsont~o at "mandlrel ', ' in, tend of being put into a dis-charger. It has a percusrsion fiuse. It is fired by a specialblanhl carteridge, instead of an ordinary ball cartridge. It ismore cumbersome, but hafs twice the range andt is more effec-tive. It has a cast-iron body, elongated toward the front by awNooden ogive and a fuse and towYai~ the rear by a swagedsheet-iron cylinder base with four .vanes. This cylinder inclosesthe special cartridge, held ·n p1 ce by a pasteboard plug. F~irewith the butt resting on thzegroun~d or in the position "chargebayonets," o~rfrom the special metalramue. The range is foundby varying the angle at which? the rifle is held, or, preferably,by maintaining an angle of 450 and regulating the volume ofthe exbpansion

chambzler.This is dlone by pushing the regulatingpin into a hole corresponding with the desired distance. Thispin controls the settlng of the gregnadeon thfe mazndrel.M~ethod of usln~g.-F~ix the mandrel on the rifle, regulate theanjle and regtulating pin; rem~ove the pasteboardl plug, extractthe cartridg , and fix the grenade on tile mandrel; remove

the fuse sa~fety pinl; load the rifle with the special cartridge,and fire.



MAfC~NUALFO~R:OMMANDB]OERS.OF 'INPFANTRYS PLCATOONS.87

Ad~~vice adc ·m)structionzs.--Aidere~~fire oithr a bafl cartr~idge.Lubricazte all contact surfaces. Straighten any vanes which

maFyhavo been lbent. Shipmlentl t~o armiies is madee in ca~ses of

S~f~ety pin

Bd~yof~r'enadncId x2!loslve

Spcinird e ase witch 4;.Vanes

Pastebar~d

~xpanSiofch am ber.

Discharger~ ~fRegBlatr~B pirn

Fastening or. thie u

F. a.Grenade and " mandrel" D Ii.

24, ready to use. Weight of one grenade, 1 lb., 4 oz., 2'76 grains,inlicludfng 3 oz. of explosive. Mlaximum range, a~bout 390 yards,t-o be~tbtazinedl by tiring at an angle of 420, with the grenadeshoved all. the way down.



88 MYIANUA~LFORt COMMAND~ERS OF INFANTRYE~PLATOONS.,

Eightth.· Practice or 'blanrk grenlades.-Disttinctive colors-Paiizted gray~: Loaded for servrice. .Patinted whit~e: Weightedwith sand, with an active fuzse. Pa~inted r-edZ: Filled and pro-videci, with blanzk fuses, or wit~h none at all. P~rimnersstampedwvith a cross: Active, to be used oniy withz unloadel grenadesj.Primners pierced in several places: Inacetive.

A wvoodenball cartridge shoul~d be used~ x~hen practicing withan active V 1Bgrenade, and, in order to insure ignition, theprimer mayTbe fixed at an Langlef" 4i5O Never give it thattangle wh~lensing a regular ball cartridge.

THCIE87-M1~M. (1.5-%jINCH) GSUTh~

Organlzatiom.-37-mm.~ gun 1916 T. RE. (rapid fire). Eachpiece is com~posedof:

F7irst;.The gun, on a trip~od carriage and transferable towhe-e~ls.

Second. A limber which transports the amzmunition, sparepa~rts, andf accessories.

O~nehorse canl usually pull the assembled gun and limber.When near the enemy th~e gun and limber are separated fortranzsport-at~ion by the gun detachment. Several giuns togetherfro'm a platoon. Its personnel is given under the- organizattionof the regiment. (Pt. I·V, Cha~p. II.)

The six men -serving the piece (1 firer, 1 loader, and 4 am-mnunitionservers) should be specialists in their· duty, but each.one should be able to p~erform any ·of the duties. If necessar~r,the gun1 may be servedby one man.

The 3'7-mm. gun being an infantr~y arm, all officers and asufficient number· of noncommissioned offcers and privatess~houldce famniliar wtih its wYorkrings.

Arsrf of the personnel.-The gunners, firers, loaders, andservers are armed .with automatic pistols, and the riemainder ofthe personnel with carbines and bayonets (or cavalry carbinesor rifles, model 1907-1915). The platoon commander andgunnler are provided with micrometric field glasses.



~I;A1OUALFORi CO~'lYLND~RERS OF INFANTR'RY PLATOONS.. 89

Thefirer @carPrie3 .the telescopic gun .sighti and -the instrum~enztfdcr~indirectlaiying.

Service of the gun.-T'1he. personnel should pr~actice the fol-low-ing movemzents:

Pull~ing the gun on wheels. Twtoservers· pull it by means ofshoulder straps. Tkhe firer and loader each carry a bag ofammzunitiona land srsave as resinforem~ents ifEnece.sx~y.

Transxporting ·y carrying. Takre the gun, carri~age, and

wheels apart. The muaner carries the shield; ·wo servers the.tripbdc ca~rriazge; and each a bag of ammirunition. WVithzhe aidof the rammller staff the firer and loader carry thLeguln. Theserver carries the axle and reassemybles the carriage.

Butting in battery, on, wheels or caufiaige. Chlang'e the posi-tion w7ithout dism1ounZting'the gun.

Regulating heigh~t andl direction of aim by meatns of thettelescopic sight. This should be firmly fixed on its support,the zero mark on the aim-ing circle Ibeing opposite the zeromnark~of the scale. Cock, load, fire, and suspend or cease fire.

Rteplace on wheels; limberup.

FIRING EMPLACEM INT OF` THE GUN.

(See fig. 76.)

Fire -Fiirst. D~irectfire: Per~mits of the qyuickest aldjustmentlzandi preduces the, most prompt results. Second. ird ~ectire:Aiming at: an object which is -clearl~y visible and near theobjective. Third. Masked fire: Target visible to the gunneronly; aim directed at a certain point- in the direction of thetarget.

Reg~ulation in direction: Fior direct fire, adjust the aimingcircl~e; each division on this circle corresponds to 1 mu,. Th&edeflection in m~ilss obtained by the gunner wvith the a~idofmicrometric field glasses or the battery comrmanmder'sr~uler.

In indirect fire tche gunner ascertains the angle betwieeatheobjective and the aiming point and lays off this angle on the:aimiing circle.

Adjusting the range: Try to bracket the target between a shortand an over,· starting with, either, according to the facilit~ies for



90 M~ANAv~L FOR COMI~MANDERS OF INFANTRY PLCATOON~S.

observationz. Begin with an. interva~lof 219·ykirds: ~and:gra-duallyreduce the bracket. It is not: expedient to reduce the bracke~t to-less than27 yards for raznges of mlore thaln 875Sards or to lessthea 13 yards for shoitei '1nages To i educte the bracket to Ai

(4'4,

I -(44)O

~~~O.~ F G 76.-yardst leastwo ounds at each rang should be observe

before~ ~eiigwehrterneissoto v r hnrdc

ingrd ato2ards four round~s at eachi range wilol~b e ecssary.e

Commence fire for effect as soon as possible.



3~dANUALIGQR COIV6~LMAItDERSfRF IN~FAN~TIRYS '~LATO)ONS3. 91

TSh~e-apparatust;foEr~:askdBLt~ ~fire:akes it possible to find themPinim~um range ·neesas~ry for a projectile to pass over the masuk.

If tha~t range result~s ina v~ers it will be nec ssar~y to get fartherbackl fromn he mnask-or to 'diminiskh its height.~Ammis·tnition.-Tw'Lokindls of shell: Cast-iron shell wveighing

1 poundc, iti-h percussion -fuse and blapck-powrdercharge. 3teel.shell, base fuse, wceighing'1 pound 1 ounce, 431.8 grains.

Chairacteristics.-Init~ial velocity about; 400 mneters (436yards). Reange 2,400 m~eters (2,625yards). kAveragedeviation:

In range, froml 14 to 18 yards at: all distances; in direction 1yard at 1,5;31, 2~ yards at 2,625iyards; in height less than 1 yardup to 1,094, 2 yards up to 1,7150,and 4~-yards up to 2,625 yardsrange.

CHEAPE33R.VI.

EXPLOSIVE AlD DE iIOITIONS

All~owoance to onze regimenslt of infaneltry.--Ope hundred a~Lndeight mzelinite petiardcs of 4 ounces, 333 gra~ins (in oaneof the toolwagons); one calse containing 22 yards detonating fuse, 15 ful-rinmate caps, aznd6 detona~tors (in the other tool wagon). T~hisdistribu~tion betwveen the twvo wagons is becatuse of· the fundala-muental principle that explosives should be kept separate f0romthle detonators. (They shou~ld never be carried together byone mana,or stored in the samneamm~unitionrecess, etc.).

8ap~pers handle the explosives. Naev~ertheless,every officermust be able to recognize and, if necessary, to use properly thle

followingexplosives and devices:.

~liel~initepetard and car-

.tridge, dietoniating fuse, fulmisnate caps, safety fuse (Bickford),igniter.

The following instruct~ions are amplified in Instruction inField Forti~fications.

uxPLOS~vaS.

Walc7 pow9der.-H~Mard slate-colored grains of var~ious*sizes-.Composit~ion, by w~eight, 75 per ;cent saltpeter; 12.5 per cent sul-phur; 12.5 per cent: charcoal.



92 I~An~UALZ ~ORCOM~MAbNDEflS OFP NMF-TTY -PLATOOINS.

The powder is explodedl either byi a 'violent :shockIor by*contactwmith a lighted body. It is a propellingexp~losive, to be used wvithl,tamping (when loni hag mines).Goodl powder burns withoutresidue. KTeepit dryg by using wsat~er-tightreceptacles. Barr~elsor eases of wood, zinc-lincd: 50 kilogramon(11.0 -polunds). Pre-Cautions must Ibetaken in decanting; i. e., pouring from one con-tainer to another (avoidl it if possib7le), and tra~nsporting (usecopper tools, permzit no smoking, etc.).

Artillery grenades, models 1882 aInd 1914, w'ier.e charlged- with-black powvder.ii:c liaitce.-Mlrelini e is a bu7rsting explosive, and~ max- be ad-vantageously used for destructive purposes asRa surfacecharge--that is, a chargreplaced in contact writh the object: tol;,e destroyed and only slightlyT tampedl or not tampledlat all.Fused or cast melli~te forms a2 ompact straw-coloredl mass. Itrafrely r~espondsto shocki or friction. Electric sparks do notigfnite it. U~pon

explosion it generates ver~y poisonous gases.Melinite must not come in contact wcit~hthe alkalis (sodal,potassiiim), especially with lead and its compounds (wvhite leadl,etc. ). Its detonating quality is seriously affected by dampgness,aInd when damnp its color is bright yel~lowirather than strawvcolor·.

Mielin12ite cialrd.--Brass envelope of elongatedl shape writhrectangula~rcross section, wiith a weld~edcover carrying theprimer seat, and conta;,ining 4 ounces, 333 grains of melinite.(Fg) T h e primer seat carries three smaill brass vanes,dlesignedlo hold the primer wshen it is introduced into the seat.It is closed by a pasteboardl washer andc band. with a ring, whirhlmust be removed to uncover the primler seat.W·Teigh2tf pctai-d.-Aboutt 7 ounces, 23.5 gra~ins. Seven petardls

placed endlto end mak~ea charge 40 inches long and contains2.2 p~ounds of mzelinaite.

Milelin~ite~cartrid/e.--Cy~indrical,2.85 centimeters (1.1 inches).in diameter; charged· 3 ounces, 228 grains powdlered mehinite-same stopper as the petard. Petardcs and cartridges, being pser-fectly watertigrht, may be stored in any sort of box;. Two ounces,50.8 grainsx petard, model 1k904, for settingf off larger charges;and 44

pound petards.Chtoratect~ cxplos~ivc~s.Generally used~to chalrg~e bombs ~andgrenades. These are h-igh~explosives. The principal ones aire:



KA~EFTIALFQOR COMMANDERShE'~, OFI·I4TFANTRY PLATOONPS.:93·

Ohed~!c~di~tc,:e.-Yelloishrpowdcer twhich hardens afertera timue,with a base of potassi-umnhlorate an~dcastorL oil. In bulk or-Lnpalper cartridges.Pcr-oittoralc of emn·ltonzi·;iwm-Ablue explosive compalsing per-ch~lorat~fendc' inzert paraff~in.

:Properties in commuon: Tfh~eyaire not subjeict to spontaneens·combustion, but ignaite upon contaCt with a1igh~ted body. Coin-

Bras~s band

Co0ver ~ tneo a~5~1p~h~~

FIG.7.-Four ounjcsa3 gr in petaj~~d~~d.e-~~butincanpors n a m s fethro h s xlsvs u

willevelop an exploio f h m s i sficetlareDetontedb concssiion(vn lgt)o yfrcinewehard~~~~u f c s r cu ion utb bevdi trn n

trasprtngn u b e o sal dpos h o l d b e p r v i e d

Chsior ate eplosivess mu st be eihadedwith@ eat care., The



94 MTANUAILFOR COMM~LANDERSOF INIFANTRY PLAhTOONS.

interior of grenades must be smooth and varnishedi or partsafinedibefore filling.'Primers ande fuses.-D~evrices for igniting,' detonat~ing, or trans-m3ittinghe detonation.Fuzclmzinatti2igpr'im~er 1880-D [email protected] 23,14,jgrazins of fulminate of mnercury contained in thle bslack var-nish~ed palrt of the small copp~ertube (hreight 1.7i6 inche , diaime-ter .217 inch). Violent exp~losive; v~ery sehsitive to concussion,friction, or tire. To br hazndledlwith cxtrcmcztcauztion.~ Commer-cial (ictonattors hazveno blac~k varnish. Primer~sand detouatoirsare used to detonate the ch'u'g~eand thze detonating fuse.

Capped d~tonatin~-fuse,w-t~h bras3ab~w-uator ancdjoint cover-ec with

Chattenton ·ape.

Fuc~aor Slow mat-chJ unct on of the -fuIm n at nprimer- with a alovv match

or& sim plef'Lse.Fic. '79.

Stoic/ m77atch (Bickforct sa~fely fu·se) .~L~Small .thrlend of finlepowdter .118 inchl in diameter, wr~appedin two layers of tazrredlcottons Burns slowly, 1 yardc in 90 seconds (about .39 inchlpersecondt). Time shouldL be tevted wscitha sazmple

from each coil.Ignited by ain igniter (see fig. 83) or dlirectly by tindier or anyother ligrhted body, after exposingr the powd-er train wti~thaknifEe.Detonzatinzg ~fuse-Tin tube about .197Tnch in dliacineter, filledl

with powderedlmelinite wrhichhals been compressed by d~rawingout the tube. Detona~tes by the action of fulminate or meliniteand. pr.topag~atesthe detonator at a i-ate of 6,550 to 7,650 yardsa: second. Sometimes called an instantaneous fuse. ~eight,3ounccs, 77 grains a yard. Avoid bending it at right angles or



Mia~btJALFOR CsaNssiala~ERS OF INm~aTTR PLrATsoONS. 95;

pulling it in such a xv y as to cause gaps and misfire. FoQrgrea~ter leng~thsthe dtetonatioa may be relayed by a 2-ounce, 50.5

zrainsatarda or by 2 peta~rds (tsh. 88) every 219 yards. Cut;of3rt94 inachesfrom the end before uasdng.Alternative: Detonatin, or trinitrotoluol (TNhT) fuse.Join·ts.-Spanish wvindlass (fig. 86) or with txvo petards;

:(fig. 88-).

F~ulninatiiriprimer-

FIG. 80).-Joint between fulminate cap and safety fuse 7with1out crimpingr.

Donube or" muzltiple comznecti~ome (figrs. 87 and 89)-- ~u y beused for the simlultanueous explo ton of several separsate c~ argsThe det~onating fuse is called the manster fuse, tQ x~vhiehrrhebranch fuses are join dl. Never join more than twtto branlchfuses to a 2 oz., 50.8 grains or other petard. Tie the branchfuses to the outside of th~epetazrd.

FIG. 81.--Priming the detonating fuse.

Fi~rition iguiter, mraodel 1913.-- o'hting device w5hich acts bywithdrawcing a friction wire froni the com~position inlth~e tIube-bymeans of a lanyatrd.

To fire, hold the unpai~nted end of the tube I 3txvtoen thlethumb and forefinger of the l~eft;and--tak2ing care not to close·-the ventholes. Rest, the hand on something st~eady, slacck off onthe safety fuse, hook thle lanyardl into the ring of the frictionwvire,and pull it all the xvay out with a qul -: jerk of the righthand. Instead of ho~lding the primer with. the handL it canl betied to so'mething firm.

I'RtNEINd.

,Simplle primning.-Joia the safety fuse to the fulminate cap.Cuit the end of the fuse square and insert to the bottom of thle



96, MA~iN·UALFOIR COJY[MAIETDlRSBOF INFAN-~TRYSPLATPOOIN$

tube wvithout forcing or twisting. Crimp wcith plier~s (fig. 79),orby compressing thne p~rimer (fig. 80) whrhseit does not- contain

the fulminate..

a. Prenipeinted redb. Part to hold be~twdenhe fing~n 2.c. Ventd. ~ig oflthe ro Iriened wire

FITc. 83.-F~riction pr~imer. (Igniter.)

P-rimiag . the detonzcit~ing fuse.-P~rime with a fulmina~tecap·(fig. 7i9) ifE the firingr is to follow imzmedi~ately. Otherwrise cap

Detenatin~i2 -i5

3Iow m&~fch -. *

Pnime~FjIG.· 84.-Priminlgr the dletonzating fuse' with a couple of psetardls.

the fuse with a primer, as for the Bickfordi, and fa~sten botha

primers together (fig. 81).

Detonatin~QTuse

Primer

Pie. 85.--Priming the detonatings fuse wvith one petard.

IMANAE LC]



IMANAEgLC]OR CO'lMMANDERS O3F INFANTRY PL~ATO)ONS. 37

iP'r~.im2ngaI n2ct~ihito pc~tarlCE-FEirst. Wlith~I a sfety fuse asia onep~rimer, as in figure 85. 8econd. W~ith a dletona~ting fuse like thelower: Petard in figure 88.

Oetonat ir fEJse

~113ic.6.--Spanish windlass joint.

Pro.c 87.--Spa~nish wndrutlass branch connection.

PIG. 88.--Joint wtith two petardls.

Makeli~hewh~ole secure by inserttiug a. small w-ooden wedge intoI~he openihgr along with the pr~imer, or by t~ying thle pr1imer in

pla~e:C'Yiiatte,.to)·L. (lowpo an d.-Plnsticti coating, wh~ich m~akes theIjoints wa~fter'-tight when firing· explosives untler water.

MAK~TINGrP CHARIGES OF M'ET~NIR'E.:~

.1. Uwrlccntratcaei liarcs (fig.~ 91·l~-1- ackitgs ofQpetalrds ~fas-ttuened togethier, th~esockrets at 'one end, mrzid~ iap ats sqluarely as

171ti0-- 17--4.



98 MRANUAL FEOR COMMAiND3ERS OBFNFANTIRY P"LATBOONST

2. Exttenzded charges. (fig. 92:).- A succession ofchawges placedend t~oend on1a nlarr'low boardc.

F~us~e -

FEIc. 89.-M~ultjijlebranching; by use of a cartridge or a petard.

Tlhe chazrges are so jl~acedth~at the largest surface of meliniteis in coptact wit~h the object to be destroyed. A-slight tamlpiag,

ruiammnatrngprimer

FTIG.. 91.--Concentrated chiarge.;

of earth, sand, sod, etc., wvillaugmenetthe effectiveness by insur-ing con~tact.N~ev~er:amzp ac r~im~edpetardl. Tamp first~, theen prime.

DE·MOLITlION·S.

Save explosives for use in difficult; demolitions,. anzd do notexp~end them Wh~enhe dlemolition -cnn be done with ordinary~·ools. This will i'esult in the majorilty of demolitions beingTyniade by the enginzeers of thedivision, n~otby th~einfantry.

YLA SNUACL' R



YLA~SNUACL':R :O~RCOMMANDERS OF TNI ·FANTRY PL;ATO)O;NS. ~I.t:wipll .suffieif' officers~ have somie..ideaof· how tD ~copiewith

thie followvingcases:1. D~estr~oying acgatc. S~eta charae of t~wopetardls on each

hlinge: and on the lock of a wToodlengate; connect; them with a2dletonating~ fuse to insure simultaneous explosion. Should thelock anid h~inges'not..c e isible fromth e outside, concentraztedcharg·es of 6.6 lbs.,alrealy l.)repared acndZrimedl, iny be; fas-tienledto threcenterof the door1by a1nail or stick.

F~ulminatingprimer\' Tied ta rigid Support

FIIG. 92.-Ex~tendlcd charges.

2".D~isuDabln gumrs.-Ai charge of four or five petard~s detonat-ing in the bore near ~thenuzzle of a gun viii da~mage it beyond

rpi.Destruction ~ville muor~ecomplet~eif the muzzle -ispIlugg~edwith eai~th, clay, or sod. Tlhefuse is brought out ~throughlt~his plug. Unless th~epiece has firste been covered' with fascinesto' prevent fragmentation, move

436 ·o 655 yards axvay3,afterigniting the fuse, in the dire'ction the gun points. Seveni orl eight;petardis mvihldlisable a ~large-caliber-gn.ul

SO MwANALJf OR a h OF ~INFANi~TRYaYLAITOONSS



.SOo MwANALJf OR~a.OMMANthPDERtS OF. ~INFANi~TRYaYLAITOONSS.

Another methlod is to slip an inzcenzdiary hacndgr~enade mo1~qdelA B 1916, into the boic aftei closing the bieechblock; agd giv-

Fi. 3-ipefatueo al

ing annlination o the pice yriigtecae h re hblocktherbycomesweldd to the tbe a d th boreis rined

F I G . 4. -Double racture ~. al

F~inally, in default of surer means, one can' detonate a' primnedpetard, or a grenade F1, or bomb C F in the muzzle or ag'ainst:



XAINUAL FORRCOM1S~JANDE·RS:F I~F;ANT:RY;PL~ATOON TS. 101

the 'halft-losed b~reechblock;. :B t t~hisonlyr causeSj moPhentary

daimage, ot: alwaycs sure.

Detonat nhgfs

Iron. 93).--Dcstruction of a~onsidera~blelengthlof track.

t3. Ut::I)lUCt·i~o! t of .Iiiiittton.l-FO)Sr-~~ r. CartrltlidgesS et ~firct~oheiscleson~tai~ning themw~i~thlan;i~neendary.~~grenadde.~Secondl.Projed ies: The sur~est wvay is to expl~otle twT~o,hree,.

tOY· nesillinite coctrl-idges, acor~bngc t~oheelc:c~i~heiof the eh~ells,

in: ibe:~nile( a~ndin! contact with~l the p~l'ojectilO~. Thlree iflc~llniary

PIG. 0G.-Drestruction of cr~ossing.

grenades placed en a pile ofl shells, evenCrhoughl isot; ehiuecti, willp~rovok~ethe detonation of ai certain n~um~beri and puatting out ofservice ofet~he othzers.



102FMlANPiUAL3FOR COMMi~ANDERS. OF· INFANMTRY PL;ATOONS.

If the shells are primed, an incendia-ry grenade may be lightedagainst one of the fuses, care being exercised to place thegrenade so that the flaming liquid will not flow away from thepile. To insure the effectiveness of the latter means set firetocases of cartridges placed at the fuse end' of the pile of pro-jectiles.

Third. Explosive grenades: Burn ·he cases in the same man-ner as the cartridges or produce detonation by igniting$ incen-diary grenades placed on· top of them. Those grejiades~ whichlfail to explode will be scattered on all sides.

FIe. 97.--Destruction of a switch.

Fiourth. Destroying railroad ltracks: The `quickest; way is t~obreakr the ra,2is and ties. To demolish a main-line track choose aplace where the destruction will cause the greatest damage andderailm~ents, the most; serious consequences; as, for example, oncurves, fills, branches, ~crossings,-etc.

Figiures 93 to 97 show the places most easily affected annd themethods of aipplying; the petards.

Fifth. Destroying an unexploded shell: Place in contact witha concentrated char~ge of one to three m~elinite petards,, accord-ing to the caliber of the shell. Tamp lightly (indispensable ifcheddlite is used).

Fior the demzolition of walls, iron fences, palisades, stockrades,etc., see Appendix; IV to Instruction in Fieldl Fortifications.



ma~iUAL~cnFOR COMANIMDERSOF' ji~~NFANRY: PLATOON'ES. 103

CHSAPTEI~ IX.

ILUIrivr NAT~ING'cA~SRTIFICES~AND~~

APPIAI~NCIE:S' EM-

'PLOYZED INJ SIGNAL-dING.ILLUM~INA~TING ARZTIFICE~.

'Illiuniiiating rockets.-Two~ccalib~er. 1.84'inl. and 1.06 i'n.(int-eriorl dhhiensions' of the rockdt). They~Sdiffer~ only in rang'e

a~ndintensity of illumizination.

fai~~lr'reO1C~~inOf 3

Fi. 124To fi thecket8ttek-The ocketstic is42 t o g rs

sectio 0.51in.tacke by wres wel t igtenedand scured~~~is~~8 infgr.Tesikirlit h xso h o k t



1Q~ I64NUAL p'OR oQ26LXWWhU8oF IINFANTCRY3PLAtOQNa~S

To unzcover the fuse cap,-At thle moment of firing, jerk sharplythe loop of string plazced alongside the rocketin: order to teairO~f; e c a p and uncover the fuse,

To l~ightf the r-ockiet;-Th~le rockiet: being on the stand, removethe little brass cap that protects the match and brush the matchcomposition quickly ·but ver~y lightly with one: of ~th~eruishes(rubbers) that accompany each box of rockets. Wiithidrawimm3,31Yedia~telyome paces to the rear and to one sidec. The- rocketg~Eoesff in five or six seconds after the friction of brushing.

In case of a mlisfire, dlisengage tbe " Bick~ford~" (match) fromthe·copper tube thal~tincloses it, cut it oiqicuely, insert it in thewire loop that holds the copper tube, light it;,

Fioa.125.--Improvised rockret firing device.

The rocket; releases the parachute and star· when it: hastrazveledl273 yardis (rocket 27) or 490) yards (rocket 34), about10O econds after its departure.

Duration of illumination, 30 seconds.

Firing stands for rockets.-The method of using this dev~ice "isevft~ent on seeing it. 4 fixedi limb, graduated in degrees, givesthe ;inclinaition of the tube guid~e when the pivot is vertical. ThebseatLang~le is 500. The tube guide is 4.9 ft . long; the rocketstich should 'enter its entire length and the roc~ket; is turnedund~erneath the stick.~ A fir~ing stand can be improvised by ar-ranging twoo collars: of strong wire on ainy sort of a stakie of

su~fc·ile~l~entMgth, (F~ig.r125.) Rocke~t~s·canr e'vn be: dischatrgedby eiuaply:stick~ing· the rocket stick ·n the soft-grround at asslight



~$AC~flTLEOTZ O~Fi.I:MMA)PDE1E I~~AB1TR~ PfLATOO0TSI 105

inclination, but they can: not:%inthisiwa~5t e discharged at anangle of 500 and. there will be great variations in range and indi~rection.

Illumina~ting carteridge osf25 millimeter (1 inch) writh paraYIllute,-i~auras;lsca~tridgfe. case, of aI libel~4 shotguzns of ab ut

2~5.7ni~(1 .1 inch) disenga~ging~ at 136 yards a star paradchutethat burtlns30) selicnds.

The illuminanting cartridge is ·ired ·rom a 25 millimreter (1;Inch) rocket; gun wrefghing$5.72 p~ountds. It Is a. breech-loadin~grgun ;that work~s like a L~egazuchieux and that m~us~tbe kept. olectlIt is po~intedat an elevatlion of about 500 in order to obtain th~ede~lred height; that is to say, such~that the star will no rie~achthe g9·roundbefore it: has been enltirely consumedt. The starposm;:sses ~incendiarypr·operties.

Illumninating$ t$r 25,-lluminatin g cartridg~e without: para·chute; samlecalIbieras the illuminating -cartridge (with para-chute) ; is firedlfromn the sam11egun or fromn a less cumbersome$Special pistol. ITtis an exp~editious lighting appliance, loosedjW~ithhe least susp~icions nois~e. It lights instantaneously rnudsurprises the enemry. Thie cartridg~e Is 3.i94nchtes long; the staris lighted at about 50 yards fram3 its point of dep~arture andilluminies for six seconds while falling.

Illuminatinrg grentade,-A cardboard pellet the siz~eof a. tenlnisball, supplied with a 3Bickford~ fuse sandfilled writh an illulminazt-in g compositioin. It is lighted at the end of the Bickfordlfuselike a Swedish mnatch (safety m~atch) by means of a special-rubbner. .The ball is: thrown by hand and lights for one uinutethe~neiashborhood of the point where it falls.

Illumlinating bomb.-A recent appliance, iintendedl ·to replacethie illuminating r·ock·et,over which it has the advantage of beinginvi~sible until the moment of lighting the sta~r; on the other ha~nd,,the lumninou~strain of the rocket discloses the point: from which-rit is fired and warZlns the enemny that he is going t"obe lighted u~p:The illuminatingr bomb is a feathered mnetallic cylinder contain~lug both parachute and star.. Diameter,1.91:inchles. The star islighted byi a sp3ecially arranged percussion lighting device. undera diaphragmn, not p3ermlitting:any light to esattpe from the base. of:The bomnb.,The bomlb is projected ~fr·om. a special gun ogrbytmneans of the V 'B ";discharger," but with aL pecial `blanke car-tridtge. Duration of illumination, 20 to 25 seconds.



MAN~~WUALZOIt~ O~IMAY~~NDB1iS OFIN~FA·NTR;Y PL;ATOONS. ·107

Distinctive m3arkls: One, t~hree, or six:lar~ge points projectingfrom the end of the cartridge opposite the base; and a round.vignette stuck on the base: indicating "InfantryT sig~nalNo. 3."Weight, ca.rtridge ·No., 7joun-ces, 255 grains; N~o..3 or 6, 10

::ounces, .1100grains. rCharge. of powder P.3, 69.435 grains. Range:F.ires: vertically,' the cartridge funct~ioning at about; 109 yardshigh,· after .three seonds.; Packing:: Patckages of 24, six: pack-iag'esin a box. This ·cartridge is fired. from, a 'breech-loadcing..35 caliber· signal gun weighing. 9.46 pounds. Cartridge No. 1 can·be used for lighting or incendiary purposes. Maximum. range,:219 yards.

:5. T~hir~ty-livecaliberi signal ca~rtridge for avions.-T'lhe samezasthe: rpreceding,;but loaded wijth- only 38.57 grains andi firedfrom signzal pistol, -.35· caliber, special for' aviators. ·Beside therthree models described, :there wiill eventually be the following:Twcio.stars;, caterpillar, .redl smoke, yellow samoke.

6. Signal devies that m~aybe used with the V. B. "dis-charger."-Tlhe· V. B. "(discharger," using a ~specialblank cart-ridlge, can throw the following: Parachute star~s, red, wYhite,green;i one star, three stars, six stars; caterpillar; red smoke,yellow smlokie.

7. Signal lanterns.-Old allotme~nt, two per company. _Tobe:rep~laced'progressively by the portable searchlight.

Descriptiont.-The lantern consists of a sheet-iron box' inclos-.ing: A projector formed ~of polished silvered mirror and anelectric lamp ~mountedton an adjustable sulpport; a sigrhti~ngtulbewvith ~thkexis arallel to that of the pa~rabolic· mirror ; at le~xiblehcandc mIu~an)ipuzl~ator;acrbatteryz -(4 volts); and four extra. lightbulbs; aln extra battery2 is conltainedln a bag.

Mlethod of ucsing~.-Fiirst, dratworwtardl the manipulator; but-ton after ~havingrpened the side door. Close the door. Secoind,·face the party. to whomn signaling in .such a wa~yas to.bring' theIpartyv or person in the mlid~dleof the field oafthe sigh~ting tube.Third, manipulate with the thumb omfhe index finger . of thetright hand. Observe during thre.Aransmlssion: of. the m.iessage~thatthe sighting tube is accuraztely drcl~tedo n i the receiving

p'arty.CaIre and adlju~stmenzt:-Tocr : replaCe :the.·bat~ter~y open' the sidedloor and loosen the screws of the two bindi~ngposts situatedunder the exchange lamps; take out the used battery. Scrape



108.. MWANUAL: OR ·COnIMMAI·jhERS. OF INF~aNTRY PLATBOOBI.

the. w~ire·ends of thne~newT ba~t~tery and, slide? it' -in.the !lower com-partmelnt; of the lantern, the longe~st xvire having its point· ofdeparture ag~ainst the bottom. Enlgage the scraped ends of thewires in the binding posts andlil thsei thle posts to the bottoml.

To rceplactc thle lampg dismouiint t~heglass by turning it gentlyuntil the no~tches correspond ulth~l the caltches. UhlsrewT the:bulb, replace with anothet liomt the r~eserve, screwing it well in.Replace the glass in its seatturn~~in~ it so the wa~rds w~ill corre-spondl with the catches. - 'iaujust the bulb so that; the filamnent:will be at ,the ·ocal' poin-t; oflt the mirror. To do this, turn thelight on a walrllat 5' or 6 S atd s diist'ince, a~nd tu~rn the adjustingscrew at the rear of th' z:lanl't~etn :until the; imalfge pr~ojec~tedon the?wvall is as brilliant nnd als small as possible. Rangnfeby day, 500to 1,000 yards; at night, 1 000 ~to 00,OTyards.

8. Portable searchlight 14 (5 51 inchies) .-- Allotment, twro pjercompany, three per battaiionl, three' per brigadlce, three per divi-sion. The three bjatta~lion lights' are inctlojsed in the samll box1whiichi contazins 12 ext'ra b-atteries, 0 extra lam11ps (3 white anld3 red), 2 packagfes of cotton wo~ol.

The 143-cen·ime/erl (5.5:1 inzchres) li1ghlt s simnilar to lie! 24f-cczt~i-m~etcr (9.44/ inlches) lighit descr~ibedl hereafter. It~s'use, care, andadjustment. are the sa.me. .IRange by day, 1,000 to ,3000 ya~rds;

anih,2,000 to 6i,500 yardc~s.9. Portable searchlight 24- (9.44 inches) -Allotmuent;, four per·

regimlent, three per br'iga~de, four p~er (livision. This ligrht: is(lesignedl for signaling betw-eenl two stations on the grround orbetween the earth and an navionlu. ·r a blloon.

Descriptions: The appar~atus includles an or)ltable projector·with aLcap or cover, a sightingf tube, an insulatedl connectingwire, ancd screwr p1 ug.(Fg12.

A w~aist belt with suspendler or sling, carrying twro bat~teryp~ockrets,each nclosing four- cells, and one central pockllet car~-rying the manip~ulator (sending key) ; the current regulator;two extra ight bulbs., Th' projector box contains eight b~at-tery cells antl three ext~ra light builbs.

i~clzl'aer1 of dS'iag12.----Serew the .connecting· plug into the siock~eton the battery box. Remov~e the cover and direct: the projectortowardl the. receivinzg .partyty by mleans, of thel sighting tub~e.Signa~l by pressing ~the'alipulator, wvti thetbr ight hanad. Besure that~ the sigfhting tube rests exactly on ithe -receiving part'y



WTUA~~~IJ'kZ-O G)Rl~O:~JI~~~~~rMAiDEROel.-~Fsra~~NaXRY3 P'AT OO NS; 1O~

duri-ng the tralnsm~isssion of the mnessa2ge. Theaprtucn

be held in the hand or placed on aniy convenient upr.T

FIG. 126.--Poitable search~lfght.

colmmunicatewith an nylon, the projetor is held n the left handctand restedl agazinst t~he left shiouildlr. To~ commuli i.!attec wi~thlal perlson: on the g'round, the apparajtus, can bje held in the left~



110l MAN~UAL FOR;ICOMMA~D ERS OF I;NrAI-NTRY-PLATO~b.

hiandi, resting· against: the breast-. For long messages it i's p~referable to lest the projector on a support.

Care.-W~hen'ever thle instrument is not in use, be careful tokteep the cover firmly ctlosed in order to protect: the mirror. Docnot pull on t~he calble fixed at the balck~of the projectoij~ hsesjciaillyin removing it: from thc box. rpouch the mirror asittle hs.'~~;s-8sible; clena it w~ith giauze`or eottoa wloolj washing it. when necJ-essaryc wvithcleazn water~.

Adc~justmentz~t-Thel apparatus ~is eliveredl adljustedl but: itmay happen that, in ('hanging lights, the source of light will nolonger be at the foculs. To adjusrt it. tlurn the! lighted projectoron a wrell a fewTyar1ds dlistan-t andl turn gently thre mirrlor regu-latingi screw until the spo~t.projectedl on the wall is as brilliantlyilluminedlc andc as- sm1all as possible. .Range by~ lay, 1(300 to0,500 yardls; ait night, fromt 3.000 to 1,100 y'ardsl.

Red light;.-The 14 and 24. centimet-er (5.51 inches and19.44inches) searchlights canl use redl lighlt w-hen necessary- to dtis-ting,2uisli signals from11cer'tain l~arties or sta~tions. Redl ights are,in general, r·eservedl for searchligfhts pertainingi to the ar~tillery'.Red light: reduces the raLng"eof thle searchlight markedly..

Important note concerning lanterns and proj'ect~or~s-T/he lightsarec fed byJ batteries 'which, speedily/ becom~e exhaurzsted if emz-ployeci int g~iing a25on12inuou01s igi~ht. It" ·is exprecss/i! recomm1~lziendegthat theyJ sh~ouldbi cer? be( ·1-t to tIhe urse of fixed, light~s. Thuise o~f sigrlnal arpparatur a aa.t meansii of i/lrlumilnatio-n is m2ostpositivecly f~orbiddenz.

10. Square flags for signaling.-Allotm~ent. (34lp~er regiment.Dimensions, 19.68. in. Thle stalffis fold for~ tranlsp~ort. The txvofaces are half red and ha~lf white, colors dlisplosed d~iagonally.Thiis a1rrangement of colorsp isi thle mos~t advantageous

for all-round~ visibilityS. Observre arml signals w~ithl a field glalss.11. Panels.--Panels ursed in commlunica~ting~ w~ithnl ons ar~e

of different types, andl their . siginifica~nce varies inl ordeir t~opre-serve the secret.

A. Idenztificationl ;panels.--W~hite circular panlels 5 yardis indliameter are emp~loyed-to .ident~ify dlivisions. and brigadles. Th-isis accomplished by m-ieans

of four strips or s!lats 3 yardsclaongfasxtenedl inl the middlle b~y~ bolt and~ terminating in at closedthook. The linen panel hias eigfht rings that- are engagetl in thleh-ooks. (Figil. 1.27.)



~aNU4BsLPOPI: O9X~A-NEI~RSOP IANI~~·BYT-Y PLA;TOONS. 111

The: sem-)icircul~ar w~hite~panel ~of y~ards indicates a reg~i-m~ental command post.

The trian~gulatr white panel with 2-yard sidles indicates a bat-

13..Iersianz .panlzes-These panels admit of the atlternalte ap-pearaclle and2i iisapplearance of a wh·lite rectangle, 3.9 by 9.2

feet;. y workinzg a shuntter, there is exposed either the xvhite

Fie. 127.--Frame of a circular panel.

face or the neut'alfac~e o'f seven strips (ba2nds) of white' linen,3·i9 byj 1.3feet;r d~ibible~d iwith gray or kihaki.' Allotment, olle per

division, b'ljigadcii, ar reg~iment.C. Peanels to indicate' the infantry firing line to aviators ob-servili~gfor artillery.-P'anels 1.6 by 1.3feet of waterprooflinen, white on one face and ne~itral on the other. Allotment,64 per regiment.

Panzels are to 1~e: ispla~yed onzly in~ the;firist likzc.-Leave themspread only unt~il'the aiion has sig$naledl '":underst~ood,") andtn na· ease fo~r ml~ore tkai! 15 miniutes.



I112 K-ANUAL' FOR COMVMANDERZSOF IfNrFAN't~JC PLATOk~ONS.

Recapitulationz tanble.

Signalers. Saehh~li hts. Px)~nels.

Officers S u dand non- ofado 2 14 dntf-PrIan"akcommis- .4 Ie t f - iP r in ing firingsioo~ed Ssgnal- jcattion. line.'officers. men

Reg 2 :4 41 0 ii 1 134Bn 1 2 0 3 ii 01 0Co 0-..- 1 0 21 01 0 1 0

CHAPTE~R XT.

THE TELiEPHONE.

TELEPHO3(NE ron INFAN~TRYT.

Two ~types-i. M~iodel 1908, buzzer. Ligt~, str~ong, wtorks onbadly insulatedi lines. Requires special

swvitch~board~c.~or buzzer.2. Type, model 1909 or 191:5, writh~ma2gneto and buzzer. Alittle heavry. P~ermits cazllin~ ittillery eqluippedl xxith- sp~ecia~lswvitchboard, and1S 10'lsoib ·bell.

Batteries.--Dry nonrecharl;.eazble batteries are usedl Thle fol-low-singrs nece~ssary in 01 dot Llft12 they: should2 run-·Fi ion" dine:Do not~put themZin a dampgp'arcc, Do not weak~en them by plro-longing: tile calls or by leaania~ on

the pedlal of the p~honoxx~liennot; in conversation. Ax 01( shlott circuits producedt by wirletouching twTo binlding~ros~q ofr the sqmnebattery: \. s~iale shortcircuit of a few seconds ur~unsthe cell irremed~iably,

W~Then1he bantteri~esr 0 now 'i single cell suff~ices Io opl art'eaLtelephone. WTheniritbeconi~esweak,~ a second ~isut in.

Ahll telepilones are in wood boxes thazt;deteriorate wrhen ex-posed

tio moisture. Therefore avoidl putting, telephones; on, nioistgzr~oundl or in the grass. U~ndcer shelter be careful to alttach to ashla`f or a1pla~nk.



IY6ANTUAL;I'O.R-CO1W~-aMANDE)ES O·0FNFANTRY PL;ATOON~S.;13

C1 Ca C3 C4G ,5 Cs C7 Ce Cr

/ ~~~~1

switch board "2

Fm~I.128.--Infantry system.

FIn. 128.-A. Commandl post of the colonel. B. Command post ofthe major. Command post of the cap~tain.

~u i.:';~~~~1.·· in 130. ·L

114 MANUAL OFINFANTRY TH



114 MANUAL FOR COMMAN~eDERS-OFINFANTRY~TH~LATBON8(.

Conduc~tors.-Infantry uses insulated wire, ligrht ~cable,nd,in exceptional cases, field cable, double cable, armored ·able, orleaded

ca~ble.Inbsala/ed wcire is reserved ~fortranisient connectionis ii rnaneu-ver wazrfa~re (15/10 bronze wire). L~ight cable is thi noimalcondluctoi in thc ti enches. 'It should~be laid xxith cai c'm,1diso-lated fioni the '~rovnd 'is much as p~ossible (hunag oi pulleys,st~Zkes, etc ). Et·eld cable is usetl foi impoitant lines It isu~~eful,often indmspens'mble, to bury it so as to pirotec; it 'iom'13bjonm1-baillelent (i n

ffi ooxes in the bottomn of ti enches omndtei the:macad-tm of ioads; sm'l~l trenches, 40 ceutimetems (Ii inches)deep, coxered by a ifght covering).

~. -016

; A

FIG. 31. FG.32Theouble c~ab9)lea tv conutr

n o d e t rvn henemyrom surpr is ingcomuiatos Isu i n th isline,~~~~~~'rfripratcnetosi aevr'rae

R E I M N A PE5ONL ·T E 'S

Ae e p o e a t is opsd foesrgsfv o e a o stwteepons on icbadwt orxiths2kiometer1 ie)o lgtcbe



~MAP1TAXsFO~EOIMMATNDERS OF INFANTRY PLATOONS.11

In a regiment of three battailions there is a telephzone.officer,etight workmein, a reserve- of Lo~ur

telephones, two switchboards,andl 14 lilomueters (8.7 m~iles) of cable.

P1T~FCAUTIONS A4GAINST SURPRISE OFI1C1OMMI~·UNICATIONS.

All te~ephionic liaisons in zones less .than 2,200 yards fromthe eneny ~le of dou~ble wifre; that ifs to say, with metallic r'e-·urn,; thu. rule is

absolute. F~urthermore, it is azbsolutely pro-hibjited.i the frst: line to a~lludeby telephlone to anly eyent; orsitucittionthat: might be of use to the enemy, such as hour: ofattack, Iliefs, number of reg~iment,. neighboring regiments,brig~ades, etc. Inz genzeral people telephLone enztirely too muzch7

uring~?ccpe'iods of inzactionz. It is necessary to impose, a~ndoim1pose ononeseif, the us~eof mPessages·jnsteadc of convere;sations.

The offcer who e nds a message ig mo3resrief, weig~hs his woidsmlorte·cardllj , rtn~ldvoids imprudent remark~s.' Furthiermore,%he keeps. a~opy of his mesae~ge. Quest~ions of "'priority mlustbe ·cliearly Pgulated~.PRECAUTIONS TO ASSURE TH`E MABINTENANCE~ OF COMMR·UNICATIONS,

T'elephonicconnections: (lialisons) are of vital importa~ncetothe units of the first'·line. Everyone, wFhat~ever his position,s~houldlwork'dligently to maintain them. It; is therefore strictlylthe d~utyoff a;S/onewchoobserves a broken line to repair it, orat least to ilfel-m im~mediately the nearest emergrencytelephonerepair party. ·"atigue parties, reliefs, andi patrols circula~tinlgatnight should g~iethe lines the mlost careful attention; ca~rry the

weaponhmlng, oeinted dlown. Thle alrrangements indicated in~zfigure 1~30co.IIQn only trenches of 2 yards depth. In1 othercaRses it is*bette to. platnt the notched stake. at. the bottom ofthe trenc~h a~gaint the wrall. Trench crossings shnould be madte·with greatC car~e..he best methodl is to pass the line under thetrench in a w~tootlGcondu~it,using leaded cable for this passag~e.If the crossing igabovethe trench, see t~hat.he wtire is w-ell

~t~retchedl..Stringl alongside a:pole.T`o*Pep~air ai lflC,lt ls sufficient: to scrap~ethe insula~tion fromthe wTireat both Cds of the cable, krnot:them togethler, thenl



16l~ 3MANUALB~GOR~~COMMBl~ANDERS~,~:F)INf~FANTIRYrPLATODNS~il~;:

isolate the srplice from? the gTroundcly means of a ra~g;a pi~ce oifpape~r or wood,~or a bit of oatr~dboard.. AIs soon as possi~blethisspice ,shouldcbe covered wi~th tarred taple, which xviii ·rsulate -it

TAGrGINGIND~ JICDEIILAfn~7:lEANGEMENTOF LITNES.

A mea~ns of identifying ihes circulating in th~e same tr~nch isvery important. Care should be taken never to string .ines over

those alreaidy placed (duplication). F~urthermore. every 50yards of each line should have a tag firmly attached to it indli-cating: the origin and end off the line. Every unused. l~ne shouldbe recoiled the very da~y it ceases to be of use.

nMEANS OF OBSERVA~kTION A$ND RIECO~NNAI$SANCE.

CH~APTER XI.

SAN~CE.

FIELD GrLBSSES-PEEIScoPE--COM~PASS---MAP, S~uTcHES, ANDPLANS.

1. Field glasses.--To be remembered: Field 4lasses of thehighest~ poxver are not the most advaLntag~eous -r an infantryofficer, for unless considerazble dimensions are aven teojcglass, thus rendering the instrumient `cumberso~e, this enlargre-ment is ahvays obtained at the exp~ense of f/id of viewo andnclearnmess'. If tw~of~ield glasses have object g]hses of· the samediameter ·and one magnifies -twice ds much Is the 'o-ther,itscleaniuess viii -be banly one-fourth that of theweatker glass. Amagnifying pow~e~rof 6 or 7 dliamneters, a field ~f 00 to 130 mils,with correspondting clearness, gives, for the pismatic field glass,the best balance betwe~en the conflicting quaF~les.

2. Periscope.-A periscope is or~dinarilylomposed of ·twomirrors, M1a and M2·, or twoi~ eflecting pr~ips' xvhose face~,s nri~~parallel to each1 other and inclinedl ati antng~le of 45 0 to: the8tubular m~ount;.



MA~:~3~PAL~i~FOR ·CO~bLTAN~DERSR-1F ·NFANTRY PLATOONS. 117

.Figure 133; shows· that the result is a~shoughz the eye wereplaced at0'in -place of. at 0 alndlooked through ai window o-ft~he dim11ensions of thle op~ening~ artrazn~gedln front of M1.: The·result is that. w5ith thle samle mlirrors th2e lon~ger -the peri'scopeth72e me~r·lle 'will~ be thc fileli of v1iew21. I't is therefore not prac-ticable tro irdre$ase the lengthof`'fir theeriscope indlefinitely.~Seventyrentimeters (28 inches) is goodlhetight for service~.

L,, 'b AL c c

V ~ VQ

i W OGb =Oct-cb

PIG. 133.-Periscope.

Again, thle muirror can hardly have a2width greater than~-~in~ch'es, inv i e w - of t-he danng~er of' being· seen and destroyedbyT:h e enem~- LUder these conditions, a periscope 28 incheshigh reflects to the eyre a horizontazl strip of ground only 1.0yFardls wtide at a distalnce of 110 yardls- On the other handl,t~he verticazl field ~ofiew-Fis almost alwa~-yssufficient.

If one looks in a periscope through a1 ield glass, the imalgre isenlarged andl clearnessc is increased,but, the 1;,eld3of view is not;inreasedl.



11/8 MIdTTANUALF OR OQXIM~IISANP~ROF INFAN;BT~RYPIA_~ThON5

In. folding and. sliding .periscopes, -it is necessary- :to a:.irefullyobserve and preserve exact parallelism of the mirrors.

The Garal?~lo periscope, indicated in figure 134, i~sheldl in aninlClinedlposition, with the observer's back to~wardl the ob~ject;.observed. As in ·he ordinary periscojpe,: th~ere is no inveirtin ooljectls; that is to say, one can read writing place~d- in: the feld.of vision.

Direction of the enemy

FIc. 134.--Carvallo periscope.

Tlhere aire, also periscopes of precis-ion, having a field of viewT ofE280~ feett at,: abdistance of 11_0 yard~s.~ They alre conlstruc~tedwith mangnifying lenses L, L1, L2 (fig., 133), and function a~sth~ough L , _L'1 1 ,L 2 formedla straigrht telescope. Their constr'uc-tion is exspensive.

Ano~ther ap'plication, of the periscope.-When one can observein _the open, the periscope permits the exag.gferatton of featuresin relief. ~Phisis accomplishedby holdring the instrument hori-zontally before one eye and observing the country directly wsith

M ASN tTAPOR 3 CO1M&TMADIS



~M~ASN~tTAPOR;3t~~CO1M&TMADI~~S F :'INF;ANTRY. PLATOONS. 119

the othrer 'eye. Slight rotationsx of the per~iscope ab~ou~tts axismakres possible, byi groping, the superp~osition of the two fields.The relief of features t~hen suddenly becomecs extrazordinary andldifferent foreground~s detach t~hemselv-ersfr.oml each other wvithiigreata clearness. Rnecognition of mroving 01)jects onl the horizonis. also: facilitated~.

3. Comparss-Th·e blue end of the needle indlicates iwh may.z~n~etic nzorth.. Compasses~ are graduanted fr~omi 0" to 3d()" (orfrom 0 to 400 gradces, or fr'oml 0 to 6,400 mlils) in~ tbe d'ir~ection o~the fig~ures on a clock. The line 0-180 (or 0-200?or 0 3,20·0, de~pending on the type), w-ihich generally b~ears5he iildications N~.S.,becomes the geographic north and southl line when the blueneedle point is (for PaiI~is) 1.370 (15:g1:rades or 240 miils) to theleft of the 0 of the compass. Thle conmpass mzost w-idely ulsedl isone writh a. needle i1- inches lonlg and th -e bottoml of wlhich,moving with slight friction .on the rest of the box, carries alarge black direction arrowi~,codncentric w-ith the magnetic nee~lle.There is added a sm~all cop~per l~rotraetor. The precisioni of themneasuremzentfof angles is in proportion to the length of theneedle. The needl~e is influenced by the pr~esence of iron(helmet). i

To orient a mnap.-Place thne compassr on the mapg, tile 0-180line on the meridia~n. Turn tile manp car-rying the comnpass untilthe blue point markl'ls the proper d~eclination. Thle mnap is t-henoirientedl.

If, inllstea(1 of mkeridia~ns being mark:·edlon t-he ma~tp,an arrow~Tindicates the true northl (N.~ G.), place the compa~ss so thac't the0-180 line! coincides wTith~the d'Iirection of the arrows. Trnr lt-he mapDbearing thle compass until thle lleedlle indlicate~s thled~eclination. If thle margnetic north is given, place,ltile 0-180Ol~ine coincident in dlirect-iont wTith it andl turn thle mapl wLith thecompass' till the needle is a~t 0. Tlhis dispenses; w\ith thle neces-~it;yfor laying off the dleclination w~it~hthle needile, thle (iodline-tion varying wititl the lo'cality.' (Tr~anslator's note: TIhe ab~ovew~illonly give correct r·esults wrhen the (leclination aid off is thetrue dleclination of the l~oca~lit-yin wrhichl the mnap is being used;or, int the last: case, wihenr tile ma~gnetic N, and~ 8. line indicattedtB~ntile. map 'is the true magnetic 'meridia~n or the place in; w~hichthe map is uxsed.)



To take~ he direot~ion ori azimiuth, of &ic istant object%(fi~,135) .--Clean the faee, diriect the airrorwo'n the ob~ject-as accu~rat'lely as possible, andtur~n the rest of the b~oxesothat the blue~nzeedlle shall standlat zeroi The object: then is a~t3880 (from fthemanelgztic north) measured in the direction of the movement~t

·wM~

VI

1 D·,'~ ~ ~ ~~~~ ~~~~ 1380

i I~~~~~~~~~~~~A

FIG. 13.FG.16oft and of .awth orgetrprcso uttecmmissn fixedupport and take the mean of several readings~~~~I~e~age"b" i cale th antcaiuh ofB.

afthed e l i a t i n ( s s m e at~ 130h nrthis paretficular plae), the1readin of th~eiblackaroxvIC would hae been 125 istv~i~eadof1s,The atngle "" thu rea Isalled the geographi azimu~thf B.

Kn~owing. the location of the observer on the masp, to pllot thedirection of a point seen (fig., 136)- Let A represent; the ob-



122 MAUA FOua;QCOMMWANtDERS'OF I~NFANETRYePLATOONS



122 MAUA FOua;QCOMMWANtDERS OF I NFANETRYePLATOONS.

(fig. 136-a) and pIivot thle coiihpa~s aroulnd' :this p·oint; :·(notarPound the center) unitil.the blue pi)Oft of the needle is at

zero; the c~ompazss w\ill t~hen occupy thle samle position onl them~ap thant it; hadcin thie country when; takring. the azimuithof ~B.All tilmt rema~~insto be~ dlone is to mark on the m1ap?a- point inpro.tlofiga.rt-ionI of thle bla~ck arrow~T aInd join this podint~ withi' Nto lobtainPthe line A~B.

W-orkinlg inl rever~se to 'the absove-assunmed condiitioni,w i t h tfhearrow0~7n1 B as thle supposed krnowrn point, the unknow~t point

Ai w~ill lie, inl thle direction ofE the featlheredl endl of tim arr~low(fig. 136i-b).

NM: ,NA ~~~~~N

B~~~~~~~l

FInI. 137.

This mnethlodi has aZdiouble :advanltage\. It (lispenses, f~irsti,withpr'eadling the. angle; secondly, with the use of t~he p~rotractor,~ a,fragile instr~ument a~nda2source of err~ors.

If one hesitates between two possible positions (p) of. theprotractor along the meridianu of B (fig. 138),it xvii oiily beiiecessary to coiisider if the point A should~ appear east or wesi·of the point B. F~urthermore, in bot~h positions t~he line, O-12c'igives BA4, or its prolohga;tion.

T'hese operations~ qre 'th7e onlyI2 twco that . caaiz~rise- in the u1ci:zseof thecl cooyass a0( pirof io;·llc~to?·'.

MANU~AL: 3FOR~:O~MaMANDERS_ OF IN~FANTREY PLATOONS.· 123.



T3he processes _by use of location by direction and distance,intersection, bearings, and offsets are sing~le, double, or tripleapplications of these two operations ,for establishing azimuths.

Sketchingby compass.-It is beyrondlhe scope of this M~anualto ,inserrt in irt an alnbridgment: of topograp~hy. Thiere xviii only:bQ ~recalledthe four operations that , combinedl with mneasure-,ment by paces or tape, enable: every officer and noncominis·,sioned officer having elementary notions of geometry and dralw-ingto~ execute a ground plan sketch of~some value.

A1r80

90 tB .Bt so

Finl.138.

All sk~etches proceed from ~thlekmnown~tohe unkrnown.Thknown features constitute a skeleton, constru~ctedlin advance byenlarging a~n.assemb~lage of points or lines takren from a goodmap of smnll scale; this skeleton is a sketch already es~tablishedcthat xve propose to complete or to ex~tend 'beyond its presentlimitsl; it; is: also, if one has-no anterior document, a base tbatclis chosen aLrbitrarlily,but sufficienltly long, on the ground to besurveyed (.onaaroad a right line if possible) and of which thelength and azimuth should be measured witjh g~reat care.

Knowing then at least two points of the terrain, their positionon· the ~:sketchand the direction of the north, one. of ~thefouroperationis folloxving will permit the deduction of certain others

124 MANUAL· FOR CO'M~MANbDERSO)F HNFANT·RY PLtj;BOONS.



successively froml it~, between whlifch intl·_lermedate:objects at~eskletched in fr~om sight.

Location by direction and distance-Kn.lowin~g A, to locateB; beinlg at A, take t~he azimluth of B, record it ; m~ea-suret AB,reduce to scale, from w-hence we lhave (b).

IntersEectioL-.-K·;lO\·ing; A andlcB. to (istaldiS~il e,~ arke -tile azi-m!.uthis AC' and BC, thleir initersection glives (c). Fg 4.

FwC.139.

By bearings.-Kn;owing Aan d B, h~utbeing aIt C', to estaibish

C, take the healring CA and CB, pl~otthem.! thleir i~ntersection wi'llbe (c). Fg 4.By resection.-Knowing that CYs somlewhrere on thle line AB.

and k~nowing D, take its a~zimuth, plot DC; the intersection of'DC with A4Bwill be at (c). (Fig. 142.)

These operations r~equire for precision thatI the constructionlines intersect at nearly right aingles. Points shoauld7be selected

accoicdingly. M4ake freqyuent verificaztions by supplementarybenring~s or by distance mneasur~ements, and th-us obtau4 three or.

f



lnole.·ateraectiops instead ~ofwo by wYhich to locate the pointsoughit.

The sketch completed and a fair copy~made, draw the orientat-

tion arrow (N. S. or N. M.-S. Mi.);l construct a scale, or, ~tleast, write what it is:; indicate the da~te,of ex-ecution of tr~iesketch, the name of the person who m~adeeit, any unusual signs.or s~ymbols employed.

Stnt~e briefly the method~ emuployed ~inma3king the sk~etch, inorder that` the person using it may have an idea of its Tcxactness.

FIE~I.40.

Fior example: Sketchby eye, distances estimated by the watch;or, plottedl from paces and compass bearing~s, 2-inch compass; or,fromt mahpof 1/80000, enlarg~ed and completed by sight, etc.If it is a.question of correcting an old sketch, note: " Date-of last corrections, the _ - _ .

Makre the work legible.~ Do not exaggrerate the srizeof cdon-ventional sigrns,which are always large enough when they ar~legible (width of voadls, houqes~, etc.). Never forget for an in-stant, either in drawiingror writing', that you are not workiing;forio~urself, but: for others.

126 MTANUAL YEOR COMMAILNDERSOF INFANT:RY: P~LATOONS.



4. The direction compass.-The compass describetil ahov~eanserve as a " directione conILpaSS,"~as welI as sever-al ~different,modjels constructed specially for th~ispurpose ,(Rossigulol com-~

i-,ass. etc.). These other inlstruments;arre acompa~nied by ex-p~launttory notes th~e appar~aent complicatlion of whiich sometimesi

FIG. 141.

i:crea~ses thelt diffiiculty. Thle problem canl, on the~ contr~ary, besolved very simply by ever~y officer and noncomm~lissioned of~ficer·wcithout havring to rlemember anything fr~om these~ notes. (Fiiig.1t43.)

Trace in pencil the line (alb) on thle map~2,andIi aZ malgneticmeridian, if it; is not alr1eadly tracedl on the part ofLhe infl~fsed.

M6ANUAL FO]R COMMIVANiDERS OF INFlANTReY PLATOONS. 127?



~iead thi-'feiap (~o'na tablle,- th'e gr~1ound1,-: mlap case, after hav-ing folded -the useless edg~es under) ~Placsethe compass on theman-lwith~ the line ~0-180on the mag2netic mnerid~ian and turn the~ma:P s~~1]1,lting the compass until thie blue point is at 0. T~fe'marp· is :then' oriented. Wiithlout moving thle matp, p~lace the cforn--

C~~

FIn. 142.

pacss on the line (a~b) anld turn the hiack alrrow· oo( as to! cover~the line (ab), thle lune point rema~iningr at 0. and~ ob~serve\cl~imcomlpass division at which the black; arrow po:ints. In thissi~t~iation it is evident that the black arrow points in the tr~ut

128 MIIAETUAL(FOR CO1VLMAND~ERSO)F TINPFANJTRY FLATOON$;



dlirection soug'ht, at B. Nroxv take up the mnapatnd the comlpazss~it is evident t-hat every timle t~hecomlpass is p~lazced-no mafttier~wh-kere,provided only that the ar~row is at the samle readling as

l~ef'ome alnd the needle at. 0-the direction sought- wrill be aLgain atitIbe end~of t~heazrrow.Simriilarly, thie geogr~aphicmieritlian m~aybe used~ to orienlt thie

map~, in whiic~h eatse the needtle is set to m~alrk th~e declination

/) 4t·--4-.)

/I

^8FiG. 143.

(130 to timewest;), andl207iis reald instead~ of 22G. The operationis therefore: as followrs: Waitho'ut.mooving the comlpass, place theeye behind' the arrow, aLnd,f :using it for dletermuiningsucces-sive p~oin~tsof diryction, take:t~memrost distant ones possible inorder to*avoid needlessly repeatting the opelration.

5. Mdapsan~d plalns.-A mapdiffers from ,~aplan1 inl that itsscale is too small for interesting objects :to b~er·epresentedi on it

MANbEUALFOR, COMM~IANDERS-OF ~NFAhNTRhY]LATOONS.S ~129



in thieir truxe size reduced to: scale, for thley would ·be imlper-ceptnible; al Iro~~ad7a. etrs wde wou~ldron a map~rof 1/80,000, berep~resentedl by one-tenth of a 'millim~eter. U~se is thereforemade of conventional signs whose dimensions have no relationto thle real size of the roads, houses, bridges, etc., that theyrep~resent. Scazles most frequent~ly employed for maps a~re:.1/32r0,000; 1/200,000, 1/100,000, 1/80,000, 1/50,000, 1./20,000.mOrsthe contlfrrY, in a plan of a/,0,freall,roadc 7

apar~ut; that is, 7 meters divided by 2,000.~ The scale 1/10,000markis thte transition from maps to plans.

M~aps azndlplans are executed by regular means and are basednp~on methodical meas-urements.

Th~e terml olcich should be appliedi to~ all representations' ofterrain executed rapidly and by the means aLthand, sometimeseven froml memory and from information given without anyguaranty of exactness.

*The r~ead~ing of~ mnaps canl only be taught by practicail instruc-~tionon thle ground.

Orientaetion-T~o orient a2map is to direct one of its meridianor N.iTS. lines toward he true north aznd south. It' is also todirect the line of the muagnetic north of the map (when it hasone) inl the direction tak~en by the blue poaint of the needle.WC~hen

thlemlap

is oriented all objects on the' map are parallel tothe reazl objects on thte g~round.O~rienitation by the sun canl be made (with~ errors of 100)

by k~nowTing where one is, and azlsoa distant visible point shlownon the map, on wvhich alignment is made, and by the pole star.Nothing equals a good compass.

Scales.-Fior any map, sketchl, or chart, onle should be able

to d~etermine at once its 'scale by the application of ~thefollowY-ing rnle : On~entliknc2tcr ow~zhe map represenzts acs manytzlmeter~sonz the grl~oundi s therle ar·e th2ou~sands in' the1 dlenzoinator~o ofthte scalie.

Examlpl~es :,,,, 1 millimeter represents 20 meters.

57 ~86 1 millimeter represents 375 meters.

'z~n 1 millimeter represents 2-~meters.-4A, 1 millimeter represents 410centimeters.

180 P~Wb1UAI~FORs OO~M~AWDi~R8 OF IC~iFAPJTTUY~FPLATb~i~OOJS



In the scale 1/80000, 1. millimeter represents 80 meters; 1kcilometer is represented by 1_27mfllimeters. The diameter ofa 5-cen-time piece measures (to thfis scale) exactly 2. kilomneters,

The sheets of the map are 40 krilomletersby 0i4 kilomxeters;qunarter sheets are 10 by 32 kiilometers,T~he sidies of the cadre ar·e dlivided exteriorl~* into dlegrees

and interiorly into grades.. The ccatigrades of the verticalsides-that is t-osa~y, the mneridians--are invariably 1_kilo-meter a2parlt.Do not confuse w~tithlthe ceatigra~des of latitude(horizontal sides of thbecadre), wrhich vary in length according`to their dista2nce fromi the poule.Fiinally, for rapid estimates one should be able to estimate akilometer by means of the wiidth of the ~finger,,the length of' afinger nail, etc., convenientlystandardized.

CONVENTIQNAL SIGN'S EMrPLOYE~DOBLIGATOETLY O)N Mi]APS orfiSCALE;3

OF 1~/eooo AND1 LALGER.

(Sketches, reports; etc.)

]Projected trenches or approaches.The same, commenced and partially serviceable.Tchesame, finished and Occupleei.The salme,~ dleterior~at~ed and become unserviceable (partiarl

erasure of preceding conventional sign). Treiiches in red orblack nkl. Appr~oaches in green or blackr pencil.Subte~rranean commr~unication.Elevated trench, wvithzgabions.Compul ory dir~ection of movement.,Small post; barricade or defensive travserse.Fodotlbridge. Step~s.Wir~eentanglement;, attalched to post~s.Brun entanglemrent. (XWirein collapsible spirals.l)Oth'er accessory defenses.Command post of a battalion comm~ander(or· colonel or general).Command post of a company.Telephone. station.Telephone line.Visual signal station.Relay lof r1unnlers.



-1lrnH ~lrHI(1(

-C I __m~

0 ~ w x

0~rNr/r~///r//r

glgEg~~u~g~u~utI11



nraIuYAlFOR (COXMRANDERS OF IINFANT]RY PLATOONTS. 131



Depot of cartridges, grenades, and bombs (trench weapns).s!Dep'o~t of Imaterials and tools.

~Depotof food.

'Watering p~lace.Dressing s tgtion.Bomb-proof shelter N~o., for 12 muen.Light shelter No. 4, for 20 mien.Observing station.M~3achine-brun emnplacement;, occupied.M~acime-gun emlalcemlent, prepazred.

Casemalcted shelt~er for maLchine gu~n, ccup~ied..Casematedl shelter for maschine gun, preparedl.Trenchi artiller~y and appliances, emp~lacemntslt occupiedl (by-

three' 58 mm11.,two:07 mm1., andc one l~neuma~tic).Salmc, prepar~ed (for two 240 mm11.).The c~orrespondlingrworksx as show\n ab~ove, b~ut under~ cou,31ru.-,

tion.Emp~lacement for· a2utoma1tic rif'le.Ri-flegrenadee battery (of 4 V. B. r·itle grrenlades).Battery (two 120 mm-.and four75 mm1~.).Edge of a wood.D3rain for thle disposal of water.Lim3its olf districts or subdistricts.

Ni~oTE.-D-Plnol1ition1Sare showin i n y;ellowvc ray on.Designation of objects on checkered maps.-Guide plans: and

mlaps of scale 1/50,000 which ar~ein observation stations andcommlland posts (C. P.) are dlividled into kiilomneter squarc3~,thlelines being drawn -froml a single point of origin for the entireterritory. By abscissa is mneant distances mleasuredf along~ theaxzis N, to the right or lef~t (see fig. 144), and or-dinate isJ the

term npplied todistances measured alonb the axis Y, aboye or

below the origin of coordinates.To describe a point on the· map2 by mleans of these kilomneter

sqluares it is n1ecessaryd to proceed as follows: F~irst dlesio-nate the square by the coordinates of its S. WY.angle in theordler-nzbscissa, ordinate :

33 28

then definitely locate the object; (or point)by adding to each of

the kilomzetric coordinates the hectometric coordinates, a~lways

132 ]~ENUAL FOR CO1M~VAW~hBE1LSOF INFANMTRYP SLATOQNJ.



52 3.3 34 3Iji.144.

MAl;~nUaL FOR C~oMMAdnvDERSOF I[NFANTRY PLATOON$S. 133



in thne order-a-~bscissaz (left; to right), ordlinat~e (in the direct-tionn fromz bottom toward the top;

335 282WThen it is not poxsible to mlakcea mistak~e of 10 kilom~eters the

first figure in each group may be omitted.The objective 0 is then designated. by the num-rber~ 3582.This designation indicates a region only 100 meters on a side

in wrhichi tbe! point is found, and permit~s its ready location onthe guide chart. It is too inexact to give to artillery the exactposition of a new objective precisely located by an infantryobserver a~nd not yet plalcced. In this case recourse shouldl behad to a large scale plan (1/5,000 and up1warld), on1 which theposition of the observed point: should be indicated in p~encil.

Every officersshould k~no~wow: First, to locate on the guideplan any point whose coordlinates are given h~im; secondl, to findthe coordinates of any point; whatever that is not alreadly numn-bared on the gui~de plan. It xviii ordinarily be his only meansof locating wsith some precision a point to wvhich· he wiishes toattract; attention.

CHAPTEiR XII.

TR~~ENCH WEAP~~aONS OF LOWV POWV~ER.

Tren~ch artlleryllr~includies lowA-p~ower wceaponzs served by in-fautry dleta~chients called "salpper-bsombsar·diers,' and high-powe'crcct wceaponzs servedl by the artillery.

The principal lowv-power weapons in service are the pn~~ecn2C~ttiehowuitzer·s of GO rn~itlime1·ter.(2.362. inches)es al~iber andc the D. R.701bombrd.. The pneumatic hlovitzersx includie: Th'le Bra·,ndtlh~ow-itzer, mlodel 1915; the type B hawitzer, mnodel 1916 (lightBra~ndt) ; the type D1. M4.hoxvitzer, model 1916 (Dormoy-Chateau).

The nzote on? thte organtization' acnd U5C of infani)try2 bomnbersgives the details of the arrangemenlts of a battery and xviii serveas a basis for the installation of all types of howitzers, providedthey ar~e,reinforced 'considerably, for the protection indicatedh a s become very insuficient.



~TANUALFOR CO1IVIMANDERS OF INFANTRY PLATOONS. 135



pumnps or tanks; take the projectile, wipe it, set the fuse, load,close the breechblock; introduce the air until the pressure gauge

on the feed tube indicates the desiredpressure; discharge the

piece by working the sear with the finger or wtithlthe " Bowden "(pliable arrangemnent for controlling a bicycle brake).

A~djustment.-Yariation in range is obtained by chanting theelevation (angle of fire) and the air pressure in conformlitywyithz a table that is added to the equipmlent;. The pressurevaries from 4.4 to 33 pounds; the angles emp~loy~ed are 200, 300L

420, and 600"; the angle 420 is most used. The accuracy isgood. Bracketing is accomplished by ch-anges of 2.2 to 4.4pounds of alir pressur~e. In enfilade fire one canl a~lmost at onceget on a trench 1. yard w~ide up to range of 160 yards. Accuralcydecreases normxally with the range and very rapidly from 219to 1,094 yards. The safety valve functions atta pressure o~f33 pounds.

Recommendations and instructions.-Dischar.lge first with~outa projectile to assure everything being in working order. Readlvery carefully the pressure gauge; if the pressure has beenexceeded raise the valve or let a little air escape by slighltlyopening the junction of the rubber tube. N~ever~put oil on therubber hose joints. Weight; of the piece, 48.41pounds. W~ieightof the tripod, 35.2 po~unds. Weight of the box of accessories

with four pumlps, 70.4l pounds. Projectiles, type A, model 1915,or type B, mlodlel 1916, described later.2. Light Brandt howitzer-, mzodel 191G.--Same dischLarge tu~be

and samne annulau~r reservoir-, as the preceding, but with fixedlbreechblocki and loadingat thze mu~zcle.

The piece fires at a fixedl anzgle (420) fr'omY an alumlinum~ sup-port to which it is rigidly attached. T'he entire weight is 35.2pounds, and it is easily transportable in an attack. (Fib. 148.)Aside from loadiinb at the muzzle, the manipulationn of th~epiece is the samle as for the modlel 1915 firing at a constant angle.Assure yourself that the projec~tile has fallen to the bottom ofthe bore. Do not push it;, if it has to be pushed, until you haveput the pressure gauge at 00 . A graduatedl sector and a clamnpscr~ew assure the hori~zontal direction of th~e piece. The breech-

block canl be unscrewvedfor the purpose of extracting a projectileof improper cazliber that can not be pushed to its proper seat.

130 IL~RTANUA FOR COI'd\:1~~Nfl/ANERSOF INFANTRY PLATOONS.

3 P ti D N h it d l 1916 (D l Ch )



3. Pneumratic D. N. h~owitzer, model 1916 (Dormlogr-Chateau).-.Ligh'it how·itzer (33 po~unds~) ho~vinl~about; the samze chlaracter-istics as the precedling: Mluzzle loadier fires at a fixed angle

The.a 148.--Carrying~ the light rndt.flI~

wtithivariable pressure; very light-jointed chassis, biut with i~ttlefacilities~ for corr~ect-ionof direction. j(Fig. 149.) F'ires b~ypumrp or tankr. The or~ibinalfeature of thisiengineis that; the gas

1YclsA~uaLFOR COlb~~MMANER&SO9FNFANTRY PLATOONS. 137



check is at the muzzl~e; the air compressed in the resei'voir bythie pum~ps is forced into the dischar~ge tube both in front andin Iitrea of the projectile. W'lhen the desired pressure is aIttained,the gas check is unbolted by iena n of a lanyard; the pressureIc front of the pr~ojectile nt once?fazlls, and the latter is expelledb~y the m1assof expanding; air behind it.

F r. 1 4 . L i h Brnct Fire byankTheheenematic owitzrs of 0 millmeters(2.36Inches)'-;~fcaie fire th w floin rjetls

4Projcile, t yeA oel11.Cstio hllitrolp r p r d f r f a m n a i n egig2pud,1one 2grains,~~ ~ ~ ~~~~"fwih4c s 0 risi xlsv;lnt,82

inhshsae erfahrn ffu he-rngiiwing.rcusio fuseDCfuctoingBeSIyieta;scrtyasrd

138 IMA'NUAL FO~R COMCMANDERS OIF NFAN;TRY 'PLATOONS.



by~ a p~in travzer~sing the fuse, andc tha~t mu22st be r·emloved before

fu tngry Inl aduition, the fiuse is protected by a cap thalt can not

r4· .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4

I'ieI 149a~.--DOrrnoy-Ch~atatca howitzer.

be removed, but that can be given a qIuarter turn aLfter havingr·emlovedlthe pin, in order to m-uask the holes in the fuse. throughwhich this pin passedt. The general azppear~ance is ·hat of type

1MANUA~LFOR COM[MANDERS OF INRFANTRY PILATOONS. 139



B~ (fig'. 1.49b) somewhat elongated. Charged projectile painltedblue. P'ractice projectile pdnated red.

5. Projectile, type B, model B191 (fig. 149b).- Shorter andlighter than type A, 1 pound, 6 ounces, 404.5 grains of whvlich3 ounces, 7i6.2 grains are of explosive.. Greater. range; similareffects. Safety is insured by the fact: thazt the firing pin· doesno>tpr-lojectfa~renough to reach~ the prim~er. But n~wire is wroundiaroundl the shanki of the firing pin like a thread around thze

l3'xc.2149b.--Projectileof 69millimeters (about 2.75 inches), type B,19416.

spindle, and when one jerks the ring sh-owvnin the figure thefiring pin turns and advances in a screw hole in the cap of thefuse and thus atcquires the projection necessary to become active.Pull the ring straight so as not t~obreak~ the wire. The samedistinctive colors as for type A.

6. D. R. Bomibard,-This engine is composed of a metallicbase, on which are disposed 4 gun barrels, model 19'74, witha breech casing. Th'ese balrrels are truncated to 15~ inches, orthereaboute, from the beginzning of the chamber and close her·-

140 MANUAL FOR COMMANDERS OF INFANTRY PLATOONS.



inetically. On each one are brazed two mandrels for, the pro-je ion of the D. R. grenade. Firing is accomplished by meansof a lanyard that simultaneously pulls the four triggers; eightD. R. grenades are thus projected at once. The cartr dge ithat of 1874, charged with, smokeless powder. The range ob-tained is superior to that obtained by the gun (about 435 yards,as a ainst 390 yards).

CHAPTER XIII.VARIOUS 1VIAT] RIEL USED IN THE TRENCHES AND

IN THE ASSAULT.

1. Wire-cutting apparatus.2. Individual parapet shields (fig. 150) -O f special sheet

steel used in the ti enches either as a head shield with loophole

* GO)* t

*3' Q 0 0

390 aDo(12:10') ;z--* - ( )

(76) (z57V

* 1*3 * .1*5--

bKe -. -- - .* . (9'4')* t'o 85 6o

(6eV 2:IOV (II';o z!'o'V (3:6'0 ' , 0'

Fec lO -Individual parapet shield.

or as a sloping shield with the feet planted in the wall of theparapet. The type usually used has a thickness of 11 millim-eters (0.45 inch) and weibhs 30 kilograms (66 pounds). It is

MANUA~L Eron OOM1~;NDEILSCOB IISBERlfTRY PLABTOON~S. 141.



pr'oof against thle S. bullet at all ralnges and against the S huh-let inver'ted at 33 yards. It is not proof agrainst the S. MU.K.,

bullet fired at 33 yardts, but this bullet is stopped when theangle Qf tIncidence exceedls 150".'i3.gIndivridal o~ensi~ve shield (figr.151) -Of special sheet

steel, lighter thani the parapet shield. W7hilentended to beused on the open groundl it is often1 used in the same ma321nneras the first. Mroreovera continuous screen of thes~e shieldIs manybe used as protection in beginning a trench. Pr·otection against

'r : ~-* D "A '*I I

Fie 1 5 . I d v d u l o f n i v hedS. bulletstaldsacs aantS ultsivre t5

ya~l. eiht 1 kilgrm (3pons;thces,7u.(.7inchL~. ~ ~1 ~ 13

4.~ r Shedoeladsn fi.12 P o o gis hOeainbule t 2 adsisuedtoicras h e p r t c t ofor gZli lme ein arpt5. Individualoling shield ( Wa l e r ) . A s m l ompofmone ntowelcpbe fbigdrce rmisd

bya a neig'h a hsapoc hlewrenanleetora eem' tenhanfr or o s e r e t h o g

124 MANUAL FOR;COrMbMANDERSOF INFANTRY PLABTO.ONS.

t h l fitt d I i il bl h A Ti dl bje



two holes fitted Ivitil movea~ble shutters. A w·Tindlass may bjeadded., wihich will permit th~ operator to receive exp~losives from.the depazrture tr~enchl and will aidi him in returning. The platesprotrecting the hInd~ ~nndchest furnish rote ction aga~sinst theKt. (pezrforating) bu~llet,the iest (w~heels, shutters, sides, andi·oof) :Lninn t the S. bullet, even when inveited, and a~ga~inst theKC b~ullet whrlen thle :innle oi, incidence is under 590* I~tcan beti 'ii p;~oite ismlountedt by two m1en1oi the shield foldled alndtrie mmn froi th~e wtheels. (See the Instiuctions for the inch-

v-lulu r'olling shield, approved Fieb. 20 1916.

'K:. ii ,~' g,

.. doS,

lui hihwl fur is inoeeion fore -- uu I tw o--oprtos Total- wegt, 4klorm

7. C~odype of looout coverd(fig 153) .- Tw modlswegh

ing' 1.0 an 32sc:hielogram (35 asend~70+ pwounds plates of5 m. nd12mm thickness (0.31 aurnd47inlt~tch). f

S. Shelerorlookous, typeS. T. . (fig 154)~t 5-The miodelusweo·ghmniing 5 2 aund 40 ih ig 6ilograms5, 0 + a n 8 pounds). tProtctccioinc t eomheamea asn o ~te~nora a p t s h e l s

MANUALJ~dBOR OOIM1nNDEkSr O3 FrA1~ibrnY Pr;LAToNs. 143



9. beinountablet armoreda shields for o~bservers-·Thleer arethree tyrpes: S,. T`.G., Sazint-Jacqlues, Sanit-Chamlondl. The first·

twol arie trtinca~t~ed cones, mafde! up· of ~ides;ndZ r'oof clampedtogeFther.CEach element wceigh~sless than 70Okilograms (;134pounds) and is proof agalast the arm~ored bullet at 33 y~ards and

0~ ~~~~~~~~r 0or·· r~~

. -- . I s".·

.2'~~~~~~~~~2L

CP~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~r - .

FIG h3-iroy e o l o k u ' coer.Iginst single;.shots from the 37-mm. gunat 109r~.·'ad. The

Saint-Camond sield is ar.rruncated quaranula pyromid,·the.racessoo·~engjone a te d g s . E a h leen w i g s es ta

33 yards.ne sos rr h 7-m ula 18yrs h

144 MyANcUALE FOR COMP3[MAND~BERSOF INF`ANTRY PLATOONS.

III Ch



10.~ Browning.-See "Automatic pistols;," 'Book III, Chap-·ter L

11. Shotgun.-The 1 2 - g a u g e gunl firing 0 buckishot is as for-midable 'ns the ilfie up! to. 38 or 44 yardls, alnd d~ives miuch

atl -~~~~~~~~~~~~~1~(3':7'

" L (7~~~~~~~~~~~~~·8~~~~~~~(9'Io").3QQ..sa..~. \...4 j

.... ~..I'· 1 ·1~ o.

FI.14-hlerfrloot, y e S .41bete cac ofhtigtetreinasnlso.Itstearmfo ngt arosanfrsupiss

E- 9.0CHAPTE XIV

myetnto s era mie frm th trnheeveronsouldi a l a y carry th a k M o N.Isus stuh

MABNUALFOIR COMMAN~DEIRSOF NMFANTCR~YLAT·OONS. 145i

b f f d ill f ll following th di ti



by means of frequent drills, carefully following the directionscontained in the "Note ·of April 1, 1916, on the protectionagainst asphyxialting gas"; this is emaphasized by passingthrough a gas chamber; the chiefs of platoons should keep alist of all1men who have not yet been through~ the test of thegals chamber and see that it is carriedlout. They should realizethat they are responsible for the instruction of their men 'onthis special point, and they shouldi see that all the means ofprotection are always in perfect condition; they shouldl.insist:thiat all their maen,and particularly those who are off by*them1-selves, should always be provided with their muasks.

The following principles should be remlemberedl:First. The individual apparatus is, the only real preventative.

Ifs efficacy lasts several hours, after which it should be re-placed.

Second. Naoindividual apparatus is efficacious if it:has not beenperfectly adjusted beforehand, if it; is'not hermeetically sealed.

Third. ~Nopparatus is efficalcious if it is not ready to be put;in place quickly when the need arises. Obneshould verify byalarms that there has been no relaxaltionin precauttion, and thatthe protections prepared beforehand w~ork qluickly and properly.

Fiourth. All wetting of masxks is expressly forbidden.Fifth. During a gas azttacks never allow the mzaskisto be re-

moved~ prem~aturely.Six~th. Keep a careful watch at; all times for particular mani-

festaztions on the part of the enemuy indicating a 'gas attacki(metallic noises, small balloons, etc.). when the wrindl is' fav~or-able redouble the attention and be ready for instaat aFct~ion.

The main bodly should be notified of any sign of, unusual -ac-tivity on the part of the enem7y.

1. M~iaskM.

2oi TNHf.-This presents the advantage of having

only a single apparatus to put on to protect both the eyes andthe lungs. It is madce in one regular size, adjustable, to thepuajority of heads, and txvo extra sizes for hieadls of abnormalconformation. The translucent substance does 'not sandzc wash-ing. In the model with two separate eyepieces the translucentplhte' is protected by a glass plate, the inner face of which some-

tlmes becomles covered wt~Thmoisture;if it is k~nown beforehand

that' the m~iaskmust be worn o r some time, the glaskspla~tes should

140tMA~NUALPOR CtOMMATBflERS OPINPANTRY~WIPLATOONS.~

b t d b f i f d i



be removted- before using, after making sure that thredeatingof the plate that remains is sufflcient to properly seatl It. E~very;mtask wcith a crackied plate should be

repl~aedl Thle m~enshouldbe ahrne(1agrainst: touching the trnnslucent platesu, which arefragile, especally after having been dampened by respigrationl·.

2. Dr~iaeg~erppara~tus.--An apparatusn comp~osedl of a botthl@of soxyen, a respiratoryr sac, a cartridlge of p~ota~slumto absorbthe? carbonic acidc expell~ed from the lungs, and a flexible tUbeithle rubber mouthpiece (twuobottles anld twvo cartridg~es forrenewarl). br3ieathinlg

isdojne

through the mYouth,the iiose being~c~losed by at clip. 1i~'orinstrunctions as to use, see the not-e ofApr·il 1, 1916. It is serviceable for· a half hour if thie in~itiallpi~ressure of the bottle of oxygen is 830 poundls. It is forlbiddento exhaust It prematurelyt tinder the prietext of testing it, oreven to uncorkr prematur~elythe balttle. The D3raegrer apparaetusis suitable for the eqyuipmentltf life savers havnt~g receivedl aspecial

training.3. ~Eyepfecesaxd aiitimoisture ohalk-Ilubber spectales, hol-lowedl out and forming a maskror pneumatic spectacles, are thehabituial complement· of the ~Draegerappa:raltus. Atnt~imroistupechalk~ is employed on. ordlinaryt glass plat-es; it is uselesso n thoseof antimo~isture g·lass (recogrn~izablebgt~beingmoulnted In alumi-num rin~gaving; serrated edg~es). To clean the translucent platesi

ruib lightly the part turned toward thle eye wiith the cha'lk, spreadit with the finger, rub with a dry cloth, removing all signs ofthe chalk, until t~he surface becomzes brifghtagin.i4. Tissot apparatus,-The Tissot app~aratus is a filtering ap-

paratus andl not one prodlucing oyg~en; It Is a more perfect: mask~than the M. 2, and has no similarityr to the Draeger, which Itcan not: take the place of, and which alone makes It possitble tobreathe

in an atmosphere devoid of oxygren. Thke Tissot maskis efiicacious foi' some dozens of hours, if it has been properlytak~en care of. It is an apparattus of the sector, to be uised incommrandl posts, in support: positlops, in machine-gun shelters,in o~bservation and signsalposts; it: is suitanblefor everyone rse-quired to remain for a long time in a noxious atmosphUer~enotdeprived olf oxrygen.

5. Atoralizers..-Apsparatus for collective protection: TJhe: di-rections for operating are generally pasted on each apparatus.Fior method of usingr, see note of April. 1. Solut~ion for the

M~YANUAL(ROIL COIMMANDERS OP INEANTRY9bLTt'COONS.147'

at~omizer: 9 cups of clean wvater 2~ cups of carbonate solvay



at~omizer: 9 cups of clean wvater,2~ cups of carbonate solvay,or 6n cups of; crystallized ctirbonate, 2 cups of hyp~osulfit~eofsoda. should be prepa~red in adlvance cand kept well hoveredland should not be p~ouredlinto the at'omizer until the time forusi-ng.

These app~aratuses arvedelicate and do not wior~kunless heldproperly and mlanipulazted by men who have been exercised intheir* use. They will not neutralize a waTveof gas, but serveduring the attack and in a closed shelter to keep the canvas ofthe shelter w-et or to absorb the gas wvhichhas filtered throughthei crazcks; after the a2ttackhey serve to purify the air la'theshelter and even in the trenches.

The solution given above freezes at a temperazture of -- 3OThle. solution given belowi is less efficacious, but does not freezeuntil a tem~peratlure of -'G is reached: 15 cups wvater, g cuphyp~osulfi'te, 1 cup of carbonate solvay, 2 cups common salt.'

It mnust:e remem3beredt that gas alwazys· h~asthe tendency to

sink, and that it is there (ini hollowrs azndlowvground) that itmlust be fough~t;l0. Protection of shelters.-To protect a shelter, prepare in ad-

vanice a panel o~fanvas made waterproof (p~arratin, linseed oil,paint) or impregnated .with hyposulfite; by wh-ichl the enltrancemay qluicklybe hermfletically closed.: PFutup as soon as p~ossiblea second canva~csfroml 20 linches to 1 yardl from the first. K~eepdampened by' thzeatomizer, worked fr·om the interior. Ifnoth~ing better is at haiBd,use the men's bla2nkets.

7. Special methods. T-aheollcctivc mlethlods~wrl~icli follow giveonly relative protection: Fire lBcilrrier: The burning of (Iry ma-teriazl giving a line of high and hzotfa~mes and ittle smoke maZ~y,und~er favorable circumns~tances, lift the wave of gas when it;arrives atf the trench. If possible, tw-o bazrr~iersclose togethershould be preparedl, one on ~thearapet; and the other on thereverso slope. ~Volatileoil is more suitablle th~an petroleum orother oily combustibles.- Isol~ated~ fires: These can protect fairrly-well particular points, such as the entrance to a shelter. Theyare valuable for purifying the air in the trcncll and shelter afterthe p~assage of the wyave of gas. Bla~ck-powdclerbomlbs or shells,explosive shells, machine-gun fi~re, thr~owingr of incendialrygrienad~es, etc.; halveno' effect;on a wave of gas.

148 Ma1Q~UALPOR COMMANDEflS OP I1NPANTfY PL;ATOO16rS.8 Protectioni g i t carbonl di lid G f



8. Protectioni against carbonl dioxlide>--Gas from the enemytis noit the only dangfer; carbon dioxide, produced by 6 r owcartrsd~res, is' another

in closed casemates. A single ca~rtridge(188~) prodtuces almuostea quart of carbon dlioxid-e. The gas: es-caping from the mecha~nism of a machine gun varies from one-sxtuh to one-tenlth of the gas producled; the air in a. shelter,20 sqluare meters (215 square feet), thus becomes poisoned~ after250 to 300 shots, if the escape of gas tazkes place ini the interiorof the shelter.

'The emlploymentof a flash conlcealer also conserves gas In a.shelter. It is nec~essary· therefore t o a r n g thie machine gunin such manner thazt the orifice for the escape of gas is out~si(lethe shelter or to assure a good ventilntioa of the shelter. Itmust also be remembered thatlf the mazsk Mr. and Tissot maskfuirnish no protection agains~t carbon dioxidle. They shouldnever be employed as means of rescue following shell explosions

or in amine chamber; recouarse must: be hadc to thie Draeger to.penetrlat~einto places devoid of~oxygen or satur~atedcwith ctarboond~ioxidte.

CHSAPTER~ XV.,

EFFECTS OF rRO6JECTILES.~PnEN~TnATINQ FFX1EOTr Q;ERMA'N nDt;Tttr.

Thee Germanns use:Thrst. The S bullet, either direct: or· inverted; the inverted

bullet is particularly efficacious whenfired at short di~tancesag~ainst;homllogeneous steel shields.

Second. The perforating bsullet'with steel core SIMK, especiallyfo~r ire against shields.Table 1givues thre necessary thickness of) different miaterial to

furnish protection against single S bullets (dlirect or invertedf)atI all1distances.1

' Greater thicknesses are req uired a~gainst;prolonged anldregnlat~d fire. Oompleltgprotection requires a parapet of at least 314 inches of earth or a brick or rubble wvall14 to 16 inches thicks.

MauANUALOIL ·COIMMANDEIRS OF INFANTJ~IRY-PLATOONNS. 149

TABLE I.



TABLE I.

~Natureof obstacle. Thickness.

linches..Clay.28Wet earth, not packed,,, ,,,,,.... -,-;~~-.. .. 20Wet earth2 packed,,,.- , I --- ...-- ,.'. .. ~~~ 16River sane.. ,,.,,,,;,.,,..,....,,, .;,~ 12Oak wood.,..,..,,, ,.,.....,..,.--~,-;.~.20Spruce.-..,...,, 28Brick and rubble'waslls.9M a n u r e * . .. ., , ,,,,-,,,,,,, ,, ........ 40-50Packed snow..;,....,,,.,,,;..,...;;.......~..1 100

Tabl~e IT gives the thicknesses and co~iiposition ofcertain sysx-,tems o f simple shelters which will resist the fire of the S bullet,either diirect or invertedl, even ait short rannes.

TABILEI.

TotalCharacter of protections. thickness

in Inches.

Ordinary soft steel, onlonlate or. sevecral plat~es placed together (S di-rect only)-~3

Ordinary soft steel, three plates of inch aeparated by intervals of I to11 inches,._---..-..-...- 12.3622i.786

Ordinary sheet;iron and wood, oak planks, i~ inches thick botween twoplates of inch-, - .. ; .. ... .. . 22. 16

Pi~neplanks, 2.36 inches thick, between two I-inch plates. - -..- 2. 75Two oak planks 1.06 inches each between two plates, the front one

0.098 inch and the rear one 0.157 inch thick-5 2.375

Ordinary sheet iron and sand, 1.575 inches of sand or fins gravelbetweentwo plates, the front one 0.098 inch and the rear one 0.157 inch,,.; 21.83W~oodand sa~nd, 3.037 inches of sand between two oak planks 1.06 inches

each, or a pine plank of 0.984 inch in front and one of 2.36 inches inrear ... ,.,.,,---~~..~--,--.....--~...6. 30-7.8

1 One-half being metal. 2A o t

NOTE.-When a shelter is composedof several plates of metal, with or without at

filling between, the thinner plate must always be placed in-front.

160oM;ANUABLP0R C0~WMBTANDEuOF XNFANMTRYPLATOONS.

Experiments madle fi i gT i t l l l



Experiments madle firingT against speolal steel armor plateh'ave given the following r·esults:S bullet,

direct: Plate of .197 nch can be perforated: lp to 174Iyards; plate of .27i5 inch resists penetraltion beyond 27 yards;plate of .315 inch resists at all distancesc.S bullet, inverted: Plalte of .275 mciv~can be perforated up to55gyards; plateof . 3 1 5 inch can be Perforatedl up to 27 yards;plate of .304 inch cazn' e Pyerforate~d ~ipto 22 ya~~ds.SMKI perforatin= bullet: To resist the SMKperforating. bulletat 55

yards, untler the normfal annle of incidence, a thic~knessof.55 inch of special steel is-Iieessary. But the. resistance of st-eelplates increases rapidly wvith.he~ aingle-of incidence of the bullet;Table III grivestheangle of incidence beyond which protectionis*obtained, for different thicknesses, againast perforating bub-lets firedt at; a range of 33 yards.

TABL;E III.

Thickness of plates of specialsteel. Angtle ofincidence.

.275 inch to .j945 inch...40

.315 inch to .1345 inch . .J..·c~r,··~irrrr r .30sr~r.r.394 inchto .4~35inch`l' -·~~~1111~..~1..230.4133jnchto .473 inch . ~~ ·~ ·~~~~~ ' ·~~ . . 15'."""'

Pliese conditions are pr~actically satisfied withRthe diff~erent:type. of individual and parapet shields.

EFFEicTS OF ARTILLtERY F~IRXE.

TI EITi-FU5ELlCbCICE).

(a) Shra~cpnet..-Tbhe sheaf of shrapnel balls (fig.. 155) is ansolidlcone wi~th a 9ma~flldisper~sion of only azboutl5" to 200. Thepesietration of the. bullets in different mazterialsis much lessthan that; of rifle bullets.

~&aNUaAL·FOE,. COIRI1dAhNDERS OF ,I3NFANTRYII PLATOONS. 1·51

In the waZitinlg position the defenders close up to the interior



In the waZitinlg position the defenders close up to the interiorslop'e o'f the paralpe~t of a trench have nothing to fear fromsbrapiiel. ·

In ~the~firing. position the upper -part of the body is exposed.In ord8er to be ab~le to fire while under sh~rapnel fire, it is neces-,sarly to fnrnish the parap~ets with special arrangements whichprotect; the hzeadcand shouldlers of the firer~s, b~ut wlhich will notreveal the presence of the trench at a distance.

Grournd __

~tflicaciouts5Qre

Akboat 2'

FIe. 155.--Sheaf' of shrapnel bullets.

(b) Explosivje shells.-Th'ese shells give a hollowv and veryopen sheaf. The fra~gments 'are numeroous alnd irregular; theyhave a hiigh initial velocity bnt lose it: rapidly; their penetrationis slight.

Wh'Venthe shell bursts at a goodl height the result is a sort oofvertical b~lowT,ike that of an ax, the effect being considerablebut of small extent.

152 MAN~U;ALFOR COMMANDERSEOF ZNF4NTRY~ PLATOONS.

Th l i h ll f G f ld



The explosive shell of a German field gun can recnh meln dej·~filadc-edup to 600" b~ythe crest; of the coverx (Fig. 156.)

)O~iaboLCi * r,r

EfkCO&S3fC:

Thc. 56. hefte xposve hel f Grn in ied unTh rjetl f h ihthwtzro 0 5 m . ( ice)

whoseseafseven moe o p e n a n d w o e t a e t r smcurvd,,en end i agentsto te rer. (ig. 57.

MANAL~jc FOR COMMs[ANDERpS OF INFrANTRty plalTOONS.S 153.

As a result;, even in the waV~itingi1ositionl,the defenders of. ab



trench may be renched bpythis ~3reif thtey are not protected bysome overhead cover.

Grou~nd S

i *

E~~ficaczio~~t33 0fl0.~abaut:;2 O ~ ~ ~ ~ l ~ l i

( 6 6 ' ) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

V!Ii'Ici.~ ~ ~ Q?··5r-Sefofpo'tlh ihIn. 4 i n h oizr

15~4 MTfaNUAL ~'oR COMIPTANDERSOF 'INFANTRY`PkLATOONS.

h h ld b ' id d ith dl



MoreovTer, every trench should. be pr'ovided wvith a paradlosagainst the fragments flying to the rear. However, it; must be

remalrkredl that to be eff~icacious, the fire requnires great precisionin range and~ elevation aznd consequently good observation ofthe sh~ots, without whlich, to obtain appreciable effects, a greatexpenditure of projectiles Will be. required.

PEECU55ION FIRE3.

A thickrness of 2;Lo 3 meters (8~ to 10 feet) of ordinary earthis sufficient to withstalnd aZ rolongedlfire with percusrsion shellfrom the German field gun.

FEield artillery can certainly open breaches in trench parapets,but the complete dlestruction of any conzsiderable length of para-pet; is only possible with an enormous expendiiture of ammnuni-tion.

The action of the shell of the 105 mmn.(4 inches) andl of the15 cm. (6` inches) is miore powerful; it isl sufficient to perforateup to about 2,000 meters (2,188 ya~rds) the coveringr of a lightshelter (layer of logs 0 fl. 20 (8; inches) coveredi w-ithz m. 30(1 foot)* of earth; but it is not efficacious against the roof of a

reinforced shelter com~posedlf two layers of logs and two layersof' arth- of thle above thickness

Table IV indicates the thzickness necessary to resist fieldar~tillery fire:

TABLE IV.

'WoodenKind of fire. Earth. Bricks masonry. roofing.

Field gnn:Bullets and f ragments -16 to 40 inches. . l 9 inches-- - ..- 3 inches.Percussionshell . 3feet 4 inchesto 6 3Ifeet 4 inches... Do.

feet; 5 inchies.Light howitzer:

Bullets and fragmnents.. 3feet 4inches. 9~~nches.5...~. inches.Percussion shell...... 10 eet to 14 feet... 6 feet 5inches 1* Do.

3 feet53. . . j . ; . - . Do.

1 Dirsct fire.2'aPlunning ire.



15;6 1MANUAL FOR COI~d1VIANDERS O)F INJFANTR~Y PLA~TOONS.

h l) C it of limlber 24 rounds Supply for each gun



shrapnel). Capacity of limlber, 24 rounds. Supply for each gunof the battery, 312 rounds. Linllt of graduationz of the sight,

6,000 yardls. Extremerange, 9,300 yalrds.F'ront cov-ered by a bat~tery at mledium ranges: FIiring withtime fuse without swreeping,~ 11.0yards; firing with timue fusesxveeping., 220 yards; firing w-ith percussion fuse, wiidth of ob3-stacle of 27 yards.

To set and release the brakes.-W~hen firing (in firing position)the' carriage is secured on the ground by the trail rspade and the

~wheelbrakes, which consist of two mletal plates or shoes, fittedlon their undlerside wTitha spade parallel to the axis of the car-riage. Before firing it is necessary to place these plates on the

*groundl and mount the wvheels on them by moving the pieceslightly to the rear. An azrrangemuentof a pivoting lever, en-gaging writh the teeth of a ralck placed under the carriage, allowsxthe raising aInd lowering 6f the trail. This operation is calledsetting the brakres. It is then securedl to the groundl at threefixed points and is ready t~ofire. W~henthe piece is in the firingposition, in order to move it it is necessary o release the brakes.Circumsta~ncesmay arise when an1officer or a nzoncommissioned.officer of infantry will have to muovea piece by hand, or even toremove it; and join it w~ith its limber or other vehicle. lie willnot ibe. able- to dlo this unless he has learned howYto releatse thLe

brakecs; the immlovable piece wvill resist all*his efforts and in-genuity. Every officer should~takre adivantage of. the presenceof a battery near hlim to learn practically--first, to release thebra~kes; secondc,to dlismount; and to disable at "7i5."

To disable.-A strong steel bolt called~a key unites the pieceand its recoil check. If this key is remzoved, the .piece becomuesuseless. .If, besides this, a projectile is fired, the gun, not beingheld securely, is torn from th~e carriage under the influence ofthe' recoil and is thrown to the ground somle distance to the rear.An oflicer 01. a noncommissioned officer of in-fant~ry malLyhave totake this action alt;a critical mloment. Aniother method of dis-ablingra piece has been explained in the chapter on explosives;



14'ISCELLANEOUSINFOBBIUIATON WHIHHTHE CHTIEFOF PLABTOONPS~HOULCDOSSESS.

CHE-APTER~~II.

PREIWC~IPLES.

Thte military education of the commander of any grade Irs-ba~sed upon a fewv pr~inciples, w~hich·should be known to all.These principles are asXollows:

ENER·GY.

Energy is the most imp~ortant of soldierly qlualities. F'romu itspring bra2very, fortitude, self-sacrifice,

discipline, and devotionto duty. It is the ene~rgy of the leadler azndof his men whtich1enables them to carry a fight to a finish and which brings forththe highest acts of heroism. Wh~enthe leader is consideringvarious courses of action he will be sure to be right if he dle-.cides upon the most energetic.

'UIITY OF ACTION.In order to defeat the enemy we must strike hiard, ~.s:mard

as possible and all together. One can never be too strong,either in attacki or defense. A gbod chief of pla~toongets all ofhis men into action and leaves none of them idle during criticalmoments. If he loses touch with adjoining troops and has no~orders, he will go wherever fighting is going

on and place hisplatoon at; the dispo ition of the commxander.157P



160 MIYANU~JALFOR, COMMAND~'BERS~OF INFANTRY PLATOONS.

sta~ff, andi twvoregiments of infantr~y. It; does not; exis~t in a



division3 of three regiments.

TIlE INFAINTRY REGIM\ENVT.

The infantry rlegimecnt;ncludles the regimnental staff, oneheadqua~rters compa~tny,, th.r~eebattalions (normal organization),one platoon of 373-mmn. (1.5-inch~) gunls (oneg~un for each bat-talion) azttach-edl orrations only to the first muachine-gun com-pany, the comzbat trains, and the field train.

Th'Ie r~egimentalzt stair~.-The regimental staff inclu~des 'thecolonel, 1 lieutenalnt colonel or majodr (a~ssist~ingthe colonel),1 captain (adljutant), 1 teleph`toneofficer, 1 lieutenant commlland-ing the platoon of sappers and gr~ena~diers,1 color bearer, Iutility officer (whlo commalzndsthe combat trains wvhenthey are'assem~bledl),1 suppl~yofficer (wrho commands the field train ofthe regiment), 1 regimen~tal surgeon (ch-ief of the sanitaLryserv~ice), , chief~ musician, and I information offircer (who ide'tachedl fromn a companyt).

The hLeacq2narters comp2n/27j-any-Thheadlquarlter~scompany in-eludes ~thecolonel's clerks and cyclists (one of wchom is mes-sengrer for the r~egimientallsurgeon) the assistants of the supplyofficerl, includfing I wrarrant officer; 1 sergeant mlajor, 2 ser-geants, 1 sergeant andl 5 maen(butchers), cyclists, and teamr7sters';the assistants of the quartermastier, including 1 serge ant ma3jor'artificer, 1 corporal clerk, somle clerkis and teamsters; the as-sistants of the teleph~oneofficer, including, a ~telephonedetachc-ment of 3 sergeants, 8 corporals, 40 privates (8 stations) ; a~signazl detachment of 1 sergeant, 1 corporal, and 8 signalm~en;' 1platoon of sappers and grenadiers, viz;,1noncommtissionedd offricer(commal~ndingthe section), trained sappers, includijng1 corporal

·and 12 privates, the pioneer detachment, including 2 sergeants,4 corporals, and 48 pioneers, the bomllbing section of 1 sergeant,3 corporals, and 24 grenadiers; 1 assistant chief mlusician,1· drum major, and 38 musicians; 1 chief armlorer and 3 armrll'-ers; 1 veterinarlian (for each brigade), 1 farrier corporal, 5 far-riersand 2 sa~-ddlers;;1 litter-bearer ser~geatnt; the postmasters(1 postmasterr and I assistant for each battalion) ;,the mountedscouts (2 sergeants, 2 corpor~als, and 8 troopers) ; 'th-e noncoin~missioned officerls belonging to the headqcuarter~s comlpany·;the

~TNUaPaLmOR CO~MAN~DERS OF INeFANTRZYPLAlTOONS. 161cooks; laborers; the or~derlies of the oifficers of the regimental



; ; the or derlies of the oifficers of the regimentalstaf'f; 1 ta~ilor; 1 shoemakier.

N~POTE.-Thesergeant ma~jor is az company noncommissionednecofficer almo~st the equivialent of the firs~t sergeant~ in the Unitedl

·State~s Artmy.TH-E INFAN~TRY BATTALION.

A battalion consists.of a staff', a2non1commli~ssion1eds~taff,threecompalnies, and36ne mach~ine-gun1 companyl. The fourthl compallnylis ursually detached

annd remazins at: t-he (lep~ot of: the division.Th~e s~tafff includes the ba~ttalion commander, 1~ claptalin (adc-jntanlt), afnd I ~urgeon-.

Thle noncomm_~sissione ,staff is raztionedl w~ith the first: comlpanyvof the b'ittalion, It incluzdes 1 ser~geaznt (assistanrt of the bat-talion commander) ; I caval~ry sergeanlt (atitached) ; 1 assistanturg~eon; 1 'irtificei' se~rgeant (commlanding the combat tr1ain oft-he

b~att'lion) 1 chief' bugler (a corporal) ; 1 chief litter- bedr~er(a corpoi al) and some litter bearers; 5 slignalmen (one of thema2corporql'l); 3 cyclists (one of wh-om i~sthe surgeon's mess~en-ger or liaiison agfent) ; thle dtriver~s of the 3 wa~gons; belonging tothe battalion (bag1ooage wragon, medicall-supplyr wagon, and calis-son)b ; and the 01 denlies of the 3 o~fficers.TLhelittel· benr ei number 16 or 28, (l~epentlingfuporn whlethier

the regimnet; has~ ot has not; a balnd.THE INF~ANTRY cOMIPANYS.

The company consists of a captain; 3 lieuteniants or secondl~ieutenantls;1.warran~t officer· (adcjutant) ; 1 fir~st sergealnt (scer'-gneant major·); 1 qluartermaster sergeant; S sergeants; 1 qluar·-termastelr Corporal;3 16 corporals1; 4 dr~ummers or bug~lers; 1soldier of the medical corp~s (in the first company hze*is a2cor-poral) ; 1 cyclist; 1 tailor; 1 shocemaker; tile dlrivers of 'thethree wa~sgons of the comp~any; 4 sazppers alndlpio~neers; 4 order-lies; 2 signallers; andc the soldiers of the company (grenadiersand~lifl~emen), dividedl into 4 platoons.

MABCHINE-GUN COMIPANY.

Machine-gun cobmpanies are of .two types, either· on wh-eels(gunn calrriages and caissons) or aElp~ine;ype (all pack mules).

102 M[ANUAL FOIR COMMI~ANaD1ERSOF INFANTRY PATO'OBNS.

A i t of th t i 2 l~ieutenantsx;a sergeant



A company consists of the captain; 2 l~ieutenantsx;a sergeantin charge of liason; a noncomml~i~issione officer accountant; a

supply corporal; a raznge finder;~ an armorer corporel; a mledicalco~rps private; a cook~;3 or 4 firinigplatoonms with their ammuni1~1-tion and the company Coiubat tr'iin.

P ·1n g patooniz--Ea~ch plaltoon.has a lieutenan~lt or a sergeanttin comlmand; a noncommissionedIassistantl to thze platoon coin-in ind'ei 2 corporals, each commllanding ah n u w t~uci s, loaders; 2 assistant loaders; an armorer; and a liaisonwerfn-t.

Ammunnz~zl.itionsupp2~ly-Two supply corporals; 411mmunitioncairriers for each platoon, the carriages or mules for the ma1c-chine guns and amrmunition. Fior a company of 4 platoons therewrill be 16Jlight carriages, 8 for the guns and 8 fobrthle'ainullni-tion, or 36 packimules.

Compalnay comzbat -train-Two ,corporals, andl, theoretically, 1caisson or 6 mules fbr e'ich ~platoon.But since the adloptionof8 automatic rifles per companytthe, combat train of the mnachine-grun company has been reduced to 2 caissons for 3 sections aiid3' caissons for 4,sect~ions. As soon as every infantry company~~~has beeni supplied with 16Cautomatic rifles, the ma~chine7runlcom~panies will lose another caisson apiece. The caisson holdsabout 25,000 cartridges on rigid strips and a few spare amlmuni-tion cases.

The 37-mmn.uan platoon.-Tkhis platoon is rationed with~ ma~-chine-gun company No. l 1. t includes 1 lieutenant and, 1liaison agent (both mounteda on bicycles), and hazs as manyguns aZshere are bafttalion3s inl the regiment. Each g.un has adetachment consisting of 1 sergeant, 1 corporal, 1. gunner, 1.loader, 2 ammunition carriers, 3 cannoneers (2 wvith amlmuni-tion cart and 1_eamster, not mounted). The combat train ofone gun or of one platoon of tw o gun1sis one' caisson with 2mounted drivers; for a platoon of three or four suns, 2 caissonsandi 4 mounted drivers.

The comblattrain.-T-lhe comba~t train is commanded~ by theregimental supply off~icerand includes:

For the regiment, 2~ ight tool wagons; 3 wagons of materials(telephones, wire, sandbags, and' bomlbs) ; 6 water wa~gons; 1ambulance; 1 mnedicazlsupply wagon (carrying wheel litters

2~TNIJaLrFORa~ CO)M1E4~ADERS OF INFANTRTY PL;ATOONS. 16 3

and gas maskis); 2 forges; 2 ration, and baggage wagons; 1k i h d



gg g g ;kritchen; and the led horses.

Fior each battlalion, 1medicall sup~ply wragon;1 ration andbanggage waoon; 'md 1 fonihorse ammunition wagon ca~rrying

25,000 r1ounzds of sm'dl 'urns 'imm~uniitio and 48 haversackrs.rphC ammunition xxa0on ot the dletachedc ompany at the dlepotof the dfixision c'umriesc 14 000 inunds of smnall-alrms~ ammuniitionand 24 na~versaeks. The 'lmm~unition transport is doubled wheneeach compiny h 's 10 tutoma~tic rifles.

FT~orcinch (omp'inx 1 'immunitionwagon, 1 ration and b:ag-

F~-orechc maehmn~oimp Comp' ly, some ammunition agn~lO; 1ra~tion and 'm~c~ire waong 1 I rolling k~itcehen andl the ammu-tnition w-'igoas belong'in~ to thle 37>-mm.11gus~l.

Thle- comnbattri un mayr le dlixidted intlo two echelons:ThZe first; echelon is eomm'mndedl by the artif-icer sergfeantmaxjor, an7d includles f le medlic

xl supplpy wago'ns, the til~ledlam-munition wa~gons, the w'mgo'os of~ tools and macterialls, and(: theled horses.

The second echelon is conmmndedi by the utility otlricer, an1dincludles tlhe rat~ion ~llltX~1C~~O1, whna~ter·wagons, th~ek~itchens, the forge, nn l~le Q'oS:Insut~io wagons.

Thefiedr a i . -Tin field ti 'in is comm'ndcedl by the supplyoflicc~ inn(1

eonsistr of th'ree soctionls Tw'no s~ectionsoI ) wagonsia~cihi muiguanl 1d distr~ibute 'iemcni te l i one dlay's ritions t~othe me iment (cinch of these sections is coHmmandled byva ser-Seant). 03n' reservz ~eeto n of 8 w'mooxs is commmndecl by the

sergeanti m'jor of thle field tniun. Timecfield tmania also in~ludes3fomagmo x aons, w'mogons om.I tin ee hox se rinancm i xing oats,frs n~~-ealtnagons, u~d0 led hlomes.

MTISCELINEiEOL DEf ILLS OF IN F 'NTRY OEIId~NIZIZAiOmU'.

The medicazl com~psdletachlment;of the battatlion is ordinarilyw~ithi the battalion niecical supply wagon, hut wvhen a companyis dletachedl its qluota of the medical corps dletachment ~oeswti~th it.

The chief litter· hearer (corporal) is w~ith the mnedicah-suyplywa'gon1 of ~thebattalion.

164 ~vANUAL~LBOR7.: OMattf~AND~JERS,~F~iNf~FA~NTRYtzPJtLATOON(1~f

Litt~er bearers are ordinarily with the comupanies to which



Litt er bearers are ordinarily with the comupanies tothey belong, bnt xvhen the battalion goes into action they are

asxsembh-ledby the chief litter bearer.The dlrummers and buglers ordina2rily actla s liaison agents:of the captain.

The artificer sergeant (of the battalion) is in charge of theammnunitionwagons of the battalion so long as; they· are full.When they are emlptied and sent to the rear he Ijoins the arti-ficer sergeant major (osf the regiment) in order to supervise the

ammunition supply, from the ammlunition train. (See "Ammlu-nition supply," Book IV, Chap. XI.)The mounted' orderl~ies are assembled with~ their horses, by

battalion or by r·egiment, in rear of a desigfnated unit;.The specialists of the company: In addition to those already

mentioned, the companies provide the followingr specialists:-Liaison to the company commander. See "Company formla-

tions," Part II, Chapter VI[.~iais'onto the battazlion commn~ader. Each company sendsto thle matjor a supply sergeatnt or supply corporal, and - en-erally also a squad of messengers composed of" one corporalaznd fourl riflemen. The mzachine-gun company semndsthe ser-geant in charge of liaison.

Pigeon caretakers, when they are necessary, are also detailed

fromr the companies.O~bservers andl sigfnalers: There are two signalers in eachcomipany. For'substitutes they have two observers (riflemen),who, likie themselves, are trained by the telephone officer. Inaddcition, in each co'mpany 1. officer, 2 sergeants, the liaisonagents, andcat least Usubstitutes must be able to send and re-ceive th~e Mlorsecode.

Specialist; officers: The company may include in its effectivestl~engthi the grenadier officer of the battalion, the automaticrifle officer of the battalion, or the intelligence officer of theregimzent. The two first-named remain in charge of theirplatoons. A sergeant is detailed to accompalny thBe balttalioncommanderas intelligence sergeant.

IdTTAANUA PODRCOnTI$tMANDB S OF INMFANTRY PLATOONS. 165

CHI~APTEIR ;II.



DISTINCTIVE~ INFABNTRY TACTICS.Thze plincipel ch'ir'ctervsti of 'fnfantry are the followring:i,1. n a l t i y7, ua2suppo210ted! can.3; Zot acttachC linles of? obstac~lescovered by In·elc nsd jnouiided wcith accessorij2 defenzses.-W·Then

aIn a~ttackinc~ fin i chneked~ by de-fensive lines wrhich are intactand occup~ied by the enemay, elaf'orcing it by reserves has nochance of suctcescs, acnd tile attemp~t to do so will only increasxethe losses, An attack; should never be lalunchied- unless it isp~receded and accompaniedc bx effective! artillery fire. Mnl~lcannot fightl micnhinze~

2. Inzfonti p%caal hLold-i 9' unld tc~nacioulsly.-Intrnching: t'oolsenable thle soldiei to pi tect himself- against attalcks. The poxverof iuodern arm·ns (rifle, automaltic ri-fle, grenade, rifle grenade,:and machine hun) 0 ives 'inl 1 ost complete certainty of stop-

ping an attack wrhich is not prepared by ar~tillery fire. The~employiesn-t of obstacles wbrich hold the enemny under fronitalaInd especially under enflizlaing fire enables us to be satisfletlwrit-h reduzcec1 fieldsx of fire, Intintrv can hzold, close to thle enemy-,pEositions ~xic h i ppeni at flust sigh~t to be unfazvorable. ~IfLfew hlours' are availabale for' entr~enching andi placing obstacles,it -can be sure of holding gro~und which it has gainedl.

3. Iznfantr~y becomzes exh~austed qulich~ly.-T'lhe advance in awac~r f posit~ion is subject to all1 sorts of difficulties. In the firstlplace the cutting up of the gr1ound by trenches, comm11unlicatin~gtr;1enches, tunnels, etc., makes it extrem-rely diifficult to keep,troops in haznd. APnd besides the incessant shocks ~producedby; artiller~y fire, iuachine-gun fire, grenadces, etc., con~tribufeto the disorganization of units, WTehouldl avoid, bohoiat the,

b'eginning aznd during the cojurse of an attack;, miuakingthe firingline t-oo dense. WVhengaps occur in it thiey 'hzould beilledl care-fully, avroid~iab trhe "bunching,, wlhich increasesi disorder and!los~ses. Whlen a bodyS of troopis has been h iumered hardc, theyshould, if pr~acticable, when ii t i e sh effoit 'must be made, be·elieved by a?body, of fresh ti-oops. In this wa2y their complet~edisoeganization, wiith no0compensatino 'rain, can beI avoidled.

4. In~fan~try 'must no0t m1an2euv~er inZ donezsc for·7Tnst'ions.-.In themzone sweplt by artillery fire conlumns of squards aInd lihes ofplatoons are absolu~tely pr~ohibited.

166 IhTANUtAL FO]R .CO1V~MANDWERS:O-F TINFATRYTPL~ATOO-~TS,

5 The morale of inzfantry is extremzely irnzportanzt.-A-n oper-



5. The morale of inzfantry is extremzely irnzportanzt. A n operation can not be preparled. solely from the malterial. standpoint;.A mnoral preparation is indispensable. This prepazration issecured by the comzmander in the visits which he maskes dailyto .his muen.

CHAPTERPCIV .

RgIFLE' IFIRIE.

rr'lle conduct and execution of fCireiffer according to the tac-tical situation of the troops wrho are delivering it, depending.upon w7hether they aire defending an entrenched line,a~tt~ack~ing,an entrenched position, or engaged on open ground either: in*attack or defense. O~bjectives,differ in character, in the man~nnerin whlich they azppealr,and in vulnerability. Consequentlythemlanner of delivering fire continually ch~anges. Each new con-

dition should be met in an appropriate manner.How~iever,there are certain characteristic features which mlay

be regarded as the pr~inciples of r-ifle ~fire:1. The firle is alwaays delivered by grousps. The platoon is, as

a m~atter of fact, too large a unit and possesses too many kindsof armls to be well controlled ~throughloutby its chief~ directly..Intermnedliaries are necessary to transmlithis orders. The lead-ers of sections and of sqluadslperforml this function and alctuallydirect the fire in azccordance with the orders of thie platooncozmmander.

2. The fire@s always from7 thze macgca~zie. In azfire fight:ofany kzi~ndthe targets show themlselves for short periods only,and during these periods it is important to deliver as great avolume of fire, as possible in order to obtain the maximumn of;effect.

3. Firne dlisciplinze is a necessity of the first importance. Firediscipline perm7its the concen~trat~iono f fire and secures surprises.It prevents waste of ammunition and1 pernlzis .sustaining thefight. It; preserves the morale-of the mnen and keeps them. inhand for subsequent efforts. It consists essentially in securing

MANuALtPOR COM'MANDERR OFF NF~aANTRYa PLATOONS. 167

anl immediate opening~ or cessa~tion of fire at the command:of the



p g fire at the command:of theleader. All officers azndnoncommissioned1 ofircers, esp:ecially thehie closers,' must exert themnselves to attain it. Vholley firings Isan xcellent meazns of steadying· a bod~yof troops whose fire haswJeakenedlor become disorgatnized.

4. The r'esults obtainudl depend albove all-(a) Up~on1 the coolness' of t-he commandn2er.-It is only by re-mainingrcool thatt the commandiercan obtain the highest: degreeof fire discipline among, the riflemen of his platoon; that is, to

be able to break off and resnine firling at xviii. Fire dlisciplinecan not be maintazinedi except by a leader who is master ofhimslelf.(b)· On1 the steadiness anld shlcil of thLe men9.--Collectivefire iseffecti~ve only when it is ain ag~gregaztion of aLccurnt~ 'shots de-livered with correct sight adjustment. It ·s dependent upon theindividuacltraining ofi the men' 'firing·.

FBIREOF THE: PLATOONlIN REF 'N5E OF AN ENTRE~NCHEIIDLINE.

The chief platoonl organizes: beforeha2nd squadzcsof riflemeniunder 'commal~nd of sergeaznts or corporals andi assign-s to t~hemlparts of the trench best adalptedi to itsi defense. All dlispositionsacre. providedl for in adlvance byTordlers given to be foll~owed incase of alarm. TIn dayt~imze the fire usuaclly~ employed is fire a~txviii."' 'However, volleys are? freqluently· used, as they· shake 'thecmorale' of thte enemy and give confidence 'to oni' own m3en. Atnzight voll~ey firing2· is th1e ruzle.

THE PLABTOON IN A'i GENERAL A1TTACKCAGAINST AN E~NTRENCHED)PO5ITIONJ.

I~n an action of this kinld the rulel is to' fire but little, as its-purpose is to gain as soon as possib·le the objectic e designaited.Nevertheless, the advance may be impedled bS loc'. resistalnce~fromn cer-tain points (by gr~oupsof rIiflemen, machine gun11s,etc).This resistance must be crushed as qyuickly as p~ossible,andc 'thechief'of 'platoona will direct a- rapid fire by his etntie la2toonupon suchl points in ordter to be ablhe to resu~methe adx ' t i nce .

168 MANUAL FOR COI61CMMANDER O)F INrANTRY P~LATOONS.

RIFLE FIRE: IN XVAR OF` MALNEUVER.



inr defen~se.-Aciting· defensively in open country, the platoonIS: not required, except: in rare cases, to deliver fire-at longranges; distant targets are more effectively tak~encare of by'auxtomatic rifles and machine guns. Moreover, it is often better·to d~elayropening fire in order to obtain later a more effectivefire upon an advancing enemy. T'he effect of fire is greatly in-creased if it comes as ac u~rprise. In order to obtain this effectit; is necessary that the preparation (the designation of thetarget and of the range) should' be as complete as possible'inorder that the first burst of fire shall be certainly destructive.Th~echief ~oflatoon has the sights set;, conducts his men tothe firing position, aind does not open fire until all the menhave seen the target and have had time to take accurate aim.

Th'7e ranzge.-In a defensive action the chief of platoon seeksto obtain while waiting a knlowledge of the ranges to prominentobject~s'in the foreground, in order that he may avoid makffigconsiderable errors in the designation of the range when histairget appears. 3Hemakes use of the map or has the dis;tanCespaced, or makes inquiries of neighlboring troops who have rangefindlers.

Des~ignationz of" the taclrget.-In order to designate a1targetwhich can not: be describedeasily, the chief of platoon,selects areference point which is plainly visible and which can be indi-catedi without danger of mlistake. HJe then states how manyfingers' or hands' breadths the desired target is to the right; orleft! of the designated reference point.

InI 'the acttach;.-Targets can seldom be seen clearly; we guesswhere the enemy is rather than see him.- Wiemust watch closelyand try to discover him, and must; notice evei y movement in thegeneral direction of thd designated objective. 'The absolut~e 'rulein the attack is to alternate firing and advaincing. T4heplatoondoes not fire except to prepare for a rush, or, ·if it; canl not ad-vance, it fires to cover the movement of a neighboring unit.'

HTowe~verfacvorable thze opportulnities ma;y be for firi~ng, woemust nsotfire if we cacn acdvacnce. Fir·e whose effect its nzot immnedi-ately r~ttilized is woasted.

Fire is ordlinarily conducted by sections, rarely by squidsl.~Theopening· of fire should be instantanzeous.

MIVAN;UALFOR COMM~ANJDER&S OF INP;FANTRY PbLATOONMS. 1639

Ra-te of fire.-Tlhe normlal rate of fire is eight shots perminute



minute.Effect of th2e grounld.-A~ shot group G will have beaten zones

'AB, AC, and AD of different: ext~ent, depending upon the angle.of -slope. And the zone of graszing fire ~vhichprecedes tehbeatenz zone is greater on ADt~lhan on; AC or AB~.

FPIG. 158.

It: is appanrent thatC reserves posted on the slope ABSmay, ifthey can find coacealment, be in a less dangfer~ous position thaznif they were on the r~everse slope AD and screened from thleview of the enemny. The occupation of a2 econd slope?@l unitesboth advantages with respect to fire -fromu0.

FIRING ON AEROPLANES~8.

FEiring on aeroplanes is prohibited in the case of individualriflemen and of troops whoahave been assigned an objective toreach or to fire on, which they should not lose sight; of. It 'isdone only u~nder thze order~s of an~ officer.

Firie should not be opened until it is certain that the aeroplaneis a hostile one and it is kinown that there are no groups of ourown troops between the distances of 1,100 and 4,400 yards (zonleof the fall of bul~lets) in the directi~onof fire. The fire is con-ducted by platoons and writh deliberation.' In a column of troopsalnd -in the supports of the first line plaltoons are designatedb~eforehaznd for this purpose and these platoons keep? a constantlookiout for hostile aeroplanes.

Rules canl only be given in the case when the aeroplane passesdirectly overhead or nearly so.

170o IvIANUL FOR· OOM1~CBANDDES ·OF IN~FANTRYZELATOEON)S.

Ride~s for~ f7iringCo : acr~czoplaaes.- (Niote : This runle as given ap-p~lies to Fr'1enchl r·ide.) Whilile the aieropI.lane is allpproach~ing use



p lies to Fr 1enchl r ide.) Whilile the aieropI.lane is allpproach ing usean elevation of 2,600 yards. Fa'ce toadT5C~ the approachling a~ero-plalne and. open :~i~e~,when it appsears to be art a vertical angle of;45~~ dinngtirectlyat ·it. Continue ~firingwT~iththe sam~e eleva-t~ion until thle aeroplanen is just ahout to pajss th e vertica~l. Thl~-enface! about- toward1cth~e aeroplanle an2dlow7er the@ ight; leaFf for-ward.. AftLer the aeroplane passes use an elevationz of 300 yanrdls,aim at first about 10 aeroplane length~s in front of th~e aiero-p>lane, aLntlkeep' this up for about 30 seconds, then atim dlirectlyate it and continue firing until it r~eaches an apparent verticalang~le of 450* An applicat~ion of these rules xviii brings the sheafof bullets upon the aerop~lane once while it is appr~oaching nndtwice after it passes. It is uselessto fire on an aeroplane wIrhichcovers\ a visual angle less than 8 mils. It is f~orbiddlen to fire onain aer·oplane whlich is landiing.

EsTIMAlI~TION OF DISTAN~CES.Pacia~g.--Everydne should knowT the numbler' of strides he

takes in pacing 1080yards. Fexver mnistakes are mlade in count-ing strides (tha~t is to say, the numhler of timles the left footcomes to the ground) than in counting single paces. Aftercounlting the number of strides corresposnding to 100 yar'ds, a

majrk is ma~de on a piece of palperor a pebble is: placed in -thepocket andl countling is commlenced aga~in, 1, 2, 3, etc. ITo tut'ninto yardls the numhber~of strides over the Ilast hundrredl riecordledit w~iill be close enougfhto douhie them-. F;or· instance, if xvkehave 6 pebhies a-nd 36 strides over, it; mlay bceput d~ownTs 672yards. This mlethodl is useful in m-raking sketchles of positionsor rooad sk~etches.

Estimantingn distauccs by cge.--By pcr~sonol observation ~we'learn, for examp~le, tha2t at about 400 yards wre can not mak~eout a person's face but canl still distinguish: his am,clx that at 650yardis we can distinguish the iies of a2 ommalu,and that a~t 1,100yardis we canl distinguish ashorse frloml t~he w~agon xvhjT~iChhe ispulling, etc. WeT mu1st;be on1our guardlC ag~ainst errlors wh~lichcomle fromt changes of light, from tlhe character of the 'back-

groundl, fr~om dust, from11he differelnt appearance of uniform anclvariegatedl groundt, fromt folds in the ground, etc. This mietho~l

£iEPTA;ALrFOREI COMlMANYDERSBFINFANTR'Y PLtATOO3NS. 17

is not veryv accuraLte, but wcecanl get better results by hazving anumber of trained observers estimate the range and taking the



the range and taking themean of their estimates.

*Esti~mating dlistanl-ces bV .sounld.-Sound tralvels about 1 100feet· or 366· yalcrds per second. B~yItraining ourselves to count ina regular cadlence, saly, up to 10 in three secondls, wvehave a meansof gauging the interval which elapses; betweein seeing the flashof a gun and hear~ing: the report: and conseqluently of computingits dtistance from~ u s. Thlis metho~d is unreliable when the pro-jectile, travels faster thanr the sound6.

CHIAPTER& .

TACTIC~AL EMIPLOYM~ENT; OF MACH[INIE GUNS, AUTO-MATIC RIFLES, GIRE TADES, TRENCH WTEAPONS,AND 37-CAILIBIER (1.5-INCH)~ GUNS.

The chief of platoon has some men armed with automaticrifles and somle grenadiers under his immediate orders; hiswork is intimately associated with that of platoons of machineguns and batteries of low-power trench weapons in his vicini~ty;and he may even have one of these platoons or batteries

placed-under his orders to enable him to fulfill an offensive or defens-sivee tazskl assigned to his platoon. It is necessary, therefore,that he should know the best methods of using these weapons.

1. MACH-INE GUNS.

Chanracteristics.-Mach2@ine guns are preferableto infa2ntrywhenever fire alone is sufficient for .the purp~ose. Infazntry isindlispensable when both fire aznd movement are requrnedl.

The machine guan delivers a very effective grazing· fire up to900 or 1,100 yards; its fire is effective upon important targetsat ranges over 1,100 provided thze ranlge is acccra~telyJ estimanted.The twi~o ch~ief uses of mazchine guns are in flanlk fire and sulr-prise fire. The sheaf of bullets is.

dense and deep but narrow;its mazximum effect wil l be obtained upon a targ~et having a

172 MaNU~haL FOR cOaN~~vaDERS OF INFs~sanTR PLATOONas.

narr·ow froit; and cdnsiclerabl'e depth-forl examp~lle, a~ th~ini ~inietdheac. in lank~~137.



'It shouldc be 'th~e ruzle to cupllpoy mazechinie-yeazclfirie i~n a ire~ec-t~iors paalcl~el to t~he pr·obacble -frlont of thze el~nemy; ·hat is to sal!,inz fl7an~ingz posi~tionzs.

;The swreep~ing movemlent shlould be emlplo~yedin tiring frontallyon a th~in line, but its dlensity the ln becomles insufftiicint an~d itseffiectiveness is small. (See 11g. 280.) TPhe manchin~e gun. iseasily conealetl; it should be! kept cal; of sight· and neglect;tarlgets of litt~le implor~tance; it; shouldl deliver. burst~s of tirewhlichi wtill conic as ar surl·prise; in th~is m~anner iti may! gazinimlportant results.

Any commllander whlo hasra mlac'hinle gun and wh~louses i~tonl~yto reinrforce hris tir·ing li~ne mnkes use of onlyg p~art of the powei~rat h~is dlisposa~l. Ti-e wvill use h~is machinze gun to t~he best; ad-valntage in iflninc·1i:i.2gosit~ion~s, and hle sh~ould select in adcvazneeseveral positions fr~om whihch th~emalchine guln can b3eused undtcerva2rious conditions, depending upon the probable course of theaction.

Use f ~machineguns in trench warfarae.--In trenchl warfaremhjchine guns are ordinarzlily gr~ouped~ in platuoons d~eta~ched 'frorri.the company· and piostedl in strong positlofl5. If the enlemy iSprepar~ingrfor aLnat~tack he will make special efforts to destrioyzth e mlacthine gunms. Wteshould then forltify thnem strongly.screen themn fromu viewc, and echelon t-helm in the dlirection ofdeeth. Mia'chine-gun positions w~ithout ovierhlead cover atre tobe invalriably rejected, unless we h-ave ·su~eededt in concealing`thenir fromn the commencemnent of' the operation (if entrLenlching.

Guzn pits wsith~stron7g overh~t ad~ cover can nlot b~eused,? on ac-count; of th~eir relief', unless they~ are scrleened by faivolrable conAditions,, such as being on a second siope, by wsoods,~ uud~erbrmfsi,etc. Wie shouldl instead priepare positions of lowi reliejf andwcellconcealed, and nealrby` shrouldldig deep shelters fromT3h'~ichthe mlen of the gun dietachm-ent @can come qu~ickly to the gumzThe' gun positionls may be pits dug in the forml of howT\it;zer sh1ellfunnels, in front of ~thetrench,' and connected wC~it~hIhe shrelterby: a.tuinnel.

W;e should increase the3 number of th-ese positions andt pr~o-vide a~ccess to themuby sheltered aznd concealedt trlenchzes, andcshiouldlavoid tiring frequently from: positions wNhich are tlo be

maNUaLvr FOUWOIIlV(ANDE~s OF INFsANTJRYSPL;ATOONS.~17&used ia rep~ulsing attacks. W~e should not expose all of ourmachine guns at one time to the danger of being dlestr~oyedlyplacing them all in the first: line We should h l h



placing them all in the first: line. We should echelon thembeforehand and dis~tribut~e the greaterpart of them between theline of sup~por~tsazndthe line of' reserves, in order that they miny

be able to ~rushan enemy who ilas penetrated the f-irst-linetrench azt the conclus~ion of a bombardmlen~tor of an attack withasphyxiating gas.

Study in advance all sections of the foreground andl mark;their boundaries in order that every wave of an attazckring enemywhich

appears in our front may receive malchine-gun fire, and: donot reqyuire machine gunls to sw~eep long sections of the front.The sector of fire of each machine gun should be marked bythree xvooden stakes as explained in the instructions for d~g·-ging trenches. (F~ig.47.)

In no case should a machine-gun detachment abandon itspost; if needbe i-t xviii permit itself to, be besieged there andwill defend itselfto the lasxt. The tenacity and heroisml of a few.m~achine-gunmnenhas often enabled us to retakie lost positions,.

To makze it possible for them to do this, place the machine g-unin a small eazrth~work, surroundesdby well-hidden wire entangole-ments, and provided with· several ftiring positions and furnishedwith food and water ndq an albundalnce of ammunition. F~orremarks on the subject of the ventilation of machine-gun shel-t~ers see p~arazgraph 8, Chapter XIV, Bookr III.2Via~chineguns in maneuver warfare,-In mzaneuver xvarfare.the machine-grun company often fights as a uiii~tand is fr~equentlyplacedl near the head of the column behind the security detach-:mrents in order· to support the infantry at the begrinning of; theaction. 'When it has no special independient mission the ma-chine-gun company should be plalced at; first under the ordersof a battazlion commander, xvho may assign one or more platoonsof it; to companies. In maneuver xvarfare machine guns areused in pits xvithout; head cover, as shown in figures 46-48.

Thle principal tactical roles of machine guns.-On the. offen-sive they dleploy xvith the advance guard and cover tbc deploy-menlt of the main body; they reinforce lines temporatrily halted;and gain time for a preparaltion for continuing the advance;they assist in the artiller'y preparation with rapid a~ndconcen-trated fire, and takre the place of artillery in a very rapidi pur-

17'4 M~ANUAL FORLEOMMG~ANWDERS O)FIP~bNFANTRY PLAgTOONS.

suit or' in compllletinlg a victory; thzey advan~ceoni the -flankl~of azb~odyof troops in na attack, a~nd cover. ·he~irflaink f·romthie

t k d



coaunter attack wrhich~ will p~roba~bly be madzceagainst: it ; audithey

covre w-ithl fre intervazls wtThichtavTe been left; inten'tidnally oraccijdenitally3 betw~een -two uniits: of the attackingf line.On the dlefensive t~hey prolid~e a~long the front severa~l succes-

hsive ba~~rriersof flankin~g fire, whlich can be openedl instantly blyday~~ r by night.

`To slum up~, we shoul1d (1) use malchine-gun fire liberally -tosav~e the infantry, (2) always~ try to use ~itromn fla~nking pos~i-

t'ionls, (3) conceal th~e manchine gnus in ordter that-~1heir fire malcycomle a~s l surpr~ise, and (4) echelon theml in dlepth~ ~andshelterth1em1o prev~ent their· being dtestr'oyed early in thie a~ctioni.

2. AL-TOMAL'TICIILE';S.

Th~lechara·2ctrilstics of t~he' automatiic~ rifle ane: (1) Gr·eatmnobility (2) destsr~uctixe ethfcien~cli nit short rang~es ; the lire isk~ept; lowTa2utomalticallly; (o) a ceittinLileflticiency atCmzid ranges;it; is azs a~ccuirate as th~ munchmeun up to 700U or 800 yards,andc ha~sconsiderablle (lispeision lbeyond t~hat r · ange ; (4agraelasticity of a~ct~ion its swreep-ing fire is ea~sily hra~ndled ~anditstire can be shifted fromt one t~iroet to anothler insbtanltly ; ('f)it canl be fir~ed'whlrile adtvaneig, whrlich~kieeps thle enemy in h~istrecnches d~uring th~e last adT-ances ef the atta~ck andc allowTsou~rgrienad ers~ t~o come up and~ (10 thieir work'1.

Th~is weap~on does mnot p~ossess either thle stea~diness or thegr·apidity; of fire ofl t~he mlachine g3un aInd ctan ]not: entirlely rlepilaceit. H~owever, its ftire prloduc~es a~ simnilar moral~.effecst. And it;is at1the disposal ofi small1 infa'tntry units at times a~nd fladercondlitions w~here the use of ma~chine guns wouldi lbe imipossible.

TIhe automat'tict rifle is an~1xcellent arm l o accompnypnyt~heinfa~ntry, ~toold groundt whliich hazs been ra~ined, and to r-epulsecountler· attackis. This is (mueo th~e (lens~ ~fire~hichn it :can.instlant~ly ·deliver andi to its mnobility., The automatic ri-fllesmake it possible, after' tudyving and reconnoitering the positiontakzlen, to conduact the machine gruns writhout loss of t~imledIf-rlectly to the p~ositions muost favorable for thzem, especially thosefrom which they canl obtain a faznking fire. In short, thle au~to-

1IarANUALFOR~ CO~MANbhEDERSOF INEFANITRY~lPLAeSTOONS. a17.5

matic. rifle is the advance guard of the machine sun, which ischiefly a defensive wreapon.

The combatt efficiency ;of the automatic rifle requwiresa dte-



efficiency ;of the automatic rifle requwiresa dtetachmrent of well-instructed and well-trained men, who shoucildbe of sturdygbuildi on~ account of the weight of the ammuunition.Its mlechanism is sufficiently· strong, provided the gunners arefam~iliarwith i~ts-action ~andknow: the cause of its jamming,and if thley take care to protect it; from mud and damplness,which arfe its chief enemies. On this account it should neverbe taken from its cover, until it: is to be used. A rtectangularpiece of oiled cloth should be fa2stened by its four corners overthe lock aind eject~or; in ~firingtw~ocorners are unzfastened anhdthle cloth hangs by the other two.

The automatic rifle is less cumbjersome than the rifle, all-though it is heavier. A sling shouldlbe imlprovised by meansof w~hich it can be can led while advancing or can be supportedwhile firling during the advance; for accomlplitshing the latter

purpose the sling passes over the left shoulder.Ra~pidityJ of ftrc.--Firing single shots;' a well-trained gunnercan fire 60Oo 80 wrell-aimed shots per minut~e. This is the mo~teffective mode of firing, and it; can be ma3tintai~ned for a con-siderazble period. It is conducted in series of 20 shots, ~firingone shot; at a time and keeping the weapon to the shoulder. AL3manu canl fire 1,000 shots in succession in this w~aywithout

fatigue, a~imingeach shot. The eight automuatic rifles of a coml-pany, firing single shot~s,have anl intensity of fi're equal to thfatof 60 to 803ordinary rifles.

Automatic fire may be delivered in short ralfales of two orthree shots at a.timle or in longer rafazles of seven or eight shots.A trained. gunner can fire in this way 1410shotsper minulte,biuttthis fire is not well directed a2ndfouls the gun ra~pidly. Thefire must be stopped after 300 to 400bounds, or after two orthree mninutes, and the rifle mzU~tbe taken? apart and cleaned.

In .firingf while a2dvancing sever'il clips maly be fired in suc-cession; the clips muaybe changed wc~ithout halting.

In~ he a~tta~ck,automatici r·iflemen anad grenadiers form heleading elemuent of the attacking line.; they also compose thecontact pa?,trols sent forward after gazining the! objective, witha viewy -to exploitinzg to thne uatmolst the success attainedl.

176i MJANUAL FOR COMM[6~~ANDERSOF IN;FANTRY PLA;TOBONS.

In occupying· the capturedl position the automatic r~ifles formthe skieleton of the newt lin~e. They can sweep -the communicat-ing trenches leading in the direction of the enemy andc the prob



ing trenches leading in the direction of the enemy andc the prob-able routes of his reserves.

It is well to employ a prteventivefire*at this time to shakie the morale of the enemy aInd calusehis counter abttack to miscar·ry. Tlhe cratter ofr a1hoo~iI, ci shellfoims 'e suff-icient shelter. Automatic rifles are p~laced, wi~pL acticable, in flankiing· positions; in occupying hr1ok~en lintthe grenadiers are p~laced in the salients atnd~the auntomanniri iles in the r~eentr~ants, whl-ere they ma~y flank thne 3ahlents.

O1·rcicu~oaton-t has been fo~und necessa~ry to gioup, tworouto-ma3:tiCitleS together undier the commraiiul of a nloncomanl~ls rouirll

ofi~ficei. BS usinbr threm in flairs; a conltinuous flt.l~-unon az desgnateci taroet can bet maintained fo~rthe descired 1cm~th. ot time;the two gulns fire a~lternately. The sqyuadlof tw,~oinns isj.~~sigrnedl a sector of the foregroundt to coCvert;the capl~tainV i~r~aliges the ovei',lapping of the se~ctors in such a wayg as to cmvethe

entire front.F~our to eight automantic: rules mlay be group~ed togrethler w\ith~either an offensive or a dlefensive mission ; th~e important pointis that they should be w~ell commfandied. XLarg~er groups r~un tntErisk~ of becoming it tarlget for the hrostile aIrtillery and hein.~rdestroyed b~y it. Thle nlumber of automatic r~itles assumgedlto ;comrinpnywcill soon be raised' to 10.

Comzpar·isoit o~f thLc powerC1S of machIn~l~?egun~ls, aui~~l.·towtn flejCS,and~ ord~inzary rifics,

Wu~hi; Shoti per(pormdm). minute.

Machinegiun.. .......... .. .

~ ~~~ ~~ ~:0~achine 0un wcsithmou:nt .i....,, .. ,20 0Automatic rifle.f lAORifle withl bayonet .i...............~.~ ~~~~~1i ii

Twlenty-seven men wtill serve one platoon of 2~ mitchine guns(equnipped with 10,800)rounds of ammuni~tion), or 9 attlomalttic

rifles (eqluipped with 9,200 rounds), or 27 rifl~es (equnippedlwithl3,240 rou~ndss).

II[A]NUAL&FOR CO%~ZABNDERS OF INSFANTREY PLA~CTOOQNS.77

3. GR·ENADES.

Ch7a';'act-iris~tics.--The offensive and defensive p~owers of hand



; offensive and defensive p owers of handgr~enadlces have

been describedl in Book III, Chlapter IV. Atra~ined grenadier can throw a grenade 35 to 45 yards with aa.err1or of 2 or 3 yards at the outside. His rapidity varies, de-pend'ing upon wthether he is uLsing the mletal fuse, wThich needsonly a. blow before it is thrown, or the automatic fuse, whichhlas a protective co-vering to be remloved. Under the most favot--aible conditions lie canl throw about 110 grenades· pe-r mn~ute.T4he use of tbe

0. F. (off~Iensive fusaznte) grenadle is becomingtbe rule in azttacks over open ground. The FI. 1 gr~enade is atr~ench grenade! and is dn~ngerous for men not protected by sh~el-t~ers of somne kind within a radius of 1615yards. The 0. Fi.grenade is fr~equen-tly p~referred to it, as it is qyuite effective andtwice asuni3nny can be carried by the same numbller of nien.

Rifle grenades canl be f~ired to a2distance of froni oS to. 220yards;

but they can iiot be handled as rpnidly as thle handgrenades, and their tactical emp~loyment is therefore different.

ORGANIZATION.

(ci) Hand~Z1 y~'rIcndcs and thce gr~l~cndicrss cqucipm/7cnt.-The firstsEiuad of each p~latoon includes 1 grenardier corporal and 7grenadicrs.. It mzay fighlt as a unit (1 corp~oral, 2 throvers, 2carrier~s, 2 azssistaiit grenadiersx, aiid 1 connlecting file) or in tw o

groaps: (1 lea.der, 1 thrower, `1 carrier, and 1 alssistarnt). All1mnembers of the squad shlouldlbe trained in throwcsing gr~enades.In each ba~ttaion3 one off~icer, dletailedl froni one of the companies,hasMcharge of the instruction and training of the grenadle sqluads;lie shourld be prepar~ed. if nzecessary, to takie commnind of all1 of

the grenade squads of the battalion and handle tlieiu in actioiia:s at unit. Tble squads m~eassemibled for instruction or combatat the or·der· of tihe conilpatny· or battalion comniander; otherwisethickgrienaiers r·emain xvrith their platoons.~Theequipnient of the grenadier include,' the rlifle a~nd bayonet,thle trench kinife, anti the aultomatz-iicpistol. The throwers arenlot always r~equiredl to carry their rifles when the attack is

hot to be followed up, for examp~le, in a trench raid. WC;it~hhis

178 MAdNUAL; FOR COMMBANDERS OF INFANTR~Y PL;ATOONS.

exception, the tendency of grenadiers to get rid of their riflesand to lay them aside dluring a combat must be firmly opposed~c.TPhegrenadlier should takle a,pride in his specialty, in the factthat he i d d ldi i ff i



that he is an advance-guard soldier, and in the e~ffectiveworkxvhich hie can accomplish in cases where the rifle fails. Bunt hes'hould undlerstandl also that; a grenadtier whio is' out of grenadlesmP1ustnot thinki that his wo~rk is done; he must fight with hisrifle until more grenades come up. Attackrs with limited objec-tives, do not: give an idea of wbat: the supply of grenades will hediuriar an advance of several miles or of severlal days' malcrches.It wouldlbe a mistaklie not to foresee that there wrill be a shortagein t-he supp~ly for several days in successionand to separate thegr1-enadier froiu3 his rifle ait a timnewvhen the attack2 should bepushed~ to the uatmost,writh or without the grenades.

Gi~enade sqyuads are furnished at number of baskrets for carr~y-in genadtes or aire eqyuippedwith belts for carrying .them. A'rena~dicr cmn cariry, in addition to' 6 boxes of cartridges, 10F~1.olcu~adesor 20 0. Fli.r~enades.(b) k~iflc grcnlades.-Grenadiers should be trained- n the, useof Pi~iei enudes. V. B. (Viven Bessi~res) grenade tubes azre

issued to twTomenl of every infazntry sqyuad. Tsheyare carriedon ibc oelt in a. leatiher case. V6.P. grenazdes are carried byt-hese twTomenl and by one carrier for each two fi~rers. They havethe aLdvantaige of beings a very small encumbraznce. The supplyof ~1enadtes,relatively easy in the defense of a position,

will behanrdro kreepup on the offensive, until the approach trencheshne been ctonstructed. The men equippedt with the grenadet~ubes'mcdilicir carriers must, ,on this account, be furnished atthc outset with as many grenazdesl as they can carry.

TA'CTICAL EM~PLOYMrENTOF HANDPGRENADEs.

Grcnixdh figbting may have for its object: 1. The defense of atrnchcl ial close-rannge trench fightingr. 2. Tazkingf possession,st'~n cv step, of a trench or an approach occupied by the enemy.3.. Prlepalration2 for' an assault on a hostile trench. 4. Close-rano~c fiobting within a hostile position and " mop~ping up") thetgenuches and bomb p3roofs. 5. A trench raid.

'1. Ia Usc d~efenzse of"a trciszch.-Soni3e positionsfor grenadciersand ior azccumulations of grenades should be provi~ded for in

2MbTANAL~OCO tM~9aN~DE~S OP~ NF~B·ANTRYfEsLAT~BOONS. 179

advtiance in arr1anging thle ciefefisive sectors of the company andthe l~aittallion. Grenadier's are distr~ibuted in groups alongr theline ; the numbor~ is increased on exposedl fronts (in sdlients and



line ; the numbor is increased on exposedl fronts (in sdlients and

pa~rts which ar~e very near thle enemy's trenches). It is bett~er,in the latter case, to double -these portions of the trench by otheriines v'ery .close t~o the first;, so as to form~ substantiallyT -twtora~nks of grenadierls in- thesce places.

Al~l solldicis wtTholave hadt'a~ny trazining~ in this wrork lshouldtb~e ablel to take paart in froming azhairier w~ith greaade lire ata dlista.nce of' 30 ya~rds; thtis can be docne by:one grenadlier to 1_2

yar~ds of fr~ont using 0). F. grenades, and~ by one grenadier to30Oarzds of fr~ontusing FE.1 gr~enadtes. Ia ordler to avoid conu-tinual l.osses in p~laces wherile the hzostile trenches are ver~y closeto oug owin, a decdiced superiority should~ be seized in the throw-s~:ingf of grenades alnd the holstile tr~enches rendered unt-enable.

Soe30TC,-renad~ier's' positions anti grenade dep~ots should bnepro-videi in theccovering trench, at th~e entrance of the approachesx.a~t thle angles of long commal~uni~icating trenches anti in the caveshelters, in.orderil to cover exi-t from~ them when thie trench isinva~tletl by the enemySI, aznd alrso behindc barricadtes. Th~ediffer-etnt sqluads shou~ld be -trainedl to makale coun~ter a~tta.cks wvithgrenadres qluickily, to r~etake any part of the tre@nch~which malyhavL-ebeen takien by the enemuy.

2~.Srtep-by-?Jstep pr'ogress ia a tr·~ench or' coaimumicatinyti~ztrlench.-In th~e dlispositions taken in the communicationtrenchies bunchiing up is alwaySs to be avoided. O9nly th~e mini-mumI11f m1en1ctullZy needed. for the wTorkishould be exposedl tothe enaemy's grenades,, and thley should not; be so crowdedd as tol~revent: free movement. T~his form of fighting is very severeanin fr~equent reliefs shoulti be providedl for; and·~the sqluadleader shouldbe able to replalce immediatelyy an injured mnan.andc to rein~for'ce, if?necessary, the leadieing group, by fresh r·ifle-mnen or thrlowTer~s.

Ah profounti silence should. 1)0 maintained, so that all soundiscom3ing~ froml th'fedlirection of the enemy, alnd wh~lich1m~ight servea~san indicd~tion as to whatZ h~eis dioing, can be hleardl; comm~u-n~ic-ation~s shouldl ther^eihore be, a2s far1 as possible, by gestulresandc signa2ls. Fig~ure 159 sh-ows the ordinar~y disposition of th e

mlen.

180 IVaNUAaaL FOReCOMMaND~~oERS OlF IrrnFANTRY~ PLATsoONS.

The throwers are constantly kept s~upplied by the carriers.They keep up their grenade thzrowing continuously; one! thirow-ing' at the nearest gi~oup?f the enemyl, the othlerthrowing as far



g g p y , g as faras he can to theenemy's rear to block his supply of grenades.

Remai nder of the unit , ednsra

Replenish ent ofAr tngrenade3~gIliflsJof : - - - - - -Carr iers i A s i ~ n

smdagsd~B~, PPrirjnino ~ T~ rowersch r~es ofexplo3iQ, !Assisiant Scquad leader~f~he of trench weapons ready toof low power or of rifle reiri Fbrce,

~ren de$s.FIe.G 59.

Barr·iers of sandlbags are torn to pieces as much as possible byexpnlosivecharges. W;hen the leadiab group has reason to be-lievo that the enemnyhas been overwhelmed (by a slackening ordiicontinuaznce of his,grenade throwing or by significant sounds)

B arricad e -- .-Trench in wliieh i~twell e possible to'~ji~ea

large; number of~irena~iers in line.FIG. 160.

the grenade thrower's assistant should creep nuder cover of thesmokre to a2point fr·omawhich he can see into the next angle ofthe trench arnti signal to his comrades; andl progress is made intIhis mannecr from one angle of the trench to another or fromone trazverse tlo the next.

MgANUALdpOR C~OMMANDERSJ~~swF INF~i~~i'ANaTRYPL~ATONS.~ 181:

WhJlen t~he assistanut pe~r~ceivesthie entra~,nce of a~ k~iteral trenchi~e mak~esa signal ~tohe thnrowers. (4r~nadles are thrown into it,andicit is thlen reconnoit~eere in order to id surprises; If



andicit is thlen reconnoit~eere in order to avoid surprises;. Ifgroundi is not to be aalined in thle n~ew direction, a bar~rier ofsandbags is constructde faLrenough froml th~e main trench to Ibec:ut of the range of grenades~ aznd a:1gnuard placee.l upon it. Asquadl is- F~pecially detailcil to fill sandcbatgs so t~ha~tbarr1iers canll~e put ill) wCithoult delay.

It is a1goodl plnn to makre use of r·ifle grenadess or trenchl mor-tais~ of low~:poi~~er to- block the enemy's~ supplyS of grenales.

Enemny

f3S-feiieap ofeand b a g f

part bkbwnUP

A~szstants &g$renachiec.;s

If the eneml3ygazias a mlomlent~ar~ysuperior~ity, his advanceshonid be contested step by step until th-e sunerier~ity canbe wr~estedl froml him.? F;or this purlpose thie a~umtber of sand-bazg barr~iers should be m1UltiplleGl to r~etar(1 his progress,the trench shzould b~tob~structedl by hleaps of sandlbags, or` shouldbe blown up so as to compnel the enemy to show htim~self in theop~en before our rifles. (Piig. 161.)

The enemry may be drawLlno a point w7~her~eJeare able to getinto action a greater number of grenadiiers -than he possesses.The cries of wounded men- may be simulaltedlto drlaw the enelnyunder rifle fir~ and surprise him.

182 ~CNANUALFOR CO]~LtITANDERSOF INFI~ANTRYePLATOONJS.

3. Preparactionz for a grenad~e assauzl't or *a hostile trernct. -Anassault is usually a combined action executed under cover of apowerful artillery fire. But sometimes a part of our line comes



powerful artillery fire. But sometimes a part of our line comesvery ~closeto the enemy and artillery preparation can not bemade. An attempt is then mlade to overwhelm the enemy withgrenades before rushing on him with the bayonet.

The throwers approach the enemy, taking advantage of allcover afforded by the ground; the remainder of thzequadaxvaits under cover the moment for matking the rush. Thethrowers overwhelm the enemy with a shower-of well-directed

grenlades and compel himl eithier to vacaztethe trenchz or1to takecover in his bombproofs; the a sault is then made.4. Close fighting inz the en~emy~'s pos~ition an~d "mopping up "

·r'enzches-An assault is followed by a struggle with~in the hostileposition. Preparations may be made inadvance for this struggleby a reconnaissance of the enemy's defensiveorganization. Cer-talin groups of grenadiers can then be assigned to definite tasks;for instance, mopping up the trenches and bornbproofs, or gain-ing ground through the communicating trenches toward theenemy's second or third line. The units which are assignedthese tasks are requir~ed to* ehlecare them before making theattack.

Mi$oppingup trenches reqluires two kinds of work which arequite distinct and which should not be assigned to the sameunits: (ac) The crushing of hostile units which continue theresistances at certain parts of the trench, and (b) the mnoppingup proper; that is to say, searchings the trenches and bomlbproofswith a, view to making sure that none of the enemy are left inthem?.

The units which overcome the final resistance of the enemy arecomposed for the most part, if not exclusively, of grenaldiers.They advance with the first or second wave; they are continu-ally on the niert and seek out the points of resistance, skirtingthe trenches in order to approach them? on their weakest side.

The units charged only with moppingfup the tr~enches have anefinite task; they skirt the trenches and approaches rapidilyand arrange their work in such a way that no- part of thehostile position shall be neglected. In order to lose no time themnoppers up do not; go down into the trenches and approachesthey shower grenades along their route and they give especial

MAN~8UAL:FORt COMMAND~RBERSOF INFANTRYH PLATOONS. 1]L83

:attention to botmbproofs whose opening~s mazy have been coveredopby the artillery bombardment so comlllletely as to hide themu.Pr·isoners are collected and taken to the rear under the charge



are collected and taken to the rear under the charge

of thle officers or noncommissioned officers of the moppers upor bySunits sp~ecially dietailed for this task~.5. Tr'Cn2ch3 aCid~S.-Gr'enadces are freely used in trench raids.

Trench raids a ~evecntedl (a) byp small groups of selected men,who`lchave confidlenee in one another a~nd ni~especia~lly trained inhlad~insil ~1ienad.c's1 ( b) by a select~ed unit, sometimes re-inforced~ by 'idd'it' onal· of-hce's or noncommiss-isonlc~l otflcers, leav-

ingf the unreliazble e~em3entbehind.The object of trench r~aids may be to 1thr1owTgrenades into anoccupied poi tion of a hrostile trench, to attack the head of aSap, to seize and hold an exc~iva~ton,or to capture an outpost orsmaall trench in ordc· -to obtai prisoners. The sxuccess of opera-tions of t-his kind depends ch-iefiy upon the preparations wvhichhave been mazde befoi ehand in thle way of careful recoannais-

saunces and by r~ehearsin~ in rear all phzases of the operationzunder conditions ax nze~oix like the real ones as possible.P~repac·ratioa for- tIre~cach aids.-M5eticulouss care should be ex-

ercised~ in prepar~ing for trench raids. The special preparationsw\hich ain officer wo~o is to conduct a2trench raid should. makeaire as folloxvs:

(a) T'o m~ake anld Ii ve mnde all necessary reconnaissances(of the ground, of the obsrtacles, hostile trenches, etc.). The

terrain should be s-t~udiedl with the object of selecting the routesof aIpproach and of find~ing cover for grenazde throwers withinr'each of the hostile position. Thneorgalnization of the enemy'sposition mnay be studiedi fromn photographs takren by aviaztors.

(b) To select the best conditions for the operation (wTeather,hour', etc. ).

(a) -To assign to each group or sqluad of grenadliers a definite(ci) To 'arrange the best possible system for k~eepingr up the

supply of ammlnunitionaznd grenadces.*(c) To acqualint the infantry and artillery units which are

to support the operation thoroughly wcith his plans for execut-ing it.*The officer wrho comma2nds the trench raid should personally

dlir~ect the units Performing the mnain tus~k. One of his subordi-

184 IYANUATlrl OR% OIfIfANDERS OF6;CNFANTRYPLATOOdNS.

natezs should be specially detailed to supervise the replenishment:of grenades.

Execittionz of trenzch raids.-T~he troops makting the trench raid



p g

approach the hostile trench silently; if preparation has beePlmadeclby artillery fire the approach should be rap~id. When theyreach the ~pointsselected for crossing the obstacles (wvhich aresupposed to havre been destroyed) a volleyof grenades is throxvn~into the hostile trench; as soon as they burst; the grrenadiersrush~ the trench.

Sim~ilar tasks are performed by two units, which, on reaching

the hostile trench, proceed to mop it; up, one going to the rightand the other to the left. Ev~ery care should be. taken to avoidbeing caughlt under a discharge of hostile grenades; a. position afews~ yards in rear ~if thle trench which has been a-ttackied mayhave been prepar~ed for this purpose by the enemy. Sometimesit is better to select a very da~rk night or very bad weather for

ter i .An understanding should exist: between the groups

of grenadiers and the garrison of the trenches from~ which theystart. A 'few~ rifle shots fired under conditions agreed on be~forehand wrarn thre raiders that an illuminalting shell is to befired. Thle raiders lie down and tak~e advnntage of the light byexamining the ground' in th~eir·front. As soon as the light diesout they mlake a rush and then halt, if necessary, for anotherillumina.tingf shell. Dluringf the mloppin$ up of the trench the

throwers~ assistants provide for security in accordance with in-structions given them before the start./Szupply of grenzades.-KCeepingll up the supply of grenades should

be a constant source of care to all commlanders. The most care-ful provisions should be maflde to prevent the grenadiers beingshort of ammllunition, and theise provisions should be estabdishedon the basxisthat 'for every two grenades sent up Efrom2the rear

only one arrives at its destination. Instructions for ammiunitionsupply are given in Boo0kIV, Chapter IXi..4. RIFILEGRENADEs.

Tact~ic~al use of rifle gr"enades.-Rifle grenades efficiently han-dled mlay demoi'ahize thle enemy and inflict upon him g~reat~erlosses than are caused by the artillery bomba~rdment. T~hehos-tile trenches should be minutely studied and the points at which

MANbiTUALiOR~iOMMARNiiDERSOF INFAf~NTRYPPLATOONS.~g$ 1P85

the enemy may be takten at a disadvantage shzould.be r~econ-noitered (sentinelsx' posts, the entrances of bombproofs, cross-i



ings:of approach trenches, etc.). Th'lerifles, on- their supports,should be directed continuousIy' on these points, in order to be

able to fire a grenade at the leazst indicaition of movement. Thefire of rifle grenades upon selectedl localities will be kept up nightand day.

In spite of the facti that the enemy is seldoni seen, .that:hisfirst line is thin, and that hie is sheltered in bombpioofs, it; i

possibleto cause him considerable losses by kreeping up a con-tinuous hail of rifle grenades on wvell-chosen localities.

V. B. GRENADES.

The Viven Bessi~res rifle grenade is a part of the inzfantryequipm3ent. All of the men should~ be tralined in its use. Threnumber of grenadle tubes issued is iliullit~ed by their wreigfht andthe limitations of ammunition supply. The V. B. gr~enade. hasthe advantage that it is not very cumbersoiue and thait it; isfiredt by means of the ordinary ball cartridge.

E~mploymentm' on the defensive.-FIire for etffect on thle defensiveby the V. B. grenade is employed to inflict constant losses uponthe enemy, to 'demoralize him, to hinder hris trenchl work. The

barrage defensive fire is used to repulse attacks. The 16Grenadetubes of a company can fire 150Ogrenazdes per minute, and canmake, at a distance of froiu 90 to 165 yards, in im ~assable bar-rierl I[t is often a good plan to group the grenace~ firer~s of thecompany in groups of from 2 to 4, commuanrmed by 'i uoncoimryis-sioned officer.

Fire for effect is based on knowvledge of the ioutmne in the

enem3~y'strenchzes. An especially wvell-org'anizedlobsei~v ition servi-ice is inzdispensable. By a combination of obsecivation study ofphotographs taken by aviators, studyF of the maip andi inf~ormrationfrom all sources, the targets and thle hours foi hirn o hich wrillgive the best reslults may be arrived at.

POSITIONS FO R RIFLE-GRENADE~ GROUJPS.

Barrage fire is made by combining thne use of rifle grenadesand hand grenades for the purpose of repulsing hostile attacks.

186' MANEUALPrOR COMa;MANDERSOF INCFANJTRYl PLATOOBNTS

This kind of ~fireis imlportant wvhen· our comm3unication wTith therear has been broken or when the proximity of h~osltile trenches

d till b i ff' i



re~nders artillery barragre fre ineff'ective.Examzple: Figure 16Th2is a pazrt of a plan, scazle 1: 5OOO. Thiecaptain traces upon it the

hachuredl lineI K K as the line up~on wrhich hze wTishes toi bring abarrage fire withl-the rilfie grenadles. TBhis dtone, he notices ·~hat

b~~~~~FGla.a a tof tehs t l r e c wl e niaedb gopO

rifle grndspse ntecvrn rnha .TepashwhtCi 4 a d rmR Eda rw ucin easoberetatfomC h pr o tetrnc E c a e nflicld.Ths v ii fomascn tre.Ohr ruso hcopa i be p s e n v e f si i a o s d r t o s

Mi~~~~ANUAEO~RO~VIC~~AND;S'P~ERS~~Fi~NFANTRYT~1BLggATOONS. 187

Thep a r t of the ba~rrage which falls to four grenade firersposted- at C, calculated -with reference to the front of the com-pany G J gives 33 yards for ·each firer to cover The captain



pany G J, gives 33 yards for ·each firer to cover. The captainthen marksx the points G, H, B, and J 0 millimneters (one-fourthinch) -apart. ~Heth~en measures wivjthhis scale the distanceso G, C H, C B, C A, C J, C D3,and C B and ascertains the azi-.mnuthangles of their directions. H3emakes in this way a sketchcontaining complete firing data for the rifle grenade group at C.It includes:

(aL) For1all of the grenade firers, for their first: fire, a com-mon azimunth C A; all ranges from 100 yards to 150 yards, inorder to bring fire upon the whole line B A.

(b,) F~or the second fire, a common azimluth C BIi;all1 rangesfrom13 120 to 175 yards, in order to cover B A.

(c) Foar each firer, an individual barrage ~firewith a givenrange; for the firer on t~heleft it w;ould~be azimuth C G azndrange 1.10 yardrs. For the othcrs, azimuth C H- and

~range100

yards, azimuuthC A and range 100 yards, azimuth C J and range80 yards.

The rifles are placed on supports and laid with a compassand piniunb in the desir~ed dlirection and elevation. Each 'firer·should understand clearly what he is to do at the com~maund,"first fire," " second fire," or " barrage fire."

EM~PLOYM~ENTON THE OFFiENSIVEI.The V. ]B. gre~nade is used on the o~ffense to extend t~he radlius

of action of the; hand gr~enadles, in reaching an enemy undercover at a. greater distance. In many local combats, wTlhereitis not practicable to obtain artillery support, it; takes the placeof this support by accurately bombarding the strong points of

the hostile line. It; isolates hostile groups attacked with handtgrenadles, cu~tt~ing off their retreat, alndpreven~ting reinforce-mlents from reaching them. It is very eff~ective in repulsinghostile counter attacks. In any situnFttion, bult especifally on theoffensive, it is better to concentrate the fire of V. ]B.grenades.

D. E. GREINADE.

In compyarison with the V. BT.grenade, the DP.H., grenade or.shell has twice the range and much greater power; but it is ,a



MANUALir~rOre cOMMrANDERe~:OF INFANTRY ]PLATooNS.~ 189~

are placed in th-e rifle treniches tlhey ghould be separoited fromn'thepositions of the riflemen by traverses.

The utility of trench mortars consists:



The utility of trench mortars consists:Zn dernzotitions.-T'hey are effective only in dtestroyinlg smdlladvanced wrorks, such as listening podsts and asmall ear~thwtorks

~trncb~juncbionbhrricadeJ.

PfrIe.162.

in process of construction. Flior this purpose t~hefire should.bedeliveredf rapidly. One hundredt and fiftly to 1200small shellscan demolish a listenii~g post and about 16 yai~s of the ~trenchleading to it.IZnoffenzsive fre aetio~n.--They are usaeddluring the artilleryfire preparation for the attack against portions of the hostile

190 MANUvALFOR COM1d~LANhDERBOF INFANTRYIIP]LATOON8S.

line which appear to be neglectedl by our artillery and1 high-power mortars. After the attack has been launched they aireused against parts of the enemy's line wihich ourl infantry can



p y infantry cannot reach a~nd whiich must be prevented from taking in flankLportions oi our line wvhich have ndvn~ncecl.

In2 clefen2se.-W~hen the enemy is ex idently prepnring to attalck,the tr~ench muortars xvhich Ccanno11:Si~Sit in rep~ul>ing the at~tack;should~r not he left in exposed positirns ne~zr tbe first line. T~heysh~ouldCbe takren to the positions ~vhich1 iie oeeis prepar~e( for,them in rear·, wihere they caln homboi~d the tcrinches andc ap-proaches which the enemy mnnyoccnpl\-Inz casngcZz losses to th~c ca2eo7.Iy During lulls in thle fightingSrapid fire should be opened uncxe tedlyclln os des to harass thieenemy dur~ing the hzeat of the day/3, dnrlling a2 ra~instormll onclark or still niights, wThenhe enemy is chancLing eifa hhours for mleals, etc. Flirie for· this purpose maly he combllinediwvith that of rifle grenazdes, whrose functions are very similar tothose of trlenulh mortars.

0. 37-CALIB1ER.(1.5-mICen) GUJNS.

The tactical characteristics of the 37 gun ar~e: Its mlobilityyand the: lightness of its amnliuniti~on permit it to occcomli~nyinfantry in all phlases of the combat. It can he hiddien ci>lyt,can be dug into the ground with little labor~, and ccn he usedlfor m-~zaskedfire. It ca2n he laid ea~sily. It is very sccur'ste Itca~n lilt individual targets up to 1,300 yazrds, and has rn ello~ctiverang~e up to 1,600 yardsx. It is a r·apid firLer·, andcl fos shortiperiods, cazn be fired as fast as 20 round~s p~erminiute Its per-cussien-exu~losive shell is used aganinst personnel and maltesiel,aind its steel shell is used against screens andc shieldls Its die~lf-tiveness is simlila~r to that of a gr~enade, but its shell con pies ce,befor'e bur'sting, two or' three t~hicknaesses of sau~dbags, a wToodlenbalrrier, or a steel shield. Its fire hans ver;y little efinit uponearthworksx. It canl, by clir~ett fire, dlestr1oyJ ost~ile ma~chclinec gunlswohich showo themi~zselves. Its fire is very efiective algainst; troopsupon which it; can bring an enfiladling fire.

In offensive action.-T~ehe 37 guns azre generhily under thle or-ders of the battalion commanders, but in some cases th~ey ar&krept at the disp~osal of the regimental commander. They are.

MWANUAL ]FOR COI~E1pABNDERBSF IFNWTTRCY PLATOOIRS. 1691

used~for preparing and supporting attackss, for crushing hostileresist nce during an assault, and for assisting in consolidating



thle occupation of a captured position.For the purpose of preparing and supporting an attacks the37 gun mnustibe placed, before the attack is started, in a posi-tion froml which it can fire effectively to dlestroy the positionsof madchtine guns which disclose themselvesat the last moment,to f-ireupon positions which menace the flank of the attackingline, or to fir~eon the second or thirdl lines of the enemy, In1

order to avoid having them destroyed prema~turely by hostileartillery fire it is better to keep them out; of the action till thelast momrent.

Use duzrinzg the assaultt-DTuring the assault the 37 guns arebroughit for~ward as soon as they can no longer fire effectivelyfrom their first positions or when the infantry need their asx-sistance in crushing a hiostile resistance. This chalnge of ,o-sition should be provided for in the order for the attack. ,Onaccount of their vulnerability the 37 guns should never accom-pany the first xvaves of the attack; they should follow the r~e-serve of the battalion or of the regiment. They are used indestroying machine-oun positions and in sweeping hostile trenchesand approaches which can be fired on from enfilading positions.They should not; be us'ed at very short ranges when it canl be

avoided. They should use ipasked fire as far as possible.Oc'cupation1 of the capturlec2 positionz.-In con~solidating a. ca~p-tured position the emrployment of the 37' guns is simlilar· to thatof ma~chine guns., They are placed so as to be able to fire onpositions from wthichi't is t~houghtt that the enelmy will launcha counter a2ttalck;positions for obliqueF fire are looked for. It isalways advisable t~oprovide a n1-umber~of masked positions toavoid being spotted by the hostile artillery.In defense.-Attemlp'ts are constantly made to shell hlostilqfiring positions and .observation points reported by Our informla-tion service. A num~ber of positions should be prepared a2longthe line assigned to the battalion and in rear of it. D~uringthe violen~t bombardlment preceding a2hostile attack the 3'7.gunsshould n-otbe kept in the first line. By putting them in actionnear the line: of supports, or a little in i ear of that line, they caniassisct in making a barra~ge, espeially by en~filadinagfire. Theyshould fire on portions of our front wh-ere our ar~tillerybarrageis uncertain (on account of natural obstacles, dead angles, etc.).

192 M'ANU~AL iFOR CONIMMANDERS.OF INFACENTRYL PLATOO~NS.;

F~inally, the 37 gunl is well a~dapted to masked fire; it canl regis-.ter on impportannt approaches, trench crossings, etc. But th"rerange should be checked at. each shot, for, althlough it is a v ry



g , , althlough it is a v ryaccurate weapon,· its range will change copsi~era~bly during th.ecouise of one continuous firing if thle atmnosph~eric condi~tionschange.

CEIHAPTER~hTI.

PRIN9~CIPLES OF FIE~LD FOR88T~IfiCATIION.

The purpose of the usxe of field fortiif~ication by troops engagedin battle is to lessen the deadly action of hostile fire and also toaffo~rdthe mneans of holding a position strongly with Wiseakorces.The second m~ission is fulfilled by arranging the trenches so as totake advantage of the mnachine guns. mlachine rifles, grenades,and trench weapons wvith which, the infantry is now armnedl.

In. battle thle numb~ers en~raged are so great, andl the effectsproduced or su *ered are so tremendlou~s, that conztinuzouts lines oftrenches occupiedl by conztinuzouls lines of comlbatants are neces-sary. These lines succeed each other or are constlructed suc-cessively in the direction of depth in suffcien~t numzber to shelterthe firing line, the supports, and the reserves

during the mlostimportant halts in their general movemuent to the fro~nt. Theyare joined together by a system of commuinticatons which miustbe as comlplete aCs ossib3le. The continuous line includes strong2·(poinzts. But these must he concealed in a nletxvorklof trenches,zigzags, and dummy trenches. Isolated strong points sp~ottedlby photography (hostile aeroplane) become traps under hlostilebomnbardm-ent. Mioreover, breaks in

the contin~uity of the lineof trenches permit the enemy to drive wFedagesinto our lines.The continuous tr'ench also tak~es away fromn thne defenders thatfeeling: of isolation they would feel if in a wor'k scepara'ted frommthe general line.

Af-ter the battle, on the contrary, upon a front being consoli-dated,, the probleml is one of very effectivel~y occupying the t~er-rain andl doing it; with a mnuch

smlaller number of men t~handuringazcltive combat. This is the general case; it is no longer per1-

MABNUAFORP COMMAN~ERS OF INFANTRY PLATOONS. 193

missible to~ occupy constantly a continuous line. FinallyS, to! thispurrely dlefensive orgalnizaxtion must be adldedl all of the necess~ary

ranrem~nlents f-or maing.u azn offensive upon p~art of t~he -fronit.



It recsullts front)1 this thaCt ;the orgaizaCZi~tionb of a sector-, th7ere:fore,lin ach;CIar.1ticuZlar as:-Cisa probl"0em7 f2ependling upon01 he3 m~.iitqry'1s~ituantion andzc upon01 the terrai~niz (Fii~nders, 'Champagne, .theYlos~i'e;x, tc.). It .alsos dep~ends upgon the weather and th e amount;of lazbor· andt k~ind andt amount of material azvailable.. .Theprinlci])les wrhich followr are th~ose wrhich wrouldi gov~ern in. thedbefensive organization' of a position under the conditions xusullyfound.

/ ~t /A /

Flo. 163.

It. It is unnelcessary to have a continuzouls %lne of fire, pr~ovlcledthe ·erranl in front is comlpletecly swept by fir~eeither fromt' th1e]1'roat 031 f;.'oai thle flankz, or, better still, fro~nt both ~fronztnldfhiuih·. Tlhe line w~ith inztervals w~ill generally be the r·ule. Fig-ure! 163 show~s how a portion of the terrain matybe entirelyrswept, either by a continulous line of fire AD or by a' line withintervals comnposed of the eleiueats T, T1, T2.

2. Ia a line wvithi intervals it is, h1owTever.,ssential that theobstaele be con7tinuzou~s andl, mloreover, that the intervals app~earto the enemy inst like· the parcts that are adjacent (fortifie~d),in order· that the enemy mnaynot be able to matke out our'plaln ofoccupying :the p~osition. Fior this r'eason join up 'the trenchesand' strong points by means of dummy trenches and zigzags.

1i6-1713-l7 -7

12~4 TvmaNU~aLFOR.;COMTILANDERS OF INFANWTRY PLATOQONldS.

Everything must be arralngec~l in such- a malnner that a photo-graph taklen from a~n aeroplalne shall he absolu~tely illegible oc:th-e enemly anEd sharll reveal nothing cas to our mkethod o~fc c u -



pation and~ intlentions.3. The rapidity of fire of mlodern -armus pecrmit~s us to g'etatlong withl narr~ow fields of fire.

4. Thlelocationz of good~ flank·ing2· defenses is t~hegu~idin~gfactorand·C m~ust dlominate every3 fort~ificati~on trance, The 'flankihngdefense assures the convergence of powierful fire upon pointsa~ttacked. It; permits the employmnent of a line witha intervals,with theresuZltant econom11y in mnen exposed to *the da~ng~ers oft~he firs~t line.

5. The true m~ethod of dimlinishing' the vulnerab~ilityT of a bodyof' troops lies in putt~ing~ in~ the lr~inzenl~ such numb·ierse~f menza~s are strictly inzdispentsable. The inherent strength of thiepositionm is found nm the skiill witha whlich· the tr~ace? s laidc out;,in the excellnce of the flank·23inzgefentses, andl in the dlelermnzi)a-lionz of th~elittle aroups osf (lef-endter, w~hich,: while each ha~s itsworok cut out for it, aire still coordinatled with the resat of thedefense. .

6. Maen*thus ec~onomized constitute strong reserves andl work·o im·nyprove@nd to a~lcreacts .the2 commun~l~llicications·to ~therear.The la~tter pelrm·it the ranpidci andct6erta~in arrival of ~uplies· a-ndreinf~ordcem~lenzts.They also permit the bnringing up~ of trobops forthe co~unter attach and are consequently the vital el)emen~~tf aposition atnd can not; be too munch~eveloped.

79. t is necessa2ry to deccirc the enemy:by all krindsof devicesand to put the personnel in bomnbproof shelters in or~der toesca~peprema~ture· destruction.

8. Finally, it is necessary ~o organize the defense agatinst stir-prise andc to makie provision so that the dcefenders~, shelteredduraingthe bomlbardm~ent, arrive :in amnple tirme u't their firingpositi ons.

Active andl pacssiue s~cctors;--It is very rarle that the tren~chesnlearest to t;e enemly ha~vebeen mnethodlically ]laid ~ourtand fu~lfillt-he idewaof a line wYith inatervals,provided w-it~hflzlanking clefenseq.They· are much more likrely to be a contiinuousbut p~iecedi-togetherline, such as the events of the combat have mladlenecessaL~ry.NTevertheiclessthey must he occupied in accordance with the· mim-nouncedl principles. .It is the diuty ol th~e comma-rlndingrffier

~ANUALFORO~COMMI~RI~AN~DERS~OF 'INFANTRY9`T~~.LA;PTBOONS. 195

'to (ivide these con'tinuous tr·enchesnto acti~ve setor~s and pas-`sive sctCor's, only thle former· leing provided w~it~h gar~risonand~ fulfillingf the r~le of a dlietiuct clemien~t (strong point) in a



g ( g p )succession of such elem~ents that gToo manke up a linie w-ith in-t~ervolls, thel latter being held~onlyr by th~efirie of the f"lank':inzg de-fezsc.~ of~ hle aIctive sccto,:;:, w-~hichforml thle framleworkll ofthe~ci_,,;tioa;;, or byr the fro0ntacltire of a2ctiv~esectors of the

/~ ~ ~ ~~~8

m~2

kb~ ~ FI 16trenchinear. T e passive sectors seregnrlya oninunietioas etweenthe aciesctr.I c s fatakte

ma,e p n i n u o te ln f eeneb rese ro r oenf r e m e t s or~·7eveasoulesfrcutraakexlid

b e o . Te a t v etr a b osdrda ilso esitnc,ha in a rn ffo 2 o 5 a d i egh n

the pasiv setr slnso rlngto ffo 5t 1

iGO I~NUALN~dPORCOMMANDERS OF INF:'EAN~ETR PLATOTONS.

yIards. Figure i164 shows an examuple of the occupat~ion of apossition of this nat~ure.



)EFII~NTTIONS,El~:enint·L.--The simpulest of the d3is·tinct' "'isles of r~esistance"'

mayS be called eleenezts or act~ive sector~s. They are generazllyma~de up of a smazll collection of tren1-ches and barrficades, antiEreceive ras a ga~rrison a2com1·plete unlit, fr'om a squa~d to a pqlaoon,having ~specia~lor~ders to fi-t th~eir locat~ion.

Strong(11~o'in~ts-Thle joinuingtocget~her of several, of the6se ele-mneats, gr~oupedltogether· in dlepth~ls~ well as froom rIght t~oef~t,-Ifo~rmsa! strong12 oint or1 a1work', the garriso~i o~fwhich is a ~com-pa/ny oi' a fra~ction of a comIpan1y.: Tkhis workalma~ybe construteda~sa. ·redou~t. In re~ar of tlhe s~trongz ointst of f/ice fir~ing line o~thersare constr~uctedl, the purpose~ of which is to limit the success ofthe en~em~y.

Sucpportinzg poinzt.-T'he gr~ouping togethler of' severazl str~ongfl)oints, both in length (side to side~) and in depth, ~isalledsupportdingi)z oint- antl is limlited In strengthl to a ba~ittarlion orseveral companies. nuder~4the ord~ers of on~ecomlmzand~er, w~hosfur-nishes the garr~isons for~ the st.3rong2oint)'Zsand also the r~eservuesfor executing a (counter]attack. T`he suppors;rting point may be ar~edoubt, andt someltunes afrtciller~yis assignecl to it.

iSector·.-Finiazlly, the joining toeojt~her· of se~veral suppor~tingooint~s undter· the samre comm3al\nderis (aled ase~Ctor. :A secltoris genera~lly held by a .division, aznd is d~ividec-l int~o sucbsectorsof brigadles and recgimlents. T le force azssignedI to (lefead as-ector~ hazs its ownr1sepa rIate reservle, d~istinc~tfrom t~he:reservesoPf the suppor~lting points. To r~eser~veor the wo~crdssector' andlsuibsector* the meaningsi· which have just· been given themn,some~timesthegro·aund occupie-c by n batta~lion is d-esign~zated a~sa " qua~rter anti that occup~iet by a conupaugz as a " su~b-qularter.""

Pos~itionz--The firsti p~ositio n is ther'eforle comlposed of a li~neof sulpportinz g pointfs grotuped~i accoro~ling "to the judgment of thecommander~ into sector~s. Evelry defensrive syst~em~ has as am~inimumztwo p~ositions, the secotnd .construtcedl at ai certaxin d~is-tance (:say, 65600 to 8,7i50 y'ards)

from31hefir~st,

so that itl cannrot;,simu-lta;neously;l with the firstl position, be broug~rht under· thefire of the: heavy batt~eries of time enemly nor of his guns used

MANA~tL O R COMMAP~iNDERS OF-INFAINTRY PLATOONS. -197

to throwi asphyxiatincS shells. Betwreen these twno positionsother intermediazte positions-als many as mnay be considerednecessary--are organizedl, depending upon the terrain and the



p g pmleans available.

Th'le dividinlg 'up andzcarssiga~ingz of th2e terraini).-One must notget the idea thaft a position iXssiml3Py a line of supportingpoints, withi narr'1ow\intervals, placed side by. side, thus form-muganl uninterr~upted line of defense. Just as the lines of sue-cessix trenches (first line, supports, reserves, intermediatetrenches) divide up the ground in a frontal sense, the support-r:r points are often made up of groups of active elemuents, · ittlex 01 s, isles of resistance, etc., which forml zones perpendicularto the tr~ont, separated by other zonzes less wrell defended. Thetommem zones, s~tr~onglydefended, divide up the terrain. Theirlocation is generally fixed by the inequalities of the groundand thle existenc~e of na~tural stronzg points (ridg$es, crests,w-oods~i,villages, etc.) F~igure 165 is aim

example of dividing upthe ground~ whlich gives the ma~in features of one of the sectorsofI a p~ori~tioni.

Timezoime of r·esistance whichi encircles the sector is intendedlto deny to time enemly access to the interior of the sector. 'Itcompr~ises the line of obser~vation, the first line, and the line ofsupports. The line of redoubts a~nd thle defensive workis, sup-

ported. both by the line of supports and the line of resistance,ar~e inteimdedl to inclose an enemy wh~o has tazken the offensiveanld peuc-tratedl to the iulterior of the zone. They over~vhelm himlxxithl fiIontal and tiankll fire ,aiidl at thle sam~etime our counteratti~ci- arle lazunlched f~rom bothl thle reser~ve trenches andl thematemmetlimite defenses whiich still remlain in our hands. Thus abuenkmn~ thirough l.)y'the enenmy of our zonie of resistance oughtto Iixe imoother r·esult

tha~n to lead .to his annihilaztion. Theseexpi mnations are necessary in order to understand the plan ofdeteim~e and the mnec~hanismn of counter atta~cks. (Part VII.)

cm-IS~n;T: nisTIcsIor TIlE~ m)IFI;F~ImENT TII~CES.

The idleas wchich follow are b~ased ~uponthe stamicarci types of

volrks (coup~ure, redanl, bastion, r·edoubht) the geometric formsclf: which,1 rarely 1)erfected,, facilitate thle laying out and the

19~8 MANUALw~asOR ICO ENTANDE:-OtSOF 3INFANTRY·~i~PSL~ATO&N

expl~anation. It: is -then· eatsy tCoapply their principles t~o anytrace whatever.,

The~ sti iti~r~h linec I race ---Cou1Purle-Ad aUG1~ntges(aid disad-



"~cltniIs-lhe simtplest trench is t~he r·ight-line t~rench, callled"7c:~ou~puro"? (special case, the barriende). It is the o~ne

whi~chc~an be most qluickly madle and the one wThich- a line of

\\\ ~ ~ 7 4~~~~\ 7 7\ pe.7 .

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R ~ ~ t * V 'I 7'~c~IbjI ·V~~Gk

skrm!i~nishers~(firirng line) instinctively constructs when br~ought;t~oa~ halt in thie course of a battle. It is cisadvazntageons inthat~lit g~iv-esi ield atf fire only to the fr~ont o~r an olbliqlue firlewh4ic~h

(loes not exceed an aIngle of 300. M~enfir~eperpendicular:to thle palrapet instinct~ively. Attackied in flankj a coupure isentiln~le(1 and becomles u~itenablle.



200 ~IXANUALeFOR COMVf&ANDERS OF ICNF~ANTRY PLA~ITOONS.

vertices towmr~adhe enemny and ~thelatter their: vertices t~owardt~he defendler. This succession of salients and reentra~nts givesx



PiIG. 165.--Limits of a reentrant ~ngle.A\Sectoi·rnot eto t

& over'ed Sco o\by fi . cov/ereda bS/

~~~~~ ·Fme C

~~?rP,,·\$C :'P~~§0,5~

Fies. 1693and 170.-Dei~ad space.

ohlicjue. poc'itions, hsy means of wihich th~e (letel'derst can l1ringa cr~ossfir-e upon the treamr~i ovier wvhich tise enemfy mu~Lstipass.

NAIMU L FOR O M T N D R OF~$S~$R:I`P L~NF~ANTRYLBATOONCS. 201

Thus, an enemy MWfig. 167)seeking t~openetrat~e the reentrant-CD)EF is swvept:in front by fire from the troops along the· parapletDE and obliquely by those along the parapets iCD and EFIi. The



fire from the two last namedl becomes more a~nd m~ore effective!the fartiher the enemy advances toward M~i;nd thlere xviii comea moment when the! shieaf of fire of a single machine gun, placedin the vicinity of C or FC,will enfilade the entire hostile linefrom end to endc,thus perfectly flankz7;inghe part of the parapet;DE~I.7nd the- diriect fire from DEPxviii no longer be necessar~y to,stop the enemny.

Firom1hat which prccedes we m~ustconclude: (1) T~hat thereentra.nt~ls constitutbe thle strron~g parts -of a brloken line sincethey haLve,across their front, a cross-fire which. becomles moreand more deadly as the azttanckadvances. [Figs. 169 atnd 17()show that the sector upon whichz no fire can be directed dimuin-Ishes as the angle at the salient is opened.] (2) That :men canbe economized on the line DE in case all or part of CD3nd EFhrcan deliver an e-lfect-ive fire. The mwinimum-rimit of a reentrant;angle is naturally 900, since the defenders of one braznchmorface of the angle, if it xvere less than 990, might fire on thoseof the other face. (F~ 6. f it is dfesir~edthat the terrainin front; of the two faces be entirely swept by fire, then thereentralnt ought not to be more than 1200. (i.18)(3) On-the contrary a salient forms a weaki part of the line--the assail-ants can overwhelm it: vith converging fire, and if it is isolatedit can ansxver only xvith a divergenlt fire, and in some cases no~tat all. * *

D~eadc spaces.-If the salient of an angle 0 (figs. 169 and 170O)is less thcn 1200 the trench T can fire as far as the line OA, andthe trench T`,as fa'zras the line OC, leaving the angle AOC inwhich dir2ect fire can not be delivered Such angles are calledsector~s depr~ived of fire and const~itute what are knowYnas a deads~pace. F~igure 171 (flanking arrangements) shows how toremedy this gravue defect; by arrangin~g a flank127ingzfiire. ABSand3DEflank~ the salient 0. Figiure 172 shows that there is no deadspace w~henhe salient is 1200 or over. Figure 17a3shows that,although~ the trace in a brok~en line admits of covering better

th~e,immlediate foregrounld, stillthis a~rrangemen~tresults in dlead

spa~ces,or at leas~tin ground not :thoroug~hly sxvept· farther to

202 IM~ANUAbLFOR COMMWLANDEIRSOF INFANTRY PLAbTOONS,the front. This dlisad~vantageis obviatedl by the use of ra~pid.



FIcI. 171- Fhnking; fire.

Fic. 172.--No dead space with salient of 12O0.

The different types of traces of brokien lines ar'e as follows:1.. Tracecs woith ·ndcncltatiton81.-Tlrn parts parallel to the prin-cipal line of fire BC:alnd DEi and t-he I'lanics AB3and CD, etc., fdl-low each othere inl the samle ordeLr. Thlis trazce gives

good protec-tion from flankiing tire. (See fig. 17i4.)

2.. TFenril~c t~z~race--Th~eline of fire is br1ok~en in sulch a l1~-mannerthat the two contiguous panrt~s 13( and C3D,mlutuallyg fankl each·o~ther. r(Fig. 175.)



D -

FIn. 174··.-Indentedlj~raceCC,

3. T1rare !irthi rPed7ala.--Ardoad:·· is simlyrlga ;sa~lent cansic'leredt05 a selniliteork, T e idies ti f thle alngle ar~e ('aledl thle farcea.If it h~as not: been possib~le to miake the angle greater tha~n 12B",

204 MANUAL FOR COMMANDERS OFPNFANTRf rPLATOONS.'

a - b lun ted salient of several yards in length is arranged to fireon the ·dend angle. A machine gunn 'should be located in the~blunted salient. Figure 176 shows a simple r·edan, and figure 17?



B ~~~~~D

Fie. 175.--Tenaille tratce.

iEIG176.--Redan.

FIe. 177.--Blunted salient.

shows one with a2blunted salient. In the double redan, theflank fire is arrangfed by indlentations in the 'faces of the' redlan.(See fig. 178.iS) The rnedan1 tr~ace is a broken line, cons'isting' of

redlans united by culrtainzs. (See fig. 17i9.)

flAr~UAL FOR COlsNAsNDER~SaOF INFAbNTRYw PLATcOONS.~ 2O6

4$.Thef tracae w~Ci~tha41stions-If-'Ho the fa~ces of a redan ~twTor~efusedflunks are aldded, the result: is a2wn~eit'e, wT-hich,if it;form;s part of ~xolygonal traLce,is called aZbaCstion1. Fig.~



rcaX. 178.-Double31 or' flnk~ledrotca.,

180 showTsaIn ordinarly Innette' and a~lso a1 lat~i uedecuznett~eor ahallf redloubt.] In a basti~onccl t-race (fig:.1811)the fiialu/s of ealch·ba~stion en:iadle thle defendlers t~o deliver a. cross-fir~e before theecurtatin and1 also a tire$ h-~auling the faces of Jhie adljacent; bastionz.

A B rE~cu.179.--Red~a trace.

The salient is the weaklplace of baoth the lunuitte and~the bastion.By cutting off t~he salient, the workl·becomeis a~flatftened uInet~te(right half of fig. 1.80). All of these w-orks-redcan, lunette, half

redcoubt-areesaid to lie ope at the; yaicpe~~. They are very dliffi-cult~to defend if once th~eir f1<laks are turnied.

206- MVANUALaO6R CO1)~n~INMA~RSFlSO INIFANTRYI P9ILATOONS.-

Red~oubtt--The redoulbt is a closedl w~ork, caLpableof offer·1ingaaobstinate resistance even when completely surrounded~. It also



or'cbnory . Fa-b; lc

P1Ic. iSO.

PiGr. iSi.--Bastion trace.

Gou

PIe. 182.

favors· an offensive retlurnon the pazrt: of the garr~ison. It must:be protected as much as possible by traverses and paradlos, the

MP~~ANUAL1oOR 'COMXIMANDERS~~;BF4EINTFANTRIY PLATOONS. 2Ort

cl'efenrlers thus beingafble to receive fire w~itblontifear from everydirection. [ig~.g182 shows~ aZ edoubt of fonrI1 sidles, arndligf.183one of five sides. I~ig. 184 showvs a r'edoub~twith t~raeverse andc·



Flo. 183.

App~licawa~ of ·he traces prev1~ioursly descr~ibedl-Tbe trenzchesaand the 'wart~s, however th,~;fy,? mayC~7eC ade, acr.' nzev~eractu(Uilyr.egul~ar or· exact in· con:struclFtion. Fior' thalt r·eason it; may besaid that; they are mIer~el~yheo~retica.land serve to tealch the

FITG. 184.

names anIi attributLes of those works. Eceryv tra6ce mu1st, above1~Cacll, be1 laid oult t~otit the .terrainil, and as th~ere are very few~straight lines in the ordtinary groun(1 form~s,the firing crest must:be curvedl asr muchl as is necessaryT. Forothis reasonl there mvillresult a series of 'salients, r~eentrants, bastions, or irregfular

redanss and cuirtains, mIoreor less sinuous,having, with relation

to each other, thle prlopecrties alread~y describ '1 above.

208 MANUALFOIR COMMAllNDERS.:OF INFANTRY PLATOONS.

ELEMIENTS OF A PO~SITION.All,1positions, fir~st,second, or inter~niediate, comprise in th ebeginning thle sksme elements and n~rcdlefendedl in the samle mail-

ncr They ar c as~ has alread~y beepl satf'edl laws of t7Lc sappogrti ' l h



ncr. They ar~c,as~ has alread~y beepl satf edl, laws of t7Lc sappogrt-nit' poinlts. Tihe dlefense of at supporting lgoint is organizedi indepth by mak~ing: (a) A first line of resistance (firingtrenchies) (b) at line! of supports (support trenche~s); (c) aline of reserves (reserzeve trenchesi).

Org(anizyctlion. of i/ic. ji/ring i~'CflCliCs-The firinlg tr~enches a~reon the line upon w-hichl the adva~ncedl franctions of the d~efendl-ing force receivethe firs~t sh~ock. Itis or~med by a~ series-of w-ork~s, strongly Occupiedl (active sectors), houlnd togethler

by a co~ntinuou~s tr~enchl. Th'Ie front of th-e wholetlis coveredl with

+'I

- ~ - * - s-

ain uninterrup~ted network of barllbedlwire, of as grea~t al densityals possible. It is alway3s hocund together inl rear hy- a series ofzigzngs, at least one for each p~latoon (app~roachl trenches, fig.186).

It is not az d~isadva~ntage2~ even if thte tirizng line its only 100yarils from the enemy, since, in that case, he will no longer b-eable to use artillery fire against our

firing trencht through fearof hitting his own. firingi trench~es. Bunt the fihlingt r e n c h mustbe o~ut of range of handi grenadles or haznd-p~ropellecl liquid-fire-grenadles (45 yardls). If too close, there is likewise the (lnugerof its beingf minedl.

Smla~ll po0s ts . - In front of the firing trenches ar1e throw-sn outsmall p'2osts or even wat~chL trnclches, likewrise surroundled by;barbed wirie.

(Pig. 185.) These dispositions, even thoughloccupied by comparatively wFeak forces, loffer a first reskaiance



210MAUA3f ~ 0Ri~%~CMMAN·C~PilRSBOF I[NFANTRY PLA;TOONS.

A.ec~lpingariz yoocl (on2dittoa~7.--A Con1stat strugg'le m1ust:b~emailtltiue-~c againss the inroads of the weather, by the use of



trenc-h

VIa. .187.

Cui~esofso

Fio. 18.-o r e m e t

re'retmn Is of~~~~I~ur,4 sadas ) ns wcewrmtlitrelirk ec.r~~ os i p o r a n irt t minai i tei

MaNU~zaLvOR COTWIMANnERs.OF INFANTRYP:LATOONS.. 211

o~rigrinallforml ar1e the exter~ior slope aInd the firing banqcuet.It is absolutely fIorbidden, 10 Princple, to dig under the ex-



Pie9 Gbio iccret.~teilor nopef the earape~~~~0~4t)inn ovwib ih \ C l ~ i hsann.Žndanoe en ~ ~ ~ :nn

~ " ) '-·'Y

FIG 10.-asine~iree inn .

Dugouts~~~~~~~·crnce o muiin ntac osetr, t.

nuderthearapetmust be firmly sbred~ upb m a s fthhr

2~2ANUAL4'I FORWGQ~COMMBANDEROFEN~FANtTRY' PLA;TOONS.;

f[F'igure 188 showvs a~soda revet ente andcl hnow a doub~le row~ofsodls is Ilacd so as to giv~e increased strength by b~eaking .jointls.i[Figur~es 189 and~ 190 show,~7~esp:lectivjely, revetmuents ojf gabionas

atnil fasc~inles ]Fig 1893a~nd190 here



atnil fasc inles.]Fig. 1893a~nd190~here.Dr·)aia~cicg.-When]lehle terrlain hasx an even gener~al sPopoe, tis:

possible to (Iralin the trenhes by a series; of carecfull~y madedin~ins. It is necessaryy to make certailn that the water· is carriedlaway-~~o lowier grouznd or' to nat~ural excava~tionrs, and~ no(t toward~Cother firing or comimuni~catinglc t~r~enches. If Itheaoil is permeablee

or~ is comllposedc o~f a thin? s~;ctratu of clay unnderlalin y pjC-r-.

Per/~~~~~7~~ab/c·:cyPi.19.-Cspol

meabl one convnienlypced esspols a e du~to c i i f

the ~ xcess,ater. Th otm fths ol ue o e i w tsmdisiO~CSinodep e v n t t e m f i o m o u o m n ioc ewith rash andrift. Figure 191 shows two type~~ of ce~spools.

Ina mevossi, esol vi o 'sxe i m n sregular sytemust e organize for o'eting rid ofthe wv 'i

sulit pol>es Enenet thnenzlractingssoosig esol ad~ (I@craili con

MABNUAL ·FOR~ COMMANDBdERS OF ~INFAITRY·PLATOONS. 2-13

necting them so that the ;water and mud xviii drain into thiepools. (See~figr.192.~)

The best revetments are those madle of sandbag~s very full and

very xvell bneaten d~own Any other kind bsulgSeut: and1narro~iith~e pa3SSa2eway23 by thus sprealding out ft ti WVh



very xvell bneaten d own. Any other kind bsulgSeut: and1narro iith~e pa3SSa2eway23 by thus sprealding out, after a time. WVhenthaclt occurs, .they mlust be moved farthmer out or the trench turnedalside. An abnor~mal enlargement or a round point interruptijigthe covre certainly diminishes the nimount of protection;: but;

PIe~G102.

anuyt~hingis preferable to an obstruction of half of the passage-way~ dlue to the ySielding of~ he revetmlent to ~thepressure of the

L~oophlolc8.--The employmnent of loopholes is not adlvisable un-less ·it is possible to build th~ei so that the enemy wvcillot k;noxvxvhether thley are occup~iedlor not. This condition m1akes itnecessary to do writhout loopholes on' a g~reazter part of the firingcrest close to the hostile trenches. The loop~hole is used, how-ever. in` lookout posts a~nd in trenches for flankiing· the enemy.

214 MANUALAOR1 COMMA DERS OF.~TIN'FANTRS'~iYSLATOON.r.C'S1.

eitlmhr dlefliaded or at a dilstatnce. Th.~eexterior. oplening must: beconcealed by some? suchl device! as a piece of closely woven-wfirescreening stretched over thle ou~tsidte op~ening of the loophole.

which afllows obneto see! thrnough and also does not; imp~ede the~parssage of thle riflze bazrre vcb\!en tho soldicsiL ·wishes: to fire It



which afllows obne g and also does not; imp ede theparssage of thle riflze bazrre vcb\!en tho- soldicsiL ·wishes: to fire. Itis imlpor~tant that-l the opcoiau' ~Iitllrnot-hav~e behind it: the skyior other backlgrounld whlih,~ (~onti ists wcith the color~ of: thle

Inter/c,e/~ ipPevE TPisn Looho/

Sp~esbi 5 ? v E ~ k ~ ~ ~

'III!

~Yp'eAA to qy~

PIe. 103 Sa-~ndbagoopholes.

ground.. W~~ithhis inl vievv~ loopuol0es are esta~blished whlic'h do9not jut out from the paropc~t; or th-e parados maySbe r~isedab~ovethe\ parapet; or~ clothl muxtlbe stret~ched~ beh~ind~ the headof t~he firer, as showrin in ?'u eilii95. W~henloopholes are made·,thecirl p~rop-er orientation i: on3e ofl the prlincipanl care~s o~f theplatoon

lend'erin the ·rench~es It isa necessary to verify t~he dlirect

teion of their fire, one at, a t~ime, Hi order to b~ece r t a in that ~the



S~16 ~LNUtaLraP8R COI~TMADERS or INFAiNTRYW LA~dTOONS~J

The necessity for this is evide~nt. Care must also be taken thatthe loophole is not accidentally tippedi up and that t~herifle dtoes

not fire into the sky. All loopholes possess the inconvenience:that at the moment; that the assailnant arrives xvithin the zrone



ot sky. All loopholes possess inconvenience:that at the moment; that the assailnant arrives xvithin the zroneof effective fire the defender m1ustwithdraw his gun in order tofix the baySonet, or if the bayonet has been fixed beforehand themuovem~entto withdraw the g'un prep~aratory to meeting the as-s~au~t: ill be fraught with dlifficualty. Mioreover, hostile boml-b~ardment,~destroys maLny loopholes. The loophole must be con-

sideredd only an exp~edie-ntof trenchz warfare, and ample ar-rang ments mus~tbe made, by r·aising the banqyuette trend b~e-.twee~nthe loophroleg,so that; the assault can be stopped by firedelivtered over' the top of the parr~cipet, inz barbette, wvhichis theonly method th~ tal llows the soldijer free uxseof hir; rifle. Whlen-evrer it is possibale (which is genlerally3 the case in flalnk dlefense)

FIG. 198.

oiien,. Ltheoopho~leobliquely wifth respect to the hlostile trenchopposite, so ·hat it; will be invisible to the enemyl, and the nians~irmg.frorl ft can have complete protection for his head (fig.198) ~Xen7 the trench is planned to deliver a ~fireot exactlyperpoendcleular. to it-s front ~its well to prepalre open loopholes,:c~mply cute in the parapet, wthich guide the fire of the men and

remied: thlem that they are not to -fire m1echanically to theirtrout Vhtu. in village figchtingr, wvallis loop~holedl,it is Ibesttomotkethe toopholes from 12 to 16 inches ab~ovethe gr;ound andto fire Ivino dowvn. T4heloxv loopholes are less visible and mlore(lifh~cdlltto> estroy; than those at the height of a mqn standing.The loopholes should be spaced8 about 45 inches apart.

Tiraver~scs.-TChe normacl dimensions of the t~raverses andl tQh~emfanner in wvhich they· are spaced have beenz pointed oiut in the

sapper's school (Part II). The breadth indicated, T7.eet, isa muinimumr, which should be unzhesita~tinglyinreased t~o9 to

.~MANUA FOR cowm~aNDERS$OF INFPANTRY PLAPT1OONS. 217

12 feetaet; platces exposed to direct; artillery fire. In the ease offbroatd.traverses it is wsrellto arraznge along the sides~ a firingIbtanquett~eor row of loopholes. *t~onsure the interior flankcing



of te .trench., Prlecau~tion mnust be takz~enat thc samle ·ime okeep on hand niaterial to clo~sethle t~renchrat the tail of tlie'traverse, such as sandbags, chevaux2n-dc-frise, herissons, et~c.,

F~Is.201.

whlich are held on the berm1near at hand for~ use whien .thcemlergencytacr~ises,hus admri~tting of the rapidl tralnsformationo1of t~hetrench into a. burricadle. :If t~here is not ·~ime to bring out;

218 1~aNUvlaLFO~R COBI1MTANDERS·~~%,$F :~INPFANg~TRYPLTOOii'-~IS.j`

all of these fine points in the defense of a trench at the timze itis dug, at least we can nmk&lejogs in the trench (fig. 199), whlich-will provisionally assure thle division of the trench into com-panrtments, just as the traverses do. Later on splinter psrofs~

dl f b db



j pa~ndlraverses of gabions or sandbazgs are- construct~ed (figs; 200'mdl 901).

1·otcttion ainctlst gr-ena~de Thishiprotection may 1)esecuredcithei by plalcing al vertical nettin~ above thle firing crest orby cox ci sg the tr~ench withr i oof of two skirts of grill work~01 poles joined together, the whfole covered wvith a li~rhlt thlick-ness of oarth.

.The 'mrr'mngement desciibed in App~iendix 42, Instructions fot·Gienade Com~bat (piv-otins cange with m~-etalrellis work),? is veryeffic'mcmous mndhas thle additional 'mdvatltage t~hat it can 1)e iii-stantl~y utilized in case of necessity, as an accessory of defenseto obstruct a zigzag or comlmunicalting trench.

Feldcci of fir~e.-It; is necessary that each elemlent hazve, in frontof it; a wrell-clearedef~ield o~f -ire, but lii trench wvarfare wFe maycontent ourselves wTit~h fieldl of filre of aboult 1i10 yard'cls, and evenless, if the flanks are w~el~lecured and the accessory~ defenzses arevery well ar~ranged~.

Intfiuemzcc of gr~oundz in) r~eief-Oecz cupatizon of acroest . -A-ht~hough the location of the crest of fire depends more often uponthle circumstaznces of the comhat than upon the choice of the(lefender who constructs it, still it is expedient to indicate howit is best to locate it, as resgards the Inataral relief of the terrain,when one is free to do so, whlich Ns often th~e case with th~esecondtand third positions, if not wTith the fLirst. In g~ounild of ee-cnslope, thle viewr being~ practicallyt the same, wh]erever t~he lo~ca-tion, this factor hasxbut little influence on th~e ch~oice of the siteof the lin~e of fi're. On1the othler hand, in brok~en country, w~henit is a question of occupying a crest, there mlay well he doubt.

Re-ferring to figure 204, it wvill he seen that the firing trenchmight be put at A, almost down at the foot of the slope, becausethe infantry couldl get a2graizing -fire over thle terrain in front,~vhichcould also be easily swept by our oxvn artillery fire, writhgood observations at B. But the terrain in rear of the fii'ing~rtrench is exposedl to hostile view and can be swept hy hostilei.rtillery fire. M~ovements in this azrea willl be diffcult andncounter attack~s orf~anized there xviii meet with muany ob~tacles

.XazT4L C~Q'~GOrB';MII~EtANESFW~:FANTR~1PiATOONS. 219

in attempting to advance. The linle .which joins the most; ele-vatedl points of t~he,terrain is called the topograph~ical cr~es.~The m~ilitary1 crest· is thc line usually in aldvance of the to 0-gtiphBial crest, to which it is necessary thoadvalnce in order tobei~ngnto view all partsi of: thbe l b l I



gtiphBial , y tobei ngnto view all partsi of: thbe lopes below~. In moving frobmthe topograplhica~l cr~est to the milit-aryST~estther~es a.d~ead spacecalled the dlead angle ABihf~. ~rom t~he military crest; tojwardt;he-f~ront, there is none. If the firing trench is pl!acedlat B, onthe military cr~est, we wrill have a good field of fire and par,-iticularly good o~bser~vation.But; wcew~Tillbe exposed to ;theenemy s view and consequently to his acceurate! artillery fire.M~oreover, the support of friendly art~illery is often defectiveon1aZdescendingf slope, such as BA.. However., movements inrear' of the line, alnd alrran~gements· for counter attacks, aulesimp~ler in this case thann in the one where the firing trench is

DPFie. 204.

located at A. On thle topograpchical crest C:, (us ~tenltiews canlstill be obtazined, hut there xvouldte in fr~ont o-f the lir~ing tr~enchconsiderable dleadl space wrhich wTouldibe fa~vorable to the enemly.Th~e field of fire w-ould allso be poor.

Chara~cteristics of the r-crcrsc: slope'-Onz the r.ecerse slope, atD, one no longer· hals a field of view, and the dlead space wTillbestill gr~eater.. But: the tr~enlch and! its wiire entanglement cannot be see~nby the enemy, andi is thlerefore sheltered fromt hosi-tile ar~tillery; obser~vation,w~ithoutwThic~hthe enemy's fire isliable to) be ineffective. As far as asisaults lby the hostile· in-fantry are concerned, it has been well established that hostile:infantr~y is power~less to advance a~gainst:a trench not swe~pt byits own ar~tiller~y fire, as long as the w-ire entanglements areihteact andl there is even a limited field of fire in front; of- thetrench whichi is being attackecd.

220 MA~NUAL FOR COMMANDER~~~~:· O~F NFAN~BR Y PLA;TOONS.

These adivantazges have caunsedl the reverse slope to receiveilnusual consideraztion as~ a place to lqcate the first-linetrenches. Howrever, care must be taken not to employ it as atben-eral solution that xviii fit every case. In fact, the recent prog-r ess of aerial reconnaissance and thle methodss of zone firing



r·ess of aerial reconnaissance and thle methodss of zone firinghanve taklen away fiomn the reverse slope part of its formner imn-mnunity. Mlloreoxer, it must not be forgotten that the posses-sion of obse~vino' points is of paramoz~unt importa~nce, as muchin trench war~·tare ':s iii open campaign. N~ow,~whlenne givesup the crest lie deuri'ves hiniseif of observation. One must

know-, therefoi e the auxantazges of the reverse: slope aznd kinoxvhow to profit by themi as, for example, in duplicating the cresttrench by constructing a second trench on thle reverse slope.

The line of suppo~r-ts and thne linze of r~eservles xviii generall~y beestabl~ished n the ?eve~ie slop2e.: Prrecautionls xviii be taken,however, not to p~ut them in low grou~nd where gas mnigh~tacZ-cumulate.

Inl every case the installation of the firing, trench on the re-verse siope impliies 'xiweys that there shall be lookouts in ad-vance of the ie ~t.Tliese mlay be fixed in position or mnaycon-sist of very actm c inooile pa~trols.

Flclanking dlefenzsesL l b o v e ~ all, good flank~ing aange)nmeallcltsmuzst~ be inzstalledi toml h~e who7le f~ront.

Flanlkingy d~ejeaw~s 4bove a/l is it ncessary~ thiat the woholef'ronzt shtould be p et ~declwrithi good flanhziugl (cfenlses.

A dling1 I~Cineh iS dCifenZ~led7less (ty f?~rontal fir'e th1an by it~sfilanknmg·21de7fenlseT h e value of flankling~ a~razngemlents is so,great th'it it: i,; freqyuently rlecommnendled that; th1e flanhinq32r 7is-posxtmionzsci a possitmioa be fir~st eo'nstruectecl, the otbei detciisesbemog made c~ttemwa i d s . By breaks in the trace, by the crontion*of sqhien-ts endl eenti an-ts adlaptedl to the gr~ound foi mx ot thetem ainm utnl2 tie akino arrangementls caii be mad~ceetxi en· thedifferent elements of e cii strong p~oint, betwreen tbe sti ~ongpoints theinseii s, andl betxveea the supporting points. It isabsolutely necessniy to establish these mutually su~poi'tingtiankleng~ deftmses as soon als' the general location of thie firingline: has beenl determlinedl. These coordcinatedltlmmklino dlefenlsesmiust sweep eachl e~lLement of the front, longitud2inally, aznd, asfa r azs possible, thee zten'or bord&er· of thze accecssory dlefenses.They mlust be organizedl in such a way that their fire xv~iiinot,

MANUAL PB~BL CObl~~Th~;ANSDflRSOP INiFAN'~fT Y PLATOON1100WS.21

bvnflny chance, be directed upon any Pa~t:or, parts of their owiudefenses, andt,a iso, so that they will be protectedi from the dlirectfire of the enaemy. The t~races which possess the most effective



Fia. 205.

Iflank dlefienses ar1ethlose writh indntt~eionstiCInd!L thiose with bai~s-tions. T~hey xviii be adop~tedlfor· throse Inarts~ of thie line wh]ich·can be organized atI leisniue, which~ is generally the· line o~fsup-ports, line of redlonbts of the firs&tpos~ition, inte~rmedliate p051s-

tion, and second position. In the adnclvlled ine, on the~ con-tltray, whrlich is gcenlerally established thr~ugh ti~e c ireiiciesr ofithe -combat, anoi not i~y the, or~ders of? the superior coina!?l~nde~r,

the flank~ingrdefense is obtained alft contact, by a e~~n5·gCinc'nts

222 M~V~~~~ANUAO CaoMMw~aNi~DaERBSOF: INFANTRY:P~1 PLA~TO~ONECS

joi97~Chare oftenz or^igin7ated byJ comlpany~ cinzd latoont commanilders.A short; standingr trench, writh a palradios, may be pushed to the



PIe. 20'7.

Fliai.20S.

Li?~

Fio.209fron. Aw r f lesor mahie bun ay epaeditCare~ mutbe hti sntexoe oefld ie r

MANUAGFORZ COIM~DIRANDER OF IIPFNTILY FLATOON8. t223

a tra~verse' may be used by cons-tructing '~irelamcl;irlenchlelemuent, mnaking a salient to t~he front. Ftigure 209 shlows howi



Fm~I.10.

a comml~unicatiuilg tr~enlch leadting tou a list-eninlg pos).t mo1:y beutilized. If it has been found necessary to push 1 or the fliornt a~

small worki to~ sweep a (lead space or ml.lepresi~Omin, takeif ad-vrantagein the sam2lew~ay of ·he commllunicating. trench wh~lichr

224· MA~NUACLFORt COWMMANDERS OF INFANTRYd' PLATOO~NS.

leads to it to get flanking protection for the m1ain trench.(Fig. 210.)

The~ ma2chCineCniv2 s the/ aG~rmar1 excellenzce for nscS 'inz fla~nk-7

in2g defC'Zenses-It m1ust b~e shelteredl as~ muchl as possib~le aInd~the emlplacement or shelter mLust be comlpletely cove'red, so. Lhit



at thle mnoment of attanck the emplacemnte~ will be intact.Numnerous emnplacements shmonid b~e prepar~ed, xvell concealed,and writh the guns in position; or the emplaltcements mldiy belightly a~rmlor'ed, alnd not armiedl tili timlemnoment of need,, the]uachine gunls being hieldlnear~ at bland under~ the protection of

)(+$

ji 1~~)

Pie. 212.

boimbproofs. The (ligglag of p~its in the open ground wTelltothle fronlt of the trance of the firing trench, writhl ihich th y ar~1e

connecterl Iy subt~erranean galleries, as is shownTlnl igsSul ai2,also givTesgoodt restilts. For the distribution ofe machine ~luas~betwreen the first line, the support trench, andi the line 01 m~e-doubts, see Chapter V of this part (IV). The fiankliur arrang1e~-mnents froml one supporting point to the neiglhboring supportingpoints by the use oi m~achine guns, 37-mm1. gun1sor Th mmll? ~Un~s,is regulazted by timesup~erior com3mander.

Arranlgemzents for en~ter·ing anld leavuing the tren2chLes The·1steps (fig. 213) alilow access to the natural surface; ot the

MANUAL FO3R COMM'ANDERS OF I[NFANTRYP LATOONS. 225

groulnd. They may be constructed at: the rear of the trench Qrin the* communicating trenches or in a parnilel of depn~rt~ur&'froml wh~lich anl assaul~t is to b~elaunched. In the latter· case

it. is'we-ll

to rep~lace th~ steps by scaling ladders, wrhich have1the nadvnnltage that they can be constr~ucted wiithtout wvideaia~h hl O i hl fi l 214 h



the tr~enchl. One type is shlown in figurle 214. Anotcher typ~e ismade by using a picket S to 10 centim~eters (3 to 4 in-ches) inl

+P .30)034

.0 (I'4~~~~~(8)

*' ~ ~ 0: ···;). · · '.

/ ~ ~ 1L*iso)9

i~': IA 2"$\\\ \xvj/.,~~~~~C3~~· B ~ ~~ia1 oti tp

dimeer sun vetclyit tegon n uhwt hintu o slpe located p fial nte1 et n igeotrax er·nsc nnia oP jett egto 0ice

no maerialavailble ithG whichoto revt th tp

Amessory unidefessTial nothe c e s r y defenses descr ibed in

thatesapper's suchool, such as t iroe tanglements and 20chevax

de-lfrise, wemy adds thefllowing: oml-ui,.tn tec1716Or 1neS te~~n rnh hyaecntutclp

226 MWANUAL·FOIR COMMANRDERSO F I F N T Y P AT O S

Thze low enztanglemnent f~o~rmedof; pick'ets 2 tot~·i inch~es indliamneter, not more than 2 feet; abnove ground, and:wiredj in ~all

a 30) ~~~~~~



(ooo0) . 00

k~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~,;L :~. ·. ·~~

'Vc \~' pic·her

p~~~~~~~~~~~·d~ ~ ~ -~o~( ~36

The~c14.--Sortie ladder.

durect~ions. The xegetqion renderps this enta~nglement: invisibleeven at a very short dlistan~ce Loops of wir·e of smzall dliamoeter

lfIe~ 215,

(figfs. 215. 216. a~nd 21s) of difcerent types are used. Thesimplest; is madtcey a clove hitchi or boatm~an's k~not,the loops

MAN·UAL 1FOR COMMaANDERtS OF ~INFANT]RYPLATOONS. 227

of whkichare fa~stenedt~ogether, lit ·being so -fastened to the groundthat· it ·-remains vertical (fig. 216). Gr·owl's-feet, of from 4 to 6



FIa. 216. PIe. 217.,

p~oints, woire stretched be~tweenzthe trees of acwoood and sin2glewjire strectchred alonzg thre gr~ounld and anchored at intervals bypegs driven in the ground are also used.

· ·harpenedcl staklses, hardened in the fire, driven obliquely intothe groulnd by striking on a smaslll shoulder cut in the stakBe forthat purpose (fig. 218). Trous de loup, (fig. 219).

PIG. 218.

Pigure 219 showts tronos de loulp.Abatis of ~treesor of branches and entangrlements of bruslh-

wvoodl(figs. 220 andl 221).Accessory defenses shlould tend to fulfill the following condit-tions :

1. Concealed as far as p~ossible from sight of the enemy onthe ground annd from aeroplanes· above; placed, if possible, -be-hind a natural or artificial ineqluality of the ground which pro-tects themn at the samne time from artillery fire.

8RB MIN8ar, poB cosl6kNoEas op.IwPaNrlRn.PLaroo9Js.(>They must be plnced fr:olll85 to 55 ynrcia-in;ndvanceoC the

trench, so that a fire intended to c2cmolir;kBe trench cvfll Iwl:



r I\.\? i··Y\`\

I=; L\

r r ·r\\\l r\\Y

? y '2 co.

u 'v / Jd76ti ; E )( ·.Cj

// ,/·r'a cj cis c '

.e-tian

IG. 21e).

B

11rt4·flC-Ba"as;;'`P`' 9y nL r-, · r V

rrl T' a

rrg !;j ·· ·· · · 6 " "L;, = I , · ·;-· -i;

·· ,---\r r I·" -p

-· ·· S·L.o" hh.r_4 :,"ry 35)·;1a d:11·, ii, a Lqa?.n ··

····a 9 4J i(--. ··'·$ ·IIJI :I i"4vvi · 7C rI= u-- ,'lf, ;"h -··1.,L LL' I; --

- i '' -, 9` ;sa "d -/2L- -- CLLI''' y ·.,, 5 'P'c.P CI* L · 5A·r.(( ·- ·-I - 'CY · Pbr r ,···- ·.. LL d+

FIc, 22O.



2~30iMAN(UALFOR CONMMANIDERSOF INFAN~dTRd3eYLAITOONS.

6;.Arrange for passayewayts` to tihe 'fronit for the u~e of 'pjatrols,sentinels, etc. They` must be concealed or at least not easilydliscoveratbleand there mnust;e materiall close at hand suitable

forquiklyobtructing themnin case of the necessity arisingfor cdoinegso. (F~ig.~223.)7i Thleymust: be wantchzcd carefully at night by listening posts



7i.Thleymust: be wantchzcd carefully at night by listening postsdlug at points~ along the edge of the obstazcles- or inifr~ontofthremand t~hemlselves protec~tedby accessory dcefenses.' These postshave passazgeways leading across -the wire etg~ta~nglemlent: andthey give the alarm1UyVig3nals, little b~ells,bly firing, etc.

FIG. 223.

Befiore beginning~ an off'ensivethe accessory (lefenses shouldbe r·emoved in order to give passage to the waves of assault.Cr~ow's-feet.loops, etc., scatteredl irregularly about the groundbpossess the (lifhiculty of being.hard to find and of restricting thefireedlom of assa~ult.

urlnmnzjtr~ca·chcs.--It is always advisable to makle dlummnytrenches; that is to say, supplementary trenches which it is notintended to occupy, wTitha view to deceive the enemny'sobserverswrhether; on hln~(1or in th·e a~ir, and to lead them into error as tothe real occupation of a posqition ~andhe. distribution of, thetroops. It is of~ten adlvisable, even, to ~estarblishthem for thepurpose of leadcing the enemy; into a trapB when he attemps toget a footing in them. W~ithzthis object in view they may, be



MgANUIPALFOR COMMANDPB~RS OF I'NFANTRYPB~LATOONS. 233

As a rule t~here s'hould be a lookmout:(watcher) installed ·neareach shelter, who t~akes his post as soon as the violence of theb~ombaiklmlent mnakes it necessar~yfor the men to go under shel-ter, and gives wrarning of an alypproaching atztack. These watchingposts must 1)e armored and prot~ec~ted1)y every possible mieans,

f



p ) p )y y p ,and have commnunication w~i-ththe shlelter ofEa kind that ·willsurely workr, in order th-at; there may be no failure of the ala~rm

~~~~~~~~~~~s~s.FIG.27 ,.rs~-

~;//r)nato eror it fncio. T e athe must gie ar in

tht ehot iear t le r s l n the ia it ue ndta henemys abouto assault the trenches. ~ ·CTh fiesadte ocmisindofieswohv oeune th e a e o atct cup h h le wt h te

me tbeabe o atc h lookot atte nrac o hshltr r e r t o h a e i rp~ce y nohe i e holdb

pu osdecma. h niedfne e t pnti r

f334 2ANUAL FO~RCO1VUY'ANDBERS OF INFANTRY PLATCOONS.

0t~4o1*6

)~~u$i~·1·9· · 5 : ? . ~ ~ Iq · r asp~



4'17

·4 ~ ~ f~~C~f.·O·'O·'~~

· /5. O ·~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

' ' O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ A t L '407c4 Cp 1

b y. ee'td·ee

~~~~~· ~ u 228

IIfANUraLFOR -COMMAND~l:BR S OFI ~ FAB T R Y & PLATOON3. .236

rangrement, failing which ·he men, surprised in their bom~b-proofs, canl not avail themselves of th-eir means of r·esistacnce.

Thle samue lookrout p~osts ma3y also be adapted to bolth of the

missions just described. FIor this it xviii be sufficient; ·o dig thesh~elters alongside ~theOSitiofis recognized as falvorable f'orcontinuous obser'vat~ion1 insteadlf makiBn the shelters first and



continuous obser vat ion1 insteadlf makiBn the shelters first andselectingi the olj~servaitlio~nst'rtions ·attenrwarcis.

Instalat~iortl~o·fthel'olokouts (r'ati7Chets) -If the! imne~rndhecnecessary·, mIarterial mleanl:s'Ire l-rcking or it is fered~elthat coy:-

red'· p~osts will bet a·u th t loi~tion, lookrouts xv~iiibe esat;blished~

without protection, the~ir;hearrJs being concealed beh lad hr~ubsor tufts of herbaoce Ing ihe daytime obser~vation is krept; uplthroughrloopholes ol (hlifi'creii fo~rms (tus., 19C3o :198), or byI(the aid of periscones (-fio'. 138 and loD8). To waitch.~certarlinpoints it w~illoften sutnceo make 'xcir'cuarl hole in the parcapet:with a2sham~E~-pointed~c ucnacistik oi~metallic tube. To. pelrmit.observation writh hieldl o~if5qs5 t~he loophole must havl~ea~breadlth

of 4 inches. To prex at alter a ifog hjht 'nid hale. cmuto mnove-mlents behinid thle looph~tole, it is adivisable, in a ~post:wcithout atroof. to sbre·tc/r accloth behoid·c Ohlrzl 100CCe the lookioutt man./t

A~tnigh~t he w-atchemi mu~st:observe over· the l5op of the! parlapet.IfPthze coimua,7nd is ,~uf~icient. the~ loophole is ilaced- on t-he nat~uralsurfance of the gr:oundi :tad time hanqitclte is cut ax:ax inl line withlthe loophole, as far~ is the bottfoml of .the tr·ench The~~~va~tchlei.

will thus be wrell covaerd ilt miglir he niounts upoi he.r~art' ofthe ban~quette xv'hich1has riot been iiotchecl ( ee ~f~i.2~ nd 226).Arinorer'ii look~ou·;;tstations consiist of aiches or. met illic <boxsH(figs.· 153 alnd 154), or nr~eas showrn in. figures; 227 a~nd~28.

ORGA4NJEATIO OF T 1iiiE5I'IiAL OBS~riv~iJON IN \ SECTOR~.

In general the obse~rvation is organIized. mrethodica~llythrougin-out the sector of, a division in such a wvayas to comrplete andicontrol the aerial observation. xvhich, how cxci m~uch it mayvbeperlfectedl (by mleans of photography, etc.), is never a~nythinlgbu·t intermlittent.

Rho sehearie for observation~, xvhich is an indispnensable part;of the cplranof defenzse, shownys the commndnzlzosts and the arti~lleryobserv~ing stat-i~ons. These latter are again divided into infornnac--tion observinzg sta.tionzs with extensive vicxv and observ;inzg sta-tionls of mnore r·estr~icted viewc for- adjustmecnt and control of fire.

236 IVIANUAL FOR. C.OMMANDERS OF INFAhNTHRYPLATOONS..

The scheme for observaztion shouldtin~cludIe:1. The map or chart: sho~wing the complete system of 'observ-ing stations and the view obtainable from eacb.2. A panorama

skretch of the view from each.3. The scheme of the telephonic liaisons (connections) betweenthe observing stations and t~he command p~osts



g stations and t he command p osts.4. foxy the service functions (temporary and p~ermanent ob-serving stations, personnel of each, special orders for· certai~nones, wha~t assistaznce the command posts and observing stationsmay expect; to receive from the artillery observing stations.

transmission of information, etc.). An observing station mustbe conveniently fitted up, protected, camoufl~cd (concealedl), 'in-cluding the entrances.There should be as part of. he scheme of observation:* . Special instructions (personnel,tour of service, sector to be

watched, message service, particular, points to be speciallywatched, what preca~utions to takle wvith reference to v'isitors' of~evueryj rank~.2. An observing .station, notebookr in which must bie writtenat once the observations made.

3. Sketches kiept; up to date of the hostile entrenchments 'andtroops occupyingth~emon a scale of 1-5,000, and, if expedient,'ona scale· of 1-10,000 or 1-20,000.4. A map of. the parts of hostile position seen and ai panorama

of same.5. The necessary implements for- keeping up observation,commnluicaztion,etc.The observers are trained until they can r~eadlwith skill thie

maps and the panorama sketches and understand hlow to explore'by sight the terrain thoroughly and methzodically and to exp~resstheir observations verbally and in writing completely andprecisely. They signal at once any preparaztions of the enemyrfor attacki and nzote every sign of activity or any change ~falppea~rance ~inhe hostile lines. Th·ey send each dlay, azt thehour or hours fixed, an ex~tract from their notebook. In enchbody of troops the information offi~cer1discussesand coordinaxtesall. of these reports. H~epresents them to his chief and' correctsto date the 1-5,000 sketch of the command post. Informat~ion of

;HBANM'UALFORCOINbICtANDERSRF INJFANsET]RYPLATOONS;. 237

interest and valueis trazn~smi:tted to the generals and froml

temen~toho secondr bureau: of the arm1~yorp1s.

R~. 1OA%~~NIZATION0F THRX~SUPPORTTRENC~LhES.'like suppi·Ior·trsench;les arlleonistr~ucted from 1(35to 225 yar~dsc



like suppi Ior trsench;les arlleonistr ucted from 1(35to 225 yar dscbehind the trenchecs of the lu-st line and mnust be so located as tobrinalg the lactter 'underl their own;1Jfire whenever it is pbssible todo so. Tb'his dista~nce is great e~nou~gho insure tha the samedleiolition fire wrill nlot diestr~oyboth trench echel~ons at one time,

and also th~at in cas~es of' surunrise of the first line ~thegarrisonof the second line will have timle to makBethe comlbat dlispositionscalled for~in the plan of defense.

The organization of the support trenches m~ust be in all essen-tials similacr to that of the first line, since they are intended to hea-substit~ute for the latter' in case. it shouldlbe carried by theenemy. ? ~i r~uleis general andc applies to all of the successiveechelons of trenches behind the firing trenches, cover, support;,line of strongholds, et~c. Any trench may become at any moment,,t~hrough force of circumnstances, a trench of the firing line andmust be constructed inz advanlce to play suchz a role.

Metoreover, the principazl commiunzict ing trenches connectingthe lines must lik~exvisebe orgfanized for defense andl havebarbed wire stretched alon~She edges. If a mnoment~aryretire-

ment is forced upon us, wire en·tanglemnents, loopholes, flankingdefense, machine-gun posts, lookout posts, shelters, etc., cannot be imp;I-rovised in the course of the combat, and anly faiilureto p~Erovidethese thiings beforehand can not be r~emedied t~hen.Qn ~theontrar1y, if these successive lines are providled with every-lthinag necessaryla real partitioning of the terralia occurs, formz-ing', so to speak, a series of solid walls of defense opposedl toany attemlpt at a hostile advance, and prrovidling at: thle samle timnejpoint~sof departure for flank; and frontal counter attnc:;s. Itrwouldl indeed be unforgivea~ble if tile support trenches werle nzot:maldemuch1 stronger than the! firing trench, since there is muuhmoire:avorable opportunityg to trace, fortify, and surround thef'ormrxerwith. wire ent;anglements than the lateter~. In the sam-eway, from. the point: of view of its tactical r~8le, he supp~ort·rench must: be bet~ter than a mere second cover ~trenchlocatedfrom 100 to 170 yards fromnhe firing trench, which latter can

238 MANUALC FO)Ri COMMANDERS OF INFANTRYP PLATOONS.

·rarely be methodically constructed· alndIs' hard .to. ' r epai r i . Thesupport tr~ench, on the contrary, must aim to fulfll aLvery clearidlea of defense and to thlat end must t~ake acdvanztage of allfeat~ures of 'the ground, whetherit is nlecessary to approachqluite close to the first line or to withdraw to some distance

from it.



It is therefore the real dlefense trench: which· has been selectedand organized at will under the protection offeredl by the fir-ingtrench. Under these conditions it; should be invuiolab~le. Likiethe firing trench, it is aot occupied uniformly, and has assivepart~s:2as ell as azctive

parts. The la~tter are logically p5lacedbehind the passive parts of the first line.

C. ORGANIZATION OF AqREDOUB3T.

When the center of resistance is completed by a redoubt,; ·theilatter should be a closed work, entirecly en'circledl writh b1a~rbeU-wire enztanglements. The distance from the line of surpport ·othe~redoubt is very variable. It is intendedl to put up a resist-ance to the death, even if completely surrounded. For thadt r-ea-son it miust have fields of fire in all1directions, bombproofs, first-aid posts, water dep~ots, xvith provisions and ammunition fo-r afiighztof several days. Its g-arrison will consist of one or moreplatoons in charge of an energetic comma2nder. Each one of itsfaces has regular firing trenches, but there must be numeroustraverses and paraldos for protection a~gainst enfilade and re-verse ~fire.

O)ccupantion of a; point of supiport.-T'he normal gazrrison2 of apoint of support is one compazny. Fior exam~ple, threcazp~tainmig1ht put three plaztoons on 'the line, each one disposed in dept'hinto a firing line and a support line, the guards of one or ·woof the

active, elements of each line being actuazlly in position.'The reserve platoon is held together in the line of support ortn the redoubt (fig. 268). The first line receives therefore fromone-fourthl to one-third of the strength, which is the normazl pro-portion in outposts. The details of this serv-ice will be .foufrdinPart; VII, "Infantry in the trenches." The tactical properties.assignment, and manner of locattingr the mfichine (automatic)rifles and machine guns, proper, will be foundc pointed out inC~hapter Y, Parzit IV.



MfANUAL FORI COMMAN~LE;DERSOF INFANTR1Y PILATOONS. 241

W~hen-the terrain makes it. necessary to run the trench in astraight line, traces are adloptedl of one of the patterns shiownin tigur~e~ 230 to 233. M~ovement;ust be facilitated at theelbows, as showrn in figures

235, 236;, and 237. Flior evacuatilont~rench~esa trace without traverses is always aldopted.



33

.E~~ ~ 8-'3

A ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - .. .

7~~~~~~~~~~IjiIc-.ie 21.-raeth Pr. 22.Trae it PI 2 3 -inou

traverses.~I isan trvre.taeVaiou rnhcragcet.Aoteer 1 ad tpvusbe onsructdr getin outof he tences a d a

thrterdstnes, t u n u s l a n rgve senogocoti l i terand

its two.beariers should be arranged. WidFce~sortie steps shouldbe estalblishedt at the points xvhere the commn~nicazting:trenchesaire to' serve as assemblyplaces for azcounter attackr, as provided

,242 IMCANUALFOR1 CO1b/flANDERS OF -INFNTIm'CBY PLATOONS.5

,flor in thle plan of defense. Each commlunicating trenlch fromits origin to the advanced paratllel should be given a. distinct

O- :\;!asi; :



,,L-~ · . 4. laysJ

&r.2-~~~~~~~~~~ ,

4'cu

.o ij~a*~ ' 4 ..

't~~c'·CFio. 234.j

nam mbr. Th s e o d r omncaigtece nthetruseral ac enmia td n d ff r e t eresfrm ha

dopted for thlkeprincipalcommuicain toureunrchfigtes.sa

Alrrange crzossings in such a2ashion that once having enteredthe aEpproachJ trench it; will guide a manl to the advance trench.O~nemet~hod of doing this is to arrange a step into the bott~omof thre tranusver~se~rench where it enters the approachi trench.

Anotheur way is to wedge a strong stick; across the opening ofthe si(Ie trench. WCaherea transver~setrench is croqssed rampsf!romu t to a footbridge over it shouldl be constructed, so that ifboth it andl the approach trench are being u~sediat; the same: tim~exthose in? the tratnsversee trench may use the ramp?andi bnridg'e.Mlark out the approach and transverse trenches by means offnumerous signboards -of different; shapes, siz;es,and colors for

principal andt secondary approach trenches, for those tobe usedto>go to t'he fronit, for those ursedto go to the rear, ·andt for

M~rANUAL; OR~ COMMdFJAND~ERSOF IN~FANTIRY PeLATOONS.243

transversatis. 'Th~ese sign~boadlcs are absolutely essential at en-U ances, crossing points, forks, and points of ex~it. Arrows ate



FIcIG235. FIc 236. FIG. 237.

I r

Fm~I.238.

also put up to show the direction of azuthorizedl movement. Ineach principal approach trench movemenut in one sense of the

244 MdANUALaORB COMMANDERSBBBF INFAN~bTRY ·PLA~~bTOONS

word is only to the front, except; for the agents of liaisonl, per-sons author'ized sp~ecially, etc. A mnostrigid poli~cedisciplinemu~stbe kep~tup in the trenches.

Thre berms perm-it the m3en1to SPring from1.the trenches andparallels and facilitate the plalcing in p~osit~ionof footbridgfesor muovablle brlidges for~.tempora~ry usc. ~t;s alwciayvswcell,by



or muovablle g o p y ; y , y

~ft. 239.ltr~ovidingfhe neccssary footbridges, to halve a trlackr or trailt~iongside of thie principal approach trenches, so that at nigrhtt"his~ open-air route may be used. At the p~oint where the ap-pr~oach trench joi~nsthe firing' trench there must; always be at~raverse, as shown in figure 238.

.Defca'sivc orgaftiziation of the acpproachc ~tr'enche8.-Thlzt9`p-proachctrenches should ~conatributeto the general ~schemeo·stop~r

MANUAhLFORPCOMMPANDE3RSO)F IINFANTRY PLATOONS. 245

ping at every step an7enemy who has g~ainedl footing· in thef-ront-line trench. They are, there~fore, organized at intervalsinto firing;trenches by making~ teps or berms from which men



~~U ·-

~~-34

~~~415s~~~~~ -' ~0*_

:7~ ~~~~~~~~~a D

FIc.240.

may fire, or by building niches in the walls for the firers. Bythis means they form flankingr defenses for all1 of the terrainbe~tw\ieenthe var~ious par·allels. (See' fig. 239.) Frull use is mhadeof automatic rifles aznd mlachine gunsx in these alrrangements.

.246 MABNUALFOR COMM3ABNDE]RS OF INFANTRY PLATOONS.

Their. int~erior, st~ep-by-st~epdefense is organized ~byhe use ofbalrricadles, loopholedt raverses,' platformnS for' grrenlad~iers,aNI



G'B 7 &Ajr~nc/rgiiionx,?d~dwAAap/MfP'rm ~r f.egre/?ad/Ž'/~

~'Ic.241.

lowing of~the ent11nde of all of the rectilineazr part~s of t~hedp-pronch trenlch wrhich are of anry considerable lengtlh. Figure240 gives examples ofsorme of these arrangem7ents.

MvrANUAL FOR OMMl~ANJDEIRS OF INFANTRY PLATOON;S. 247

These straight parts of the trenchl sh~ould be 55 yar'ds long andshould end by adefensive arrangement, this distaznce being outof range of the h~andlgrenade, even if the enemy does construct:a barr~icade a~t the other end of the stret~ch. Means for ob-structing trenches, such as gabions, h~erissonls (wooden frameswrith bar1bed w~irestretchedl uponthem and having length breadth



p and having length, breadth,and thickness), etc., are p~reparedaiiznd kept at hand for the verypurpose of holding the enemy under fire of these inlterior flaznkr-ing defenses. A dlisposition to be recommended is that shownin figure 241, which consists in encirclno,- a trench junction wvitha nlumber of ot~her t-renches, thus · ransfoi ning it into azsmllliwqrk whicr xviii form one of the active elements of the systemof the defense, and the defense of which can be assigned to asqluad or half sqluadc. Ba2rricadles furnish the means of quicklyobstr~uctingr a trench in case of a~ttackC, anddmust;.e carried bythe enemny one at a~t~ime.. WhTlerever it isFdesired to disputethe enemy's p~assage, a double or a tr~iple platform

for Xrenadiersma~ybe prepazred, the entrance to ~vhichxviii be defended by thesquadl. The niches for the grenades are arranged as shovn infigure 42, or xvith a g~abion buried horizontallyr in the slope, the in-ter1ior- being left emupty. All of these wrorks for husbandlingstrength aznd fort defensive organization in the area of a pointof support, are to be dlone by the company which garrisons theipoift.

Sif-IEIT~ER.

1. BOMB~rPRt0or5HEIETFP

Shelter is of value only xvhen it affordls complete protectionand enables its garrison to leave it in time. The only sheltertoconsider in the organization of a position is thant wVhich isbombproof, and principally cave shelters under 20 feet of un-dlisturbsed earth, xvhich have been dlescribed in " Trench school,"Chapter VIII of Part III. Shelters formed by excavating ahole in soft earth xvith a roof forme~d afterwa~rds of earth, sup-

ported by logs or rails, are only used in special cases, such asinl wet ground, observing stations, shelters for machine *guns.etc. They reqluire more marterialsr thanl cave s~helters hut do nottak-e as long to construct when the excavation can be8 mlade in

248 IurLartUal Po1 CO A3~Y1'TDERS&O4' flEFAhNTRY~ PLTOO106E,.

the open. They should be made as strolig as possibole and wlnrthsmall relief. TPo affordl shelter from the 105 (4.2-inch) they

should ~haveone layeri of steel rails in conactRf, covered with ayard of earth; one bur~sting layer (logs~ n contact, sazcksofcement, heavy sheet iron and g5~ravel,_broken stone, et~c.). TPhe

150B i l o f t l il



ydover agains~t, the 150B6-inlch) reqyuirestxvo layers o-f steel railsseparated by 18 inches of earth; two burstiub layers separaltedSby g to 1 yardi of earth. (Or better; 1 layer of steel rails in

+ e + :4+

Cover ~. -.

A Pr~6o I

~~~.!58:·;~·.--.

r~~~~~~~~~*:~ 41*r iIf ,B,stonesr-a. not availabl us a: o

of/.r bou metera

100.

C~~~~I 241acontacovre w i h 1 y r fcnrte)Tebrtn ae

prof sheltesr. Ths sheltersbalvasae in afencr acerai

timee fom/~ theu we'ight o~mfe r c v r n last · luauchshort

tinw ha w lonsttof1 ructe caveshlers.og~to Whteerthreir char-

acter, shelters should ahlways have .secvea en tamoes (a t eas~t

MANUA~L pOR COMMVAND)ERS OF INFA~NTRYSIILATO)ONS, 249two) Qfl their rear. The preczautions against -gas shrould alwaysbe insisted upon. (See Chtap. XIV, Pt. I[II.) It is much bet-ter to constr~uct a nmimber of small shelters for a sqluad or·section tha~n a few tlarge ones. D9uring the artillery bombardl-mnent, the officers should rema~in in the shelters of threir· men,and not he together in one shelter. A good disposition con-sists: in excavating tcwo sma~ll cave shelters on each side of at h t b i f



traver~se, each ~entranceboeingfat least 2 yards f-rom .the traiv-erse; these are connected by a mnine gallery 3 feet: 4 inchesby 3 feet 4 inches, which is enlargedl later if time permits, soas to malrke a single large shelter. (F(ig. 242.) Every shelter

FIG. 242.

should contain a1pickr an1d shovel, so thatn the entrance may becleared if it is obstructed; some grenades to clear the entrance,so that: the garrison may debouci in force if the enemny gfetsinto the trench; arrangements

for ventilation, heating, a~ndsleel~ing; atrrangem~ents for observation (large periscope), corn-Inunication writh a lookout, and for the defence of the entranceof the shelter. (See Fig. 277.)

Locatkionz f shelters.-Shelter~s arle seldoml construct~ed in theflillrin trenches, hut in tha cover* trenches, or, if there 'is nocovier trench, in srmall special lateral tranches, joined by at;least; two approachesto the firing trench. Others· should be in

250 MEJANUALFOR, COMM1ANDERS· OF INFA~NTRY PLATIOONS.

the support trenchesr.forr th-eshelt~er of a section or: plat~oon

rerservedl for counter ait~tacks. Their. location is always de-

trench OO!a~o



I ipPCh

Fis. 243.

pendent upon th~e location of the lookrout posts, for which the

most favorazble locations must b~eselected; and the shelt~er is

j oohoai

Fis. 244.

constructed in the immlrediate vicinity, of one o~fthese posts.The numrber of bombproof shelters; should be suffielent f~orazll



f252 B6ANIUALFOR. COMaMA~NERS-OF~INFA;NTRY PLATOO0NS.

The dangers to ha avoidred ar·e thrlT·e.ekening of the paralpet

and t1a~eecreasia~ of the firing· crest;

(t I:&.P~~n e/ ~oJO



&6bc *1*

FIGI. 246.-C~overed trench.

Niches tha~rtar~e not lined with tim3ber should be forbidden insoft or craLcked soil.

air"

FiIG. 247.--Niche foraj maLnwith plank roof supported by posts.

The sheds, ha2tch covers,: e~tc., shouldl not be fixedlin place, butshould be so arrang~ed thazt.they ~canbe qjuickly thr~own off toenable the men to man ~thehiriag crest.

FIior protection from shell sp~linters alnd shirapnel 12 to 20inches of earth on azroof of light logs or plauksi shouldc be prfo-

vided.

%YA1UAL; OR COI3MhANDERSOF IN~EFANTRYPLATQOON. 253

3.SHELF~' Ii'S OF'.i~~HFE eoN.These consis~ttf: (1) Curved sheets of iron, with w-&hichshel-ter~slike that shown in figur~e252 ma~cye con1structed in rear

:·' (8)~s~("8"):·.4 eSo"



~~~~~~~~~~~~Y~.

:8

Pie.G248.--Niche for two men sitting.

r~'V 4ic~iP~ra , ,gr r67adY' YijcTg7/;.

L%'i'az'I~~~~~Serb

Žs >Qr~I4· t:"

Fi. 50-Ncerm a cntrctd it gien .

of the lines.2) Elements of l f'figh"~"Jthelters osrce f c rru~atdirnb u t 004 ich t i ckwe ig ing bout22 punds

254 MANUATLFO·R COMEANDERS OF INFb~ANTRYPl~LATOONS.

(Fiig. 253.) The straps a are~ lrranged ·s o ~thathey may be as-

sembled with iron bntnds. They should be covered with eazrth.

8S ~C



(i 2) NN '···

FIG. 25.Setrwt rc e te lts

I~~~~~i: :_ .

FIG.r253 E l e e n ot· '1· li hle fcruae r

Sheltersr.na·- beoiiooe ymasofteedvcsdl·lan~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~rttck



25i6 MbANEiUALFOR COIMIMANDERS. OF INFANkiTRY~PLATOOBBN-S.

to dest~royi all papers if it is necessary· to evacati'e the commandpost; in haste.

The' dressings stations and placs. xvhere wounded are collectedshould be near an approach trench.



FmG. 55.

Avoid constructing. in the approach trenches all wNorksxhich~will cause ha~lts or croxvding (distribution of tools, etc.). a~ndthecefore interlfer~e wTithhe traffic in them.

Assemblzry places.-Th-e assxembly p~lacesare intended to allowthe alssembly under cover., for a relatively short tim~e,of all the

~1(AL1TUALFOR COM'MANflERS OF INFA!dNTRY~PLATOON0S. a57

suipports and· reserves. They ·may be establishied froim eisit~ingparalllels, ·or bjeCOns1truIctedentirely for ·that purp~oseby branpch~esfromithe ~approac~htrenches. *Th'1eymay well be located,.near thereserve ~trenches,·where they can utilize the shelters in thbsOi

t~renches.They sh-ould avoid ·an excessive divisionof units; provide easym~eans of r·each~ingrhe op~enground (st~eps) and the apprl"oach:treniches; be provided withshelter (cove~redl renches commacndl



treniches; be provided withshelter (cove~redl renches, commacndlshelt~er, etc.), a walrt~er upply, and latrines; not attract attentionby an' appealrance dlifferent- fromi thaztof the ·other truenches.

The choice of the location of thle assemlbly places dlepeudclponthe r8le of the troops~ that ar1eto oiccupy3theni. The slo~vness ofthej mlovemlentsconfinedl to the approach trench, the neces~ityfor decreasing the length of the distance to be covered in exposedterrain in order to reach the parazllel· of dleparture. Th~ese con-Sidlerantionsgovern the choice of location of assembly places.

LEGEND.

Order of- the wuork.-The plan of the works to be constructedis fixed by th~e commander.. Wuhenit is necessary to rapidtl~j or-ganize a position; recentlyr cap~tured, the order of importance ofthe w-ork is as follows: (1) Prepare the w-orks for flankr fire;(C2)construct; the firing trenches; (3) construct at the sajme

time thecwire entanglements, the observing stations, the shelters,and the atrines:; (4) open commllunicationslasIterally and to therear (commenlcethe approaches to the front;); (5) complleteth-e trench~es.

CHAPTl~~~ER.VII.

OBSERV~ATIONS ACSTO %~THETACTkICAL CHARA~tCTER-

ISTICS OF THfE SEVTERALhP h'~IVS ANEDSTAdFF DUTY~.ARTILLERY.

Artillery acts exclusively by the pow~er of its fire. Its rangep~ermits it to inter~venedirectcly not only for the support of troop~sdirectlyf in its front, but also in favor of troops adljacenit to i~t,byoblique and f'lanking fire (concentration of fire).



262 MA~NUAL FOR COMMAN~~DERS OF INFANMTRYPLATOONS.

The officer co~mmandling the support conmmunicates .with thear'tiller'y commarnd~er, studlcies thle situatio~n with himn ~nil-thenS1make~itshis own2 dispositio~ns, for which lie allone, is ~responsihieAs a rule he places a pail of his comma 11(1tufficiently in atlVai~ice

of the ar~tillery! to seciur·e ii from~rholstile) infalntry tire, andplaces other fra~ctisuls, un(]er. cover·, on: the thre~atecnedl¶ular.In every ease th~e infantry must realize that th~ecapture of tfhe'

g'uns by the enemny woculd3(adl only weaketiie us hnut WoualdCOG-i



g y y ( ystitute a trophy for him. Th:e abirndou~meat of ar~tillery by theinfantry adljoining It is an act of dlishonor.

ORtGANTIZATIONVOFr A FIELD BATTERY.

The light hattery of '75's consists of: The comlhat hattery,\vhich can tr~avel a~t all gaits, aJndlthe fieldl trauini 4 wagons)P,which can1travel onIly at ar walkll. Th~e combhat battefry in hartl·ery " is divided into the firing battery (4 piiecers, 6 c~iissons) , thlehimhbers, aridl the comrbalt trajin (6 ca;issacns, I forge, anil I battery

wag·on ) The limnbe~rs alnd thc- ombatl tra.ins ale~ located bethein~dcover in rear arilJ a~tdistanrce-s w~hich vary considerably.l~gdepecnd-ingf upo~n the rimount of scucrity re~quired. thle pro~bab~ility:olfhaving to bring up the limlber~s, and the req~uiremlent·s as to am.~muniitio-n suplp]y.

In open wa.rfare these elementsi may he from 500 to 2.5(00ya~rds in rea~rof the guns. TheytaLrep~rtcttc-edl eithecr by aspelcmal support or by a part of the support of th~eiring battery.

SERVICE~ OFt ARTIILLERY.~P

Artiller~y is not only an ar~m, hut is like~wise a sutpply/ .qeri~ice'Ivhich is charred with the; supply of 'ammurnuition, pr~imers. etc.,to all alrms, as well a~swith the r'eplacemnent of alrtil~lei~yarm~s ~indmat~rie1 aiid equipment in general.

CAVALRY.

The -cavalry fui'nishes one regimdent toreach array corps.: The'remaaining regimuents ar~e groupedl into cava~lry dlivisions, andlthese- inlto cavaly Ctorps.

AnUaLoX FOR COIBMANDERaS OF INFANTRY6PLATOO~QNS.2'63'

The regiment consists of four squa~drons (1. e., troops) of 150sab~ers (3 pla~toons, 4 officers) and~ machine-gunI sections~. 'Thenoncommisisioned officer~snd troopers are armed w7Ciththe car-bine and bayonet. The dra~goons andc the light calvalr~yof thiecavalry (lirisi~onsare arme~d with the lance. Th'e corps cayalrjT~supphies the divTisional1 cavalry (1 toc2 sqaudrons).

ILnaddc~ition,hie infantr~yregimnents have 12 mzountedscoutis.A cavalry division is composed of tw obr'igafdesof t i



A cavalry division is composed of tw~obr'igafdesof two regi-menets,-a group of horse ar~tillery,a dtismounted cava~lry regiment,a grouppof cyclists, and auxiliary elements analogous to thdseofan infantry division.

Forma;ctionss-Line of battle corres~ponds to the double-ranki]ine of infantry.

C~olumlnof twmosand column of fours have the same signifi-cance as in infantry.

,The squadr~llon (i. e., troop) in column of p~latoorns" is a fornia-tion correspondlinl to the company column of platoons.

.The platoon chafrgSes in line and as forazgersl (.as fskirml~ishers).~a~its.-Wa~lk,110 meters (120) yards). per minute; trot, 240mettiers1(.260yardls) per minute; maneuver gallop, 340 meters(,372 yards) pe~rminute; extended gazllop, 440 mleters.(481:;yards) per minute. All somewhat faster than prescribed byUnited States r·egulations.

DLismonzoted action2.-If the terrain and situation demands it,cavalry fights on foot; 4 men per platoon, .designaitedl als hiorse~holders, remain with the horses, each man holding 12 horses.A regiment canl thus put 400Ocarbines in line. In dismountedaction each platoon conforms to the rules of combat prescribedfor a platoon of infantry.

Dut~ies.-Catvazlryis p~reeminently thle arm~ for surprises. At-*tazchedlo the infantry, it scouts rapidly and prevents surprises.

The cavalryJ scr~eenzscouts in aldvance of tlhe infatntryr.colulnmsoutside the limits of infantry reconnaissance, of en a day'smarch in advance of the main body of the army corp~s. Thedlivisionzal cavalry is alssigned to the advance guazrd of which it;constitutes the point, and fur~nisj~es patrols to cover the flaznksand rear.

The army cavalry (cava~lrydivision) is charged with distant

exrploration. It remains inl concentration in order to he able-

2ti4 I~A3~AL~~rr'~~RCOMMr~a]~DERS OF INslFAI~rY PLATOON8.

to f·ight, andc p~uahes small:21etachmlents (r'econnoite'ing patrols,officers·' patrols) boldly to t~he front.

In add~ition to its dluties inl the ser~vice of security and informla-tion, ~thecavalryy tazkes part inl thle battle on thle samnefooting astroops of the other armlis. It maly tight on an exposjed flunk;, itmaxl~xploit a success by a relentless pm suit, or it maiy salcinieitself to cover a retreat. It many ev en undleitake the glorlioustaus1 of sustaining alone the entir~e sh~ock of b'fttle thus gaimnon



taus1 of sustaining alone the entir~e sh~ock of b fttle, thus gaimnontime. toi the a~rrivral of th e infanti y (opcli ations between thlebalttles of the M~aine and' the Yser') Finlly, in tr~ench ~vrt alerit ieliex s the infnntry, andl takBes its tu i n inl the tr~enches.

Cav'f~lry is ain arm1~ which necressitqtcs 'i long timue foi itstrainino, a~nd is costly to maintainl For lono periods of timesthler~e m'iLy be no oppor~tunity for- its empl~r~oyment, but, unltlei:Iaxi'oable conditions, it can repaly, in a sin it hour~, all that it;hazs cost~

I~NGINE~uS.

Enffineees are closely associa~ted w-iith. the infantry. Theyare assirned to perilous duties; detachmlents of engineers ac-~ompanythe walves of assault and shore· inl its danuger-s.

The infantry, moreover, m~ust never forge-t th~at there a~r~estrict limlitationls as to the -employmlent of engineers. In7 theformn wh·ich this wa'fr hacs taken~Itheret~ xiii never be al suffic~ientnumber of engineer specialists if they ar~enot reserlved for those

duties whlich· the infanlltry is absolute'ly unable to per~form foritself.- The infantry$, therefore, should not demahnd labor fromthe engineers, but guida~ne; and they m3ust, on the other hand,furnish the engineers with all1 t~he assistance they requir·e for.~ining. and other special operations. The engin~eers mu~st not:be broken up into small detachmnents and dispersed amionge thei~nfantry-units, except in so far as ·t is necessary to provide over;

seers. It; is better to keep theml concentrated and emrploy themon somle we~ll-dlef~ined task;, to wI\hich must be a2ssigned only theexact numhber of sa~pper~s requtired to comlpl~ete thre wrork in therequired tiime.

To the engineers is confided the construction, upkee-p, andiml~uovem~ent of the lines of comm11uni~cation (roa8ds, railxivay~s,pontoon bridgres, sear~chlight sections, miitary telegr'-mph, car-rier pigeons, etc.). --By erecting or dlestroyin-g o~bstacles and ,by



2~s8 MAr~NUAL`OR C~OM~IMAPD.ERS OF I3NFANTRY~PLATO.ONJS

The letter, on the other hand, is addressed to a superior whois specified.Lieutenant X., 3d Co., 7th Bn., Alpine Chiasseurs.To: TPhe Coloneommanl7an~ndin the Chzasseurbrigrade.

"A lbrief of the contents is w~rittenz n the margin,undler theheading " Subject."

N f l expressions f d R



No formal -expressions of courtesy are used.- Respect isshown by the tone of the letter. The superior "informns"' or"'makes knowrn,"the subordinate "reports." These shades ofexpression must be observed.iThe vuozcher~,o indicate receipt is used from superior toIn~ferior and the reverse. It; should be signed an~d returned.

PRESCRIBED ABBREiVIATIONS.

Q; C He~idquarters.. P. I. In~iti'l point.E. M -Stq~ff ·Srni Section, infan~try naiimuni-Inff Inf'intiy. tion tfin~in.

CcLv Cv falry. Sma =Section, artillery ammuni*A rt AuL~tillei. tion tiain.Ge Fu=I~gineers.~Must not be A. C. 9. Corps artillery, ninthGal Genci ci. confused. coips.C. A .~Aiy~ Corps. A. U UTIe'ivy irtill ry.D. I Infantiy division. A. D. o3" Divisional artillery,D. C =C valirv division, fifty thurd division.l-Jde -Brigade. A. T. Trechc artillery.Rgt~i. Rtcgiment.~ T. C -Com-bat tiain.Btn rBatltalion. T. Ii l~ield tr'iin.Gr -Group . C. Vt A. D =Supply trains.Ccl=Cfolonel. C. V. auto M~lotortruck columns.Cdt =Commandant. C. V. A. N Auxiliary supply train..Cap. Captain (not corporal). T. MTrain fo'. transportntion ofLieu~tieuitenant. mitcriel.Sgt -Sergeat~n. Appt Supply·II M~~~nprivates). Ravt =Supply.Cli Hoises. P. A AGrtillery: park.

E. N EE=lelments not grouped in S. P =Section of artillery park.divisions. P. Gen -Eingineer park.Cic -Ccmp'iny. Amb - Xmbulance.C. M . = s & company.. C. B. D Detachment of divisionalBie 'TPitteryl littei beaieis.Pci =P1 itoon, c i ~lry. G. ·B. C =Deta~chment, of corps' lit-Set -- Platoon, infantry. tei beaie~s.A. G Advance grtuard. G. Rev -Refilling station, rail.Anr C =Reci guard. G: 0. ~I~irst statioa, line of corn-A. P 0.=post. munication.PL"C Clonnvnd itittion. C. R -Bcremhating station.Can~t Ci~ntonment;. T. B. Rail head.Biv b$ivouac. S. M =Depo~t station.

~ira1irUaLFoR -oOr~Im~aN~'BEt:a F IN.]~oFaIN~TRYPLATOd,OIMTS 26

Cj~HAPT~ER IX.

IAINWTENANCIOF CO1OlVHIrdl~N~~TCATION(LT~AISOES)

~3ETWtlEENiUNITS A~ND SIGNALING.f-T~hemnental activity of the commanderl shioudl' be constanti?

con~cenltr)atedc on the secar~ch for inzforntationi, for ini order to'



)conmman(1 inteligxently tt is necessary t';tobe inifoi7rmed. Thecommannder, ther~efore, shouldlpost himrself wvher~ehe can best:oslnervethe entir~e exteint of th~er~ont ·occupiedtby h~is troopsp.Mzoreover,when an offcer· receives information it: is his dultyto ~tran~zsmzitt wcithout delay1 to his immediate superior Rand, if'possible. ~tois neighbf.or·s.

Tiheprocuring of infPormation often necessitates g9reat sacrifice.~·S'uehs~eifle~ijes alre a (leard lossc if th~e inlfolrmationr is n~ot f~or-wada~ed to the sulperior comman2czder, arrive~s too late, is mu;2tlated,or illegible.

TnAxsM~sslon OF ORDEESR~ND MESSAGES.~~

Inl issuing or~der~sthe regular· chennels should be used; nointermliedliateauthlority being omiittedl except in urgenit casds. Insulch case the ornicer·~vhogives the ortler ~villinfo~rm the inter-medliate aiuthlority, anrd be who Irlcseivestrhe order will r~eport:the fact w-ithout dielalyto his Immedliate sup~erior. The authorityrw~ho sends, in an exceptional case, a ver·bal orde~r or miessasgePrejtlfires the pierson w-ho is to caurry it to repealt the ordler orlmessage wtord for wor~ld. On his alrrival at destination the bealrerof a mnessage or' ordcer delivers the envelop to the addlressee oVbis d~eputy. lie wvaits for n7eceipt or a reply, and never lenvreswithout orders or ·permlissioni. On his return h-e r·epor~tsto ~lthperson whorsent him. If? no reply has heen returnied1 l~yhim, h~elimits h~imiself t;o tell form:ula Or~derdeleiverpedl."

Anyfidlisipatch hea~rerlwho is wo~undzedlppeal~s to thle nlearestOrganization, andl it. is the duity of the comnmandling officer ofthe organnizat~ion to ·send·forwar~ rd the message with~out ~etlay,'Important or~ders ar~ecarried by offierls wvhor~e convtersant wtithl-

the situation andli a~ve beeninlformed as to thle sulbje~ct:matter

of the message. T·hese o~rderemay be sent ini duLplicatlebg

270 MANiAJUALLFOR ·COM6MANDERS OBF NFANTRY PL·ATOS)NS.

different r·outes.. Olfficers. cha~rged· wiith·sucha mission must;be:prepared to destroy their mnessages if necessary. The comm~and-ing, off~icerof any commaznd of cavalry or-of any cqmrrmand~havingf;horse~sis required to furnish a good horse if the condition ofthe mlessenger's mount does not P~ermlit him1 to complete hismission in tim3efor i-t to b~ef use. (The borr·owted horse nmustbje r·et-urnedl with the least practicable delay.) W\hileemployeodonsuchl mission an~ officer should strive to obtain personally



p y~allthec informaztion l)ossible. in order that he many be able; tor~eplortthe same to his own3~uperior andl to the officer to whomhe is dent. If,. while on hlis way to deliver the message,: the situa-;tion .to whr~ichit: refers has chainged, the officer, nevertheless,(lelivers the m~essagewith wrhichl he has been entr~usted. HEeadcdsthe necessary, explanaltions as to the result desired by theccommanndera~t he mnomlent h~eeft h~im1.f the order is o'ne re-quiring immlediate execution, he wanits until after the executionhas been begun in order that he maygeport the action taken.

Every subordinatee whlo receives anl ordler in thie absence of hisimmedliate comnmandcer forwards it to the latter as directed hy-himn. He notes the contents of thle message, unless it is; markedl" personal." On his own initiative he takes the steps necessaryunder the circumstafnees and rep~orts his action to his superior.

Offcicers commandi~ngn-the organz~izaztionscomposing the ou~t-posts or the advanr~zceuardCIor those occup~ying the first linetrenches, ar·eauthoroized to examrine all informnation paissing themfromn thiefront. Its further transm~ission must~ be delayed aslittle as Pjossiblse.

Inztercomnmuni~lcationl between1 or-ganizations (l~iatisont).-This,in order to obtain un17ityJof effor~t, andtesp~ecially the close coop-eration of the infantryv and artillery, hlas for its object: the freestpossiblse circulation of informaxtion betw~een the colrmmandersofoml'ga.ni,.izaton forming a paLcrtf the same comrtinnd.

F'·.iorhe commandersrof' the smllztler units intercommllunicationio(·liaison) ma~ybe symbolized by a cross, its fo-ur branches signify-in'g conniection with thle fractions in front, connection with itlilecommrandlers in rear, and connection with the adj'acent units o jnthe right and left. Fior these it comllpries· terirestriail (as opposedto :aeriail) rcconnlaissanzce as a means of inlformaztion, and, as

medium~s of transm~ission, the telephone, visual~ignaling,-

co~n-necting files, and carrier pigeons. The; manner ·~n wvi~ch:h2ese



272a 1VANUAL FORCOMM;~jANDERtS OF INFANTRY PL4TOOQT8;In general their dluties consist in following the progress of thfight;(movemlent of friendly or enemy troops,; activities of bothartileries), wvatching for signzals' from thehadvance elemente;and~.in r~epeatingPr tr~ansm2ittingQthem according to iastructionslTh'lecom~n'icindl ost (P. C.) should~ be esta~blishedl near the ob-

serlvation station. The~ selection2 of th~e ob-se~rvatiion stattion n~z2stp~recedle that of theCcooma~1njd p)ost. WhV~ileinz a po-sition of read~i-nZe8S ii~.hce trenzchcs observation is conducted as in comb~tat.Thisi



portion of the subject of t'errestrial reconnaissansce is; discgsyegiii Chazpter· VI of Title IVi and Chapter · of Title VII.Aer-e~ial rcconna~issanzce-The aeroplane and the

balloon serveas meanis of infolrmation (observation, 'photographs), also asmzed~iumsaf tra~nsmission, thankis to t~he signals that catnbemade a`ndr·eceived from them.ABmongthe . mnissionsthey~ may be charged w~ith and* which

ar1e' of in~ter~es~to th e infantry' are(ac) Aeroplacnes attach~ed7 to the infan~itrp.-Oel ·' each dli-vision. .Mission to kieep informed

as to the march of the adi-vanco ,~1ementsand the reserves. To obser~vethe signuals of thefiring' line aud~che comlmandc posts, a/ndto transmlit them to 'thedivisi'&nil'1 C1L3cmmnd~lpost.To iiiform the dliv~isional:commanderof -eveything· that occurs in the vicinity of' the firing line a~ndnr·ear of it.

(b) Commnkl2d aeroplan~es.-One to each army corps. It ob-serves the general progressof the combat and all that ·occurson. the side of the enemly.

(e) Messeng~er aeroplanles.-Mission. Transmuission of allorders and useful information from the colmmanders of thelarger tactical units (by w~eighted messages with sketches p~re-pared beforehandl,or photog~raphs, prearrangedl signals, etc.) tothe generals and colonels.x

(dc) DPivisionalb~alloonss-Observation of artillery fire, loca-tion of the firing line, ·transmission of signals. Durinlg an3attack they operate distinctively, as infantry balloons.

(e) Comamandc balloons.--As for commalndaeroplanes.MuTIrOns OF~AiERIAL C=OMMUNICATION (LL-4ISON).

The aerop~lane attazchedl to infantry,: or; the infantry bahlonq;or· both, ar~e commulnicatedl with by the infantry by: means ofsignals mad~e(1) by the firing line, (2) by tbe 'commandlsta-tions of the battalion, r·egiment;, brigadle, or division.

MANUALI~bOR CO~IMMANDERS OF INFANXTR1YPLATOONS. *73

',1. l1p the firing~ t-inc.--The lil~ritg linle indicates its location

IghTltsir~eso tlacel as t~ohe eatsly viS~lble to thle aero.pluneorballoon., bitt not t·()thec telnemy(b~) fly poaiionl markaling~r an~cls.-Upon~ call upn1(1thle nero-

sh~ow1hat~ they~Sare'C not abandonedlls~~lrnnels4or alccidental. whlitespots onl thet gr'oundlc and alre thenlefl tFi exp~osed until thle nero



spots onl thet gr oundlc. and alre thenlefl tFi exp~osed until thle nero-jihie ha alnswered~clcndrtld~stood"l' a flarec o~fthre~cei~ghts show-n

tltnultaneois ·in arri~, 'arc nlol longcr thalir S mI~inuptes.

(c) in the l,sclcencT f h1engIi lightlis or pa:nels, the firing lineoust·, in om~'derLto mlake?it-s positionl knrow-1i, res!ort to, every~ pos-sible expyedient, such :is searchligh~t signalng ( .- . .

bie wavIng of ha:ndke~rchiefs,·;thel show)~inglof ovecoa'Ct ijningfs.Ihis~hesfr~oml)yooht mlirrors.E,e~tc.

Th'le p0sltionl of the linle is indcica\ted eithecr uplon a line· ngreclupon bct-'or~ehandl (onelc of thle obljctc~ives aIssignd or o

deaiandlof t'he aer'opla~~ne (sound sinal, f'ollo~-ed~ by a\ ~lireofsix simul~ltaneous lighlts) : orl. 111)011theC inlit~iative of thle corn~-ptniy comnisndei'sr.·?whenlthecdvan-~lc~eof theoir c~olninizuidsIni\sbeetnstoppecd: o~rlwhenl, after· a reti~·rement, they h v e1\taken up~--dugthlemselves inl. Inl time]lattert calse:it is; precferabtlelto~ useJ Be1ngllights, either~ :mlozw or' iii connectioni w\ithl the Dlanels, to woreeasiy aittract th~e a~ttentiontof thle aecroplanert.

Bulorning Bcuugarl high . ' o,'-dli~5phayiii~i panel." clseirhcertr thanr onlthec firing linle ·s pr-ohibilcd..

stlations ind~icate their I~Clocaions by~ idcnti/iationCljl pnI.(l'l. IIiaddition achb~commandutationl is indricarted b~y a ctode 53-inbol,a grioup,of severanl letter~s or figures.

The commasndlpocsts commlauniaicat withl the~ a!elrpla~ni' by- on-,crt~ional sianalstl ('ombllina~tionlof panels~l,to I)e given~l)later in l thetext); by searchrl~iyjl&l t; or P3 inchl dliameters) by- 3hnttecrpanelsc.s

Thley "omaxunniic~ate~vithlmlon' y~tci iiienlcwsiof por,~table sezircit-ligh~ts, the commluutic:tiration ei·ng always~v pr~ceded~1~byv thle codesymbntol of thec coitiitai shiirfioi,t

171XAUA 101~~:S~OXXANIDERSXIiOD9PB1LNTEY?LATOOZD.~88~~Tie ballloon replies by- mensn of p~crtacllle sarchlrtigh~ts, or by

Morse? codte sigrnals zimitle withl tile jler~ible cyrlinderl~, a device by~Wh1h11~~ blnck 51lfl'ac~e of 31 I'(Xt hligh~ ('an be? iui:tde to· appe-u':an( di~sappear Ixtlatcntalneously alo~ng Us· mloorin~g cablie. H~efirst SuigrlllS tuec c~odetytlbtol of thre commaltndi sta~tion withr whichrhe wish~es to c~onrlununkatot. As a rule hlis r~epli~s ore~liliinlthlto

llf(I~Cl0'Stoo(I" 01' "f'(l~l~t1L'·I~dcntiflcartiorrl panels aIre dtisplayedrat the! soundlsiginal of the

aeroplane or ponl th initia tive f th l t d t



aeroplane or uponl the initia~tiveof the colntnuand post.T~heyr re Iremnovedcs8 soo1 aS the~ ae'lroplane1 sIgI1:uis " Uiideir

stolod " (thrtee stars).

Th~epanellof a battaltion has an areaf 4)f 41qluare yalrds.AEU~OCLASES ATTACH-ED TO INFAN~TRY.

These flyr at a lesser aIltitlude thann thle other aer~oplanes.and ·dohot r~ise~rbove·1.500)ya:rds. They?aregiven dristinc~tivep~ernnrnca~tmarks (bandr ot' color. lumninousplarnes),anld in addit-ionmayt berecogniz~~tcd by ar distietcirec Ilore.

"1 am 11w aherQoplanreof 11weirst inrfantry dlirisionl," 1 flare of

"I (Sill the aerop~1lane Of the ccot~l~Id illaltr'l, di~i8iOit," I, falreof 2! simluit:lneous lights.

Those signlsl arer malfde tw-oor 1 ree~timles at: several oInittesliitei'vai\ hefol'.? anly other sign:ils art? wadle. The~ apperanuce.chanraeteristics, atIn~signals of)anyl neron'ale sh~ould be k'trowntoall- of thle nien of thle tlc~t~ica:lunit to w;hichr it is attached. Ontiletother handtltile air. service~ must he in c'onsztanIt rcadlness toassisit the infantryt by noting precisely its positions alnd net~lsa-nd transm~itting the! informalft~ion -inlnltriiately to tile? IlglierCOIUnlnr4 01' to thle arltl~lery.

Iii ereltain c~aseIt may:1 beruetcsar~ tO dro~po aI comparativelylow altitudle abovte the ues; bult only in case~ of necessIty mustthle manchine heqrisk~ed atf an1altitudle o~f le~ss tlll;\ l.fOI) yards.

al limited Ilnllfl'1' of signals. whicih are alwanys preweded by asound ignaiHlr followed1 by tile flare giving thle idenrtity of theaeropla~ne.

It mu\StheCemembr ed~~)t'tIllat ceery~·aerop~laneB that~ barins n'Idktcligh~ts is anl inrfanrylt! aer~oplane and tha~t its rocktsl arc~ ir edrs

.M;AN:UAL FEOR COMMANMDERS~OFINFA'~NTRY PtATOrONS. '2~75'

:siginalsto the adavance in~fan3try~elemenzts. To prevent :theirbeinagmt~istakenfor those fired froml the lgrpundt rockrets .shoul'd not "btje

fired ~fromaeropinnes att an altitude 'of less than 300 y~ards.The aviator notes the position of th~e firingrline azndf the

commalnld stations which signal to him, as above described. Innddition, he can -perceive conventional signals, signals by searcth-light, or by shiutter panels.

HEe ransmlits informuation receivedl in this mnanner as followTs:



Urgent information,· especially that relazting 'to ar~tillery ~fire,to the comnmand stations of the division, brigade, or artilleryglroup, by w-ireless.

Other information to be traznsmitted to the commland stationsof the dlivision or army corps by weighted letter. Most cdmple~teinformantion is given in these weighted letters,.thle position of tlhefirings line being accurately mazrked on a 'sketchr prieviousxly.prep~aredi.

INFEA~NTRnyIVISIONAL .BALLO.ON.

It: is ident'ifiedc by several streamers displazyedl at its rear,' andat night by an inclined plane, illuminalted at regular. intervals.It s identity should be known to everybody. The aeronaut com3-municaltes by telephone w-ithza station on the grqund, from wth~ich~'thie messages are transmlittedl to division hea~dquarters.

INFORMnATIONCoi\PIlsun~ IN O)PERATIONU OnbimTrs.

Infazntry find~sin its opera~tion orders:Thet~ime wh~enthe: aeropla2ne or ballooin wvillb3ein read~iness~ t~o

~obs~erve.The method of tr'acing thle p~osition of the firing line qgreedl

upon for the requiredl operation.The conditions of time and place under whichl signals arc to

be made.Supp~lemyentary conventionlal signals.Th~e conditions under wh~ich observation wvill termina~te.

ML1EANSFtiRANSMIssIONU.

The means of transm·ission have been discussedl in ChaptersIX: and X~to Title `III. They are recapitulatedt below:

1'. Telephone (Chap. X).

2. Signal rockietrs.3; Signlal flares o~f25 and $5.4. ftilush lant~erns.

5.i Searchlights of (3nd 9 nch diamneter.,:6. S.igrnalflags.7. IdientIfication p~anels, shuitter panels, position-maai~rking~

panels.S M~essengers



S. M essengers.9. ClarrIerl pigeons.109. Wir~elesstelegraplh, wtthichrunctions readily f~iromthe aero·

planes to. the artillersy observation stations, but nrot conversely.Nonertof Qlthesemethlods arie arbsolutely certanin.Inor:der to inzsure the sulccessfull operaction of eacht of them adS

'if it wesre thre only~ onedavailab~le, pr"C2~eparation'holOld be mande forthe slZimitaneous21 ise of aill; f the meanc~l~sof commu~nzntication arthacnd. As nzoth1ing can~ be ialp)Lflu2sed (lur-·ing omibat, andzacs ~thetroops 'wcillhenz use only3 th~e methods thaet hravOclctomer familiark·to hem thr~oughe acLtual pra~cti~ce,all the prescritbed menlzs: oftmaisnissjonz mrust be practiced daily, if onlzy unzder thef:ovrmn oft

Thulsan~ officer at wnhose station aLelephrone has· been· Install~edimuustexpect to have his line cut, andcmrust establtish commiuunica-~t;ion w~ith his balttailion comma~nder~ltlby visuazl signaing~ andc.rlunners.

O)FFICERCHARGEDWITH: THE~IDUT`Y OF IN'IRf~:lCOMMhUN~ICATIoN(LIAISON)P.

'The regimental te~lephone officer· is the chiaef of commuzlnicia-tion~s -of every dlescrip~tion. In each banttalion, the1 baittaliohComm~ander· assigns a noncommilissioned ojfficer to thisi duty.

PERSONNELJ EMPLOtYEDIN iNuE~~~~COMM~N~IcATION(IAISON)

TShe composition of -the det;achmneiits of telephonists andl sig-nallers is aiven in Chapters IX1 antl N, Part III.

Tlhe desiginationn l2iaion agent- should he r~eservedlfor offi~cers(occas~ionally sePgeahtns), w~ho arle ~ompetent~tol estima~te a 5lttl~-t~ioii, deliver instrtuctionsx, andl gather informalltion. A customa

MAhN·UALI OR COMM~ANDERS%3POF NTFANETRWY;LATOONS~ .277'

has grown up of referringr to the agenzlts of transmissionasliacison agenzts. Agrents of transmission are noncomlmissioned1officersx or p~rivates wvho are cha~rged solely wVith wYTritingfut

the orders alndca~rrying them to their d~estinati~on,andlwhioa reemployed only on simple tasxks. N~evertheless these men "Imustbe selected with disceril~ment.

In n company they are generally the cyclist, the drummers;,and trumpeters.



and trumpeters.· JNNER5.

In addition to the atbove mentioned, in every platoon severalmlenlwho are faithful and physically active should be trainedni~erely for carrying messages. Commu?22nicationzy runne12rs,espec~iallyJ by doucble runnzlers,' is the m7ethod7 ~givinzgth1e mzostcertainz r·esults ducring violenzt bombrdml~enlt.

The distance betweenz twco r·elays of runzner's variesbe tween150 to 300 yards. Ea~chchain of runners is comnmandedl by an'officer, assisted; if necessary, by several noncomlmissionedl offi~-cers distributed amnongthe relays.

In order that comm~luniication1by signalers, agents of transmis-sion or runners, may function ef~ficiently during an attack it.isnecessary that they, under the supervision of offcers, be madeacquainted writh the· ground'beforeha~nd. If they aire to ~avoidgetting lost when they quittheir habitual routes they ~mustknlowonot only the trenzch nzetwoork, bult thLe openz ground as well.This study' of the ter~rainzmust be made from large scale 'm~ap~sand -fromUthe ground itself. It lis also necessary that the 'coin-muand posts, do~wn to include those of captains, be easily foundby liaison a2gents from other units (routes beiags clearly indi-cated by large and substantiall sign boards or by an orderly. inthe main comnmunication trench 'if the' command post \is some-what out of, the way). Command posts should be mark~edonthe map and given a number, a name~or a distinctive letter 'thatcan not be easily mistaken.

VISUAL SIGNALING.

v;isualsisgnaling: should be the subject of a ulan studied by allorganizations

so that each station should be fam~iliarwith thie'·probable location~ of its correspondents and with their distiii-

278~ MANU~~eALFOR COMMbshdANiD;ERS~OF INF~A~NTRY~LAT0O'~bS.

guiShi'ng mazrks. As a general p~rinciple commlunicaition shouldbe insurecl from front ~tolear. How,~ever. coirnwinuniction is ne-verciertaiin u~nless the i~ecei~ing~ staistiojn Can acIo'~I(wltjedg reF(e'ipt,and signals macicetdwarcl the~ front run the rilsk of at~tracdr'ighostile fire. It xviii he pr~udent to conrfinlethejo to a f'ew sholrt'messagFes or rep~lace them by signal flares signify~ing· "(ufilder-~to~od" or " repeat;."

The darker the ba~ckgroundl the more visible is the flame of~t~he



The darker the ba ckgroundl,the more visible is the flame of t heappa~ratus. ~stablish your sta.tion ih fronrt of a hedgelpcor a be~ltof t~imber. Avoid such backgrlounds as the sky, a wh·~ite~ vall, or

dei'~eed ground. Avoid the vicinity of rivers, as bodies f" watergive reflections. Do0not expose the mirror to thei sun's rays, atsbtyrefl~cition it givies the il~lusion of a fixed light otidc-preveuttts th'e~ea'iingof sigiials: Look fro shadte; pil'otect the apparatttfis xvitht shie~ld. In observiag use a field glass having a widie field of

visionI and only moder'ate magnifying power· (6 or· 8 poweP).Whenever possible two signaler~sar'e assignedl to each~ appalratuls,ojne to nianipulate the instrument and the other to keep the r~ayexact~ly on the receiving apparaltus.

5IQNIATL5 iY nOcKETS.

Th~efollowing precautions ·should be obser~ved:'Select comlbinations that are easily distinguishedr from one

anothler; reserve thre most: conspicuous for the most imprn~ctantlsigna'ls. Limit; the codleto several phra:ses; be~foreusing It. poub-lish it sufficiently in advance t6 perm~it everybody to b comeeacquainted with it. In azccordaclzne with the situation, let it be~understood definitely who will have the right to flire roc~kets(tuanjors aud caiptain's and, exceplrtionally, chiefs ·of plationas ;

needless alarmns and. expenditilire of rockets xviii thuzs be av1oid~ed.ProvidCe for the repetition of signals by relays andJ maine ('ertainat~hat the artillery has registered these relauys and is' ca-usi~n~gt~heir*(observa~ftion stations to watch them closely. ~Allofik)erlsand noncomllmiss-ioned o-fficers,' and the greatest number possiblteof th~llerivates, should knowr the conventio~nal sig'nals. if a·~ailu'e inumemory is feared, record them in your otebook, m1aki~lag use of hieroglyphics that xviii be incomprlehensible to thee~nemy if the notebook should fall into his hands, Mak~le freqkuentchck~s to see that you have the lantest: code.



MAJ~TUAL FO~R COI~E1VANiDE~RS OF HiNFANTllRYSLASTOONS~283.

SERVICE SIGNALS.

- .~ b. r. (invitation to commencesignaling).- . . a. r. (endfmessatge).

*..-.= s. n. (understood).* - a .a . ' (r~eady5).-.. (repeat).*.-- (apace inldicating:separation).

CONVENTIONAL1 SIGNALS.

C ll b ill fi 0



Call·br art~illery fire: 0We~are golng to advance, raise the fire: H ...Artiller~yis firing n~ohort: S.. ...

Sendt forward ammunition: Y-. -

Key: O-: pen fi a; 7= r·adse Hcsusse) the fire, more elevation; S~we SurFferY- theie Is no more (Y a plus de) ammunition.

X~ECUTION OF ~IGNAL5.International M~or~seignals ar'e made as follows:By light sigznals: A dlotby a short flash (1l second) ; a dash-

by a long flus~h(3 seconds).By/shutlter· panlels: A dot by a short extposure of the white

(about 1 second) ; a dash by a long exposure of the white(about 6 seconds).

ByJ fclas: A (lot by dlispla~yingI flag or similar object; a dashIby dlisplaying 2 flags~for similar objects.

Ln~erval betwleen the elemlentsof one letter., a pause ecjha~lothe dluration of one dlot. Inlter~val betwreen

twvo letters or fig-ur~es, about 4 seconds.Xendliny luisural s~ignzals.-In order that the Internlationall M~orse

signa~ls naay3be readablbevistually, it; is indispensable--That the cadence be not: too fazst.That the dots aind dashes be very distinct.That thle successivre lettersx be well sepalrated.The a~ttention

of the signalers must be called especially to~the following points:Exagufge~ratethe length of the dashes (about: 3 seconds).Leave a ~verynoticeable inter~val betw~een the. letters (4 se&t

onds at leatst), to permit the receiver to dictate each letter afterjhe has readl it.

I~cgulation of' flacsh of light apparat~us. It; is very importa~nt

that the flash? be accurattely directed up~on the receiving station.



MANBUAL FPOR COMMddANDFERIS OF INFANTRYIE PLATCOONS.TS83~

B~efoi~e i ov ing a st~ation,alll the correspondlents~ are warnedby the; signatl CL, (clotur~e) folloxved, ·f possible, by thle hour ajndplace a~t xxhich the sta io n w7illbe reestablish~ed.

Examplee· Cl 1=700-Hi11 140.T'lhe ss'dl (--...-) corresponds to a separating

dash.Exram lc of the tran?2?·zsm~sismof et fltessale:-Identifying sig-nal o~ft~he se~n-ihrigrstatiLif C~; ident~ifyring signal of the receivingStation F4 ,; Stabtion C3 has az mLessage of 4 wtordlsfor 11'4.

Signlals t l itt dl



Signlals trlansmittedl.

Station C2 Station F4. Re~marks.

F 4 ~F 4 ........ . . .~...... Und~erstood (B3.Ii.)...FP~iDR c5 separation.First word. ... ,. ...... Dot .. . ,..,,.,Second ' ' ·ordl.. . , . . . , . , . ; . . , . Dot .Third word,. ......,.,... ?.,...,,,,, F4 can not; read

thtrd wrord.

Third word....,..... · . . . . Dot . . . , , ,....Fourth word. . D~~~I`ot,.....,...a.r.,..,., U.0..0derstood, or. I dot..

SIG3NALs roa COMMUNICATINGWITH- AEROPLANES ANU: BALLOONS.

They may be clrassified as follow~s:

A. Sigrsals mad~e by the aeropicine.B. Signals· inade~· by thes balloon.C. Sianlals madzlceby thle infant~ry to the aeroplane or banlloon.

A. SIG`NALS MALDERY THE AEROPLANE.

(ar) Signcals madce w·cith wh~ite lights are alxvays adldressed tothie inifantryg.

The· aerloplane 'burns a flar·e of onze or twov l~ights, which is re-pea'tedl tvo or three times at several. minutes int~ervals. This~is hi~· ·dmetifica~tion signcclt and signlifies:

I a tt~he a~eroplcane of the first inzfan.2try~ divi~sion.,""I amr· thle aerop·C1lane of thze secomdl infnt'rPlr div~ision:"

284~;K~ANUA' -F OR CO~MMhANDERS OFXFINFAN3TR~Y PLATO.ONS~.

'immediately after: he askrs "LWhere ar-e youl?') by burning aflare of six lights. W~hen he has observed the identificationpanels and the position-markinin, panels which have been dis-played in response to his call, he signals "unlders'tood" -by a

flare of three lights.·To' recaplitulate; there are three signals, and three only.One or twro lights-identificationn signal.Six lightS= ' Where n~rcyou?Three Ii~h~ts-': und~erstood."



(b) S'ignzals by? wsclreess are aiddressed to the command stationsequiippedlwith receivino 'intennie~. The aeroplane sends its. iden-

tificat~ionz sigalz~rb follow dl by, a message which has; been reduced.to wrliting, ma~king use either of ~theists of azbbreviations coa-tamned in Appendix IT, Intercommunmication Reg~ulations of Dc-Cember 13, 1916i oi of the signals contalined in th~e table ofconvzen~tionial signalns g~ivenabovec, or of additional conventionatlsignnls publishecd in operaltion orders.

Exampnle: Identificationz sjglnai, U TAM ... , signifies:

At the point U there are friend~ly troops (Troupes Aniies), whosignal, "WVe are about to advance; increase your elevation."Second examl-ple: Identification signal, 3455 PORG~TAM -

- - 3, signifying: Thle command station of friendly regri-m~ent ((Poste de Comml~l~andemnte~egimlental, Tr·oupes Ai~ies)located at point 3485 requests artillery fire on~point V 3.

(e) Dr~opping~ weigh7ted~ mressages.-The aeroplane which is

about to dr~op a mlessag~e Ccalls up the commatnd sttatin by asound signal ngreed~ upon in adcva2nce; the commanald stationshows its idenztificationz panel at the most favorable point inthe v-icinity for the fall of thie message. The aeroplane thenspirajls d~own to 300 yards and drops the mzessage. The com~-mafnd station acknowledges the receipt by the signal, "meg-sagce. received."

B. 5IONAL5 MIADE BY BAL;LOOuS.

T h e balloon sends the identification s i g n a l of the stationwhiich it is. cailing and then signals:

.Uyzderstood (SN).or Repeat (?) . . - . . I..

by means of the flexible cylinder.

MvraNU~AL·F'OIL·CB~aMO~mE ·1 O' 'I~AN·MTRX PLATOON~l~. 285

C,$GNAX~~l5lMA~DEY THE;INFANTRY TO TER AEROQT4ANE OR?RaiaoON.

(a) By searc~hlighth rhu· ltter pan~lci,using the tka:7e of eon~r~venztionzal signzals, to whbichbhould be addled:r

I~am33er'e" )

(thing line)-~,,. - - - .

Unde2C%~rstood7'or " Mlessage r·eceilvedc": .... ~~:..(b)~ By Bengal tights: Th~e firingr lineburns 1 or 2 lights perplatoon.

(a) By positi·on' markcing paii2el:O~ne or wo .persquad,Bengal lightt d l ma lbe bi d



Bengal lightts and· panels may lbe combined.(ci) By idzenti/wactiontpan·1elsrnd reelangu.larGIC panellBs: Appen-

diu ii ,"'

nter~commllunication regulations," shows the paznel~san(1 the com3bina~tions to bedispliayed~ to indicate·: " IC mhere"'(battatl ion, regimlent., br'iga'de, (liivisi~p).

Rtequest for. artilleryu fire: "W~e areatbout to advance-; increaseyour elevation." "A rtiller'y is firing too short;." "' end amn~au--nlitio~nfor~ward."' " Undrllst~ood" or· ': Message r·eceived,"

It also give~sthe me3anlsof sigfnaling~ the n~umerals froml 1 o 9,

a~ndconseqluently any prlearrazngedlmessage can be sent.ARTILLERYPIAIsoN AGENTS ATTACHED TO TH~ENFANTgY.

Artillery: canl act efficiently only.if it is in close comm;7unicatcionwith. the infanitry wvhich itt is supporting.,

Such commrurdnirion is established : (a) By a2consta~nt under-~stand~~ingbe~twee~tnthe otheers of t~heinfantry andc artillecy. TrheirC~ommanil stations shouldbe esatblishled in close proximiity tfoe~ach o.tber whec-never~possible. (b) By artillery liaison agentstmttachled to the infa~ntrty.

The: necessity for (fclfrers of field and Iheavyartillery (chtiefsof' grroups and ,commalnders~ of concentr~ations) maintaining fre-quent personal contact with the commander~s of the inpfantry

units (corpsl battalions) w2ith whlich they azrecooperaztin~g, cannot be insist~ed upon to~ostrongly.Liarison and obserrati~on de~tachments-Tts. the excution of

an nt~tack, ea:ch grouplr of a'tlllei'y charged withz the dtirect sup?-por~t of an infa~ntry unit (regiment or, briga~de) attaches ~atotheheadqcuar~ters· of t~hat unit an officer, lia~ison offier, wvhohas undevhis orders a, liaison and observaztion detachmyent.

286 MANU~'GltALr3OR- C:OMMA~RI~'PDERSOF- INFANTi~~RY PLATO ONSd:

Th·is ·etachmentnt; consists of: Noncommissioned odbservers;non~commirissioned offricers atnd privates as scout~sand liaisonage'nts; 'telephonists and signalers, with the necessary apparatus(telephzones, app~aratus for ligh~t signaling, flatgs).

Theiliazison officer accompanies the commande~r of ·the infalntryunt wC"ith-~hichhe is cooperazting.HiPs. missio'n consists of--K·leepinahriscomlmandcing officer' informed as to the situntionl

and needts of the infantry and traznsmitting the reqluestrs of· thei f b i h h i t b dQ f



infacntry to the batteries in such form thazt i~tcan be madQe seof.K~eeping thle infantry comumander to whom he is attachedi in-

-formedl as to the almount of assistance he can' expect from thebat~ter1ies.:s farl as practicable hre azttazches a noncommississnedlobser~ver to eachl battalion commaadner of the first line.

Byi utiltizing li~s owon mleaa~s of communzzicat·ion, h~ema~intani~sconnlectionz withL the commanderLzde f hbis zo'wn gronp·2, on2 theC one~hanld, andz on the othier wvith th~e advan/ced obscrvuers attached tothLe biat~tacliont omowndln~llers of thze fi~rst line.

He should give speciazlattention to the constant, efficientoperation of inlter~comlmunication among all of ~theseseveralelem~ents.

It Imustbe thloroughly understood that the establishlment ofcommunicaltion by the artillery does not forbid~ the infantry fromsa~lso.esta~blishing, by its own means of commnunicaition, connec-tion: with~ thle artilleryv which supports it. Th~eadvantag~eof acloilmlteelm anal of comm3unicationis thus insured.in1 (lefenisive com1bat atnd during stationary periods communi-cation betw~een the artillery atnd thzeinfantry are maintained inzthle manner set forth1 abovre. TIhe object sought is always thesame--to insure to the infantry the efficient support of thearttillery aLtthe necessary moment. The r·elaltive importa~nce ofthe d'cifferenttmlethods of communication employed xviii vary withthe situation, aind they may be reduced in number duringr a sta-·tionar2Ly p~e-l'od.

AlRMI AN:D WHISTLE SIGNALSf.

*To thegenerazl subject of signaling mzay hbeaddied signals withthe arm or weapon, which are made when necessary to replace

oral commalnds.

XIN~UALFOR COMh~TA~NDERSOF INFANJTRYPLATOON8;I~J 287P

Forwardl.--Raise the ar~m vertically, lower it `deliberiateleyu~~ntilit is horizontal and points in the direction to be followed.

MarlchL.-Bringg he list backcro the shoulder and st~rikre in thesame direction.

ha2Tlt-Raise the arm vertically and lower it quickzlyto thesid~e.Tio chan~ge ct~ireetion.;-Extendl thle arm horizontaflly in the · di-

rect-ioni of~the m~arching flank,, make a circ~ular mlotion t~owatrdthe new diir~ecttion.W;hen thlis motion hlas been completed to thedggree of the chnnge of di ti i l M h



dggree of -the chnnge of direction, signal M~ar~ch.RiZg/t turn-lEx-i~eten the arm ver~tically. M~akesmall cirles

wlith the for~earm. Then signal Ma~rch.rcDouble· timeLc-Raisee and lower the half extendled arm sev~eraltimes.

Quickc t ime.-Extend- the arm laterally to the height of~theshouclder, ranise and low-er the arm slowly several times (signal

Asseljtbie.-Rnis~ie the arlm vertically and retain it in this posi-

tionuntil the tissemlbly has been begun. (Wthen mnade:to anio~latedi element;, this signal. means " comneto inc."?)Whi'7z:stle siglnals.-One bla~st means " at~ftention3." All looki t-fO

wardi the offcer a~ndwait for his' or~cler or signal.B3eing at routle step, one long W:-t mieans "attention.?'. One

long blazst·followed byT one shlort blast m~eanLsL company, halt.'At the endl of the halt one longs blast; means " fall in".)'with

packs~ on. One longs bla-st followed~ by on~e sh-ort blast m~eanls"for~ward~ march" (qurick~time). A secondl short blzast means"Croute step."

FL;AGS,LANTERNS,BnEASSAuIDS.

Ar~mycorps: Tricolor flag writhlout tassels; white or triedoloredllantern;

tricolored brass.carda with the insibala of forkzed ligrhtninigand number of the corpls.Infantry division: F~iirstdlivis~ion of ealch army corps, red flagb

wtith one vertical w~hite stripe; second dlivision of ealch armycorps, red fl~ag with tw o vertical white stripes; for an indlependl-ent; division the white stripe is horizontal; red lantern.; red~Ibratssard with grenade and numbher.



MAiNUALFORCOMM~ANDERS OF INFANTRY PELATOONS. 289

c'amphorated alcohol,- kerosene, ·or benzine.- The clothes asndblankets should be soakedl in the same liquids. If infestedclothes are put in a hot oven or a hot iron passed over them,:the lice eg~gswill he destroyed.

A brush must be used on the teeth daily and the hair and nailskep~tshort.

V'enereal diseases must not be concealed.. Report must be madeto the medical officer upon the first appearance of a dischargefrom the penis or of a suspected ulceration



from the penis or of a suspected ulceration.Never neglect; th-e flannel waistband.Ultra-violet rays of the sun disinfects

clothing, blankets,straw, etc.MPygiene of the mzarch.--The rules to be observed are: F~ee~t

clean, shoes sufficiently large and pliable, leggins and cravatnot too tight. Tender feet should be greased with lanzolin orpainted with a weak solution of formol or picric acid. Upbnarrival in camp the feet should be wiped wvith a damp cloth

if: a bath is not available. Blisters should not be broken prema-turely lest: they become inlfec~ted.The soldier should eat and drink moderately. Alcohol destroys

the power of the legs to march, but sweet foods stimulate thewill and aid matrching.

hygiene of the cantonment.--The medical department ischarged with the supervision of the sanitation of the canton-ments, the bivouacs, and the trenches (including drinking water,latr~ines,disinfection of houses and dugouts, incineration of ref-use, etc.). Cooperationbetween medical officers and officers ofthe line is necessary for the proper execution of t~he proper saLni-tary measures. In each cantonment there is a sanitary comz-mission composed of a major of the cantonnment and. the seniormedical officer.

Latrines.--The commander of the platoon must have lat~rinesdugfwithin a half hour a~fter reachingr camp azndnot the follow-ing morning. If the platoon. is not scattered too much, one latrineper*platoon, is sufficient. The soldier of~ he medical departmentdetaile~d for that duty should disinfect the latrines daily. Thisman;shuld be sent for if he does not come. The disinzfectatlnt'em1pl~oyedare sulphate of iron, `10per cent; cresol, 5 per cent;

kundunsaicksed lime or milk .of lime.

290 MTAIh~UAL~'FOI lf COIMe~A~CDH)SS O-FINITRY~fsl31~~91~"Er~LAT9O~

T e simplest form~o~fatrine s a 'dleep'ihci~narrow!~g~runch(stralddle trenlch) havling· thle :Widthof. t. spade:· wit~ha ·· ittlel~edge on ealch sidle upon wvhichtto ·rest t~he·feet;.. Upon lealvingthe lat~rine ea2chmaLnmlustcover his ec~xret~a~vi~thlirt. I~f this9is 'not done :the latrzine Will soiour~reomr~e foul a:dl'l miieni':tlll gotio other places. Another~ typo~:~~:f lrine,( preferalec~-r;f daatr~iPr-.~1nentsare occupiedlrfoi anyi'-leng~thlef 'tie-c;is shown "ffi'~;ilgu~fe



'a4 InH

iTd ·

Section I~F

FIG. 256.-Cantonmentlatrine.aWhnuildingis cuidtepoe sntr srsmshe adptedetin th airand i g h ; s e e f t e ( u s n

destrohe ohweh; impoviebdntesadgnrcsfo

bylero s hut shou ld hcpedeul r l removedi a n d eitearurnedus

burlied, or putuon the, fpieldsof thdefoin~hahiant inte v~oiciityd

UACNiUALIFO~R, COM~MANDPERS.OF. flTFANTRY 'PLATOONS$. 2'91

,of the village. :Ifthis s not im~mediately, possible, it: should beteihporarily cared for by sprinkling the ma~nure pile andc the sur·-rounding surface with a disinfectant andl cover-ing it with 4

.inches of eairth.,:One oyr iore incinera~Qtors, in wThichall1trashl and kitchen ref~use

$k1~oiAQbe burnedl, should ~be-stablished in each village. W;heq..an ip~~cineratorQ~s n o t aLva;ilab~le such~ refuse sh~ould b~eburied.These mueasures of incineration and disinfection are especiallygnecessary to destroy the larvde of the flies which breed in filth



andi which frequently carry the germis of disease aznd depositthem on whatever they may touch.

(0.00) U (6'5i ~ 7 (coo~~evat~~ 1 .0 *fgE4o

.'g

v UjJ";1EE'

Fie~258-Tyeo sheterfora suad.7rs~~

stganwate also *assdies. l ithssoul bclennrdut0so thtte a ri reyadsann lshould-------~--~-e fildu rsrnle ihptoem

292e MAINPUALFOR OO1~P~llTANDERS'rf~~8.F IN2AIC~TRYiPLAetOt~ONd~

In cantonment bivoiuacs one m-~ousttaX:: one'S witsi t~oconriesome shzelter by combjining such canvas and uther ma~tLerials asare ava~i~ble.

Hygiene of food.-C@lean kitchens must he located at a clis-tance from lat-rines and ma iuc ples.-~le~seless otr decayed food

.and oth-er things, such as bones, old ereservee boxes, old pape-r,rags, etc., should not be allow~ed to remain arlound the kit~hen,but; must: be burned (ar·eferaFble) or. buried. Food cl-osrets, inwhvfichthe food maly be ]protected froml fl~ies,dust;, anda the heat



y ]p , ;,

A ,ao Oral'?a

~~~~Bl.'r *(8 ______

~~~~~~~sFIG. s59-Shlter ipoisdo soigrud

Brficaio of waS1eltjer.---mpure water may cause typhoid,

dsenin tnterychleaanotrdiass. Coeoetp u ,learwater may brvied

imur. at~er mary be purified byr boiin~g for five muinutes, or

MAUA~L: FORI~OMMANJD:ERS OF I~~NFANR~YiPL;AT1~OONS.:2~

'by azddCing ory 4 drops lof extract of j~avel to each 10· lit1ers(r·eady1for use azfterstalnding one hour), or crysatzl of pserrmangana~teof potash uzntil tin~t~eda lig~ht pink (removed with al



9/~~~~~~~~~1~1

b"/t~$ /

merged. ~ ~ ~ ~Fg 262.)

294 MNUALaFOR· C~OMMMTDERS%)B~B~·tOFINi·~;I~:fARY~PLATOOI~

To prevent cold.-Makie the bloodc-i~rculate. W~(~eair-lo0thl~~si~tlliad-o not bindl. Several layers of' lioht clothing wvi~lIe warmer·thlra~nne ver~yeavy garm~ent (e. g., ·wo pazil's of sock~s,or papers~racross thle balck annl chest). Increatse

the fatty foods; avoid:alcohiol, it cazusescongestians.To p~revenat freezing.-Freez~ing ma ozl·l~c~curata~l;~~emer~i;raturel

aibove zero if thle feet alnd'l'egs a:re' dami~p and the~ ehe:·~uilatioinhamlpered, or if ob~liged to rema~in miotionless for too long' atimeC, either· sealted- or standing. T~herefore the trenchzes should



, gbse drained a~nd the mren madte to g~reazsethe feet, loosen the la&c`laigs of

leggings andsxhoels,·

move about, remove~eth hoes· andrub th~ feet alnd legs for 10 miniutes e v e r y day, mnovingeveryjioint of thle foot; energetically, then lu t n dry~sockls, :or, ifnlecessary, "REussian socks," or strips of paper. If the fe~et arealreadncy frost bitten car~e must be exercised not to put themnear the fire; they bhould be dr~ied by r·ubbingr. Gr·easing thefeet ('luring sev\ere ·cold should be avoided, as the grease xviill

fr~eeze andi 'increacse t-he danger.rilrst; aid to tze' wounded.-Car21efullyy readl ti~e dircttions: ontile first-a.id dr~essing before aipplying. it is prleferable to h~aveit apllliedl by a comrade. Avoid touching the wo~und with ianyo'bject or wTith the finger~s, or touching: that por~tof the d·ressingxvhici xvriii comec in contact wijth the~ wound.C~ Ndever wrash a2w~ound your~self with any so-called afntiseptic.

Inl orler'il to un~cover~ a wound cut; the clothing alonlg the seamzs,·and rnot indt3iscr~imiimtely..Head wou~nds.-Only the regunlation ·helme~t of specil· s~teel

si~lould be~wlorn, and; not one Lila~de for· co~mmerc~il pu~~rposes.Hfeadt woun~ds bl2eed pr~ofusely and reqluire a tight ban~cdage.Nesver put a t~ighlt bandag~e around~ the neck ocr chi~n.

Chest wounds.-Do not be' overalarmed by the diffi'cul~t~yin

breathiing, or~ by the spitting of blood.l, Remnain canli, wvithnutmnoving or· spking.Bu, and have yourself put in- a sitti~ngrposition,supported at the back. If brenthhig be~comes paiinful tie theflannel belt firmnly azround the chest as liirh undetr t ;he -armp~itsas possible@.

Stomnach wounds.-Relmain quietly on the backi or partriallyTseated. Dq not touch or aIttelilit to (Iress the woulnd, andnab~o~veall do nrot eat or. dr~1inkanyzth~ing, even if help is long in cot~i~ng.



296~ MtdANUAL FiOR COMMANDiERSb FNFAiNTRY~j PEC~lATOOZ`

should go to the rear without pastinga through the dressing sta-tion, the position of wh~ichshould be well known. Specia~l mleas-ures are takBen if thle numnber·of woJundled is much incr~eas~ed.lTi~henumber· of stretcher hearers is increalsedl sufficie~ntly to allowcsysxtematic exploration of the terr~ain.:and the lprisoners utilizedilnder the dtirection of regimental; str.etchre~r bedarers. ExK~tendtheii~einforcedtdivisionli Stretchr~jbearJers'8of the~ t~erritorlals adlcprisoners right up to the battalion first-aid stations.

MEM ORANDUMVOF THE WUSUALDOSEiSOF~SOMtEML~EDICINES



MEM~ORANDUMVOF THE WUSUALDOSEiSOF~SOMtEML~EDICINES.

]Bismuth. 2 to 4 gram~s.Jlaudalnum, 15i to 30 dr~ops.Opium, 5 centigralms in 24 hours (1. to2 centigramsYat aLime).Pa~recgoric,1 teacspoonful.

.-Cazlomel, 0.25 gram to I gr~amr.Su~lphate of soda or of magnes·iaz, 0 gram1~s.Caclcinedlmagnesia, 4 to S grams.Ca~st~oroil, 20 t~o 30 gram~s.1lpeca~c,1 to 14 gramus.Quinin~e, 4~to I gram.Antipyr~ine. I gram.Aimmlonia, 10 dr~ops in a g~lass of wvate,e·Bor~ic acid, 1 tablespoon per liter,.Sublimnate, 1/1,000.Permal~ncanate of po~tash, 1/1,;000 (for ant~ipoisonous hypjer-

dermlic, 1/10).Phenic acid, 25/1,000 (added ·50 grramls alcohol).Bra1·n and wazter·, 1 tea2spo~onf-ulof? subace~tate of lead t~oI liter.Per~chioride of iron (helmo>Prrhages),; 1/10.Solution of antipyrine (hemor~rhages),1/0Sulphate of zinc (eyes), 1/100.Picric acid (buirns), 1~/1,000 (saturated).Formal (feet), 2 tablespo~onfuls to 1 liter.

1 tablespoon holds 15 granms of water.1 delsertspoon holds~ 10) grams of wat~er.1 tea~spoon holds 5 g~rams of w~ater.

One fereI teaspoonful holdls 3 grams boric acid. 2.25 grainsaantipyrine, 1.60 grams ipecac, 1.50 gramls quinine, 4.50) grainsbismnuth, 3 gram~s sulphate of sodaa.

MANUAL;ta O'R, COMMA~wNDERS OF INFANTRHY 3PLATOONS. 297,

FIELD RABTION.Diaily ration.-The daily supply train br~ings th;ledaily food

supiplies to the disburls~inlg racilr~oad st~at'ion, corps, or the in-

fantry divi~sion. The intenda~-nce (Q...~L@)~ th~en transpor~ts thlem~from''O~:the~e' t~o a~ distibu'tt~ing cen~ter, withthe' help obf thi~d-ivtZionidl· su~jl~ly train, or else, if the distanlce is not too great;;decliver~s them- dlircctl~y to the: regim~ental supply off~icer, xvhidloads tlhem on one of the sectionls of the regimnenta~l sutpplytrazin aind, (listributes them to the compainlies. In addition to the



, ( pregutlar ra~tion issuedl, the captain buys additional commodities,

wit~h the allowanlce obf0.f24 fr'anc per~ da8yp~er man~, paid~ by thedisbursing officer. The dnly cashbook must show the receiptstind expsendit~ures of that a~llowranceand wthatever oth~er receiptsare ther~e a~cccounted for. T'he captain. himself should purchasein the disrtric~t or fi om tho suipply dlepar.ntmien~ts througrh the*supp~ly offiler. and i~~hallbe re mbur. ed for suchl expend-itures.

Reserve ration,-O)ne day reserve r~ation is carried by the

mnan andc one hi' the comuanyv commnfssary aind supply watgron.These raztions ar1e ea~ten txxicea day wvhen necessary, by or~derof the corpss or deti~cheniet conmmander. rfhey should be re-placed as so~on azs possible. The reserve section of the sml~pplytrain cacrrie~s th~ereesemye ations and tobacco..

Travel and detraining ram~on- Trloopss entraiining for aLjour-ney of 12 hours r-c~eive 5 rimg~lns~f bread, 100 gr·ams of canlnelt

meat, andd 1 quart hot c~offee. Wh~ierethe journey is to be 24hours, it is usual to purchase before~ depa~rture one cold mneal inaddition. Fior use after detrairiment they are provided Wlriththe following rattions, w~hichlperm~it. them t~osubfsist; until thesup~ply ser~vice h~as rlesum~ed normalll operatio~ns: Twto rations ofbreazd, w~tine, sugar, cofflee, rice, or dried vegetables, one rationof meat, soup. ba~con, a~nd oats.

Ra~tions,-Th:e tables provide for. r·eservuerat~i~ons,nzorml~n a-tion4'i, increased r-ationils, and speci~al issues. It: also fixse therate of exchange if one foZlmmodity is SUbSt'~tuted for anuother.The collmmanding gen·r·als of thl~ealrmy order the channge fromone ration to the oth~er and dir~ect th~e special issues scupple-mnentary to the normal ration. The genera2ls commantndingszdi-vis~ons p~rescribe spbstitution~s and allow commul~nltation?of ra~t~ions(ofii'cers, isolalted or smalll detalchmlents). This commnutation is

2989MANUALFOR COMM~ANDERS ~OF[NFANTRY: PL;ATOONS.

1.99 francs for the normalration and 2.20 francs for the in-c~reasedration (December, 1915).

Allowance for rations,-On2e day reserve rations: 500 g~ramswar breadc (10 slices), 300 grams meat, 50 gr'am~ssoup. 80 grramlssug~ar,36 gramsco~ffee,125 gramschocolat~e, 20 grams~xobacco.

Normnal rationz (ingram~s).

Normal. I ncreased.



Normal. I ncreased.

Bread..,,,.,,,75fi 750H:trd-tack...r· .· .. .. ~·I·650 650Fresh meat. .·..···.···.·400 450Bacon or lard (wit~hresh meat). ... ,.,... 30 30Meat. ..... ~· ....-210 .:Canned meat.. ... ,.,... ,,,;,,,,,,,,~~300 300:,Soup (with canned meat),....... .. 50 50Rice or dried beans.. . ,.,... . , , 60 100SugaTir.-.-.-.....·· .. .··..·.·· ., 32 48Coffee- . . . . . , ,.....,..,,,,,,,,, 24 .36

S:~?'l-.-~-·l. .. · .. · · ·I..·.··...~·24 24WTine......... , ........ , .,,,liter.. 1Beer or eider. ·. do. 1 1Tlobacco (officers). .....·.· ........ 120 20Tlobacco (enlisted men). ......... 1 15 20

SU nSTITUTIONS.

1. ~Inplace of meat.H~erring,salted or smokred or codfish, salted .. .. . 400 500Meat, smoked,.. ·... ,.. 250 250S$ardines..... ,...,..,.,,,,,,, ,,,,,1 200 250Codfish, dried ... ,.,..,, .,,,,,,,, ,,~] 100 125Pork, salted. .. ~~.·..····· ..·. , 240 300

2. In. place ef rice or dried v etables.

Potat~oes. 450 750Cabbage, carrots, or turnips..600 1,000oPastry. ·. ·. · · ·... · .I.· .. I 60 100Veget~ables, preserved. .1.·.···· .· I 60 7,5Sweets. .· ·..... · ·. · · · · · · · · 75 75

3. Other rations.

Tea. ................ ,,, 3 crams (wit~h 10 grams

2 ugar).Brandy. ,r,.,,,,,,,,,,,,.~., 1/10 liter.

MROANUALP'OR CO1VMPANSTDE1RSO,. ICNFAINTRY PLAdTOO3TS. 299

Ninw?·!1Cl raEtiOnl in2 jratS ) ·-Continued.

5UBtttiTUTCONS-caatinucd.

Otlrer'r·at~idces.

Sosnp.- i2.............. ,~~~ ~~~~~~~~g~ansa per dlay.a~t:hes,... . 0 for·15 days.C dl ( di ) S d



Candles (according'o season)...,....~~~~~~~~ : or· S per sqjuad'; 2gram~s or·4 per main:S or Apcr o'ficsr.Petroleum1.:.i ._,,.i...i b. . ~~_~~~~~~~~~~~~~Substifus~edon !;t batsicof3 ll crc;per 100 Hl~0gramln;f andl~lesr~an-dies wveigh ill per kilo)-gram).Whenin dugouts.29:...~~~~I gr~ams1andle)s perman peurday or 70grants pet~roleumndi'70 grasutmsarbide.W~ater(when supply is limrited)..,,....~~.~~~ 3 .to 5 liters per roasi,according t~ohte sea-sost; .0 lite~rs pierhor~e.

StrawY or bedding.s k.,,,,.,,..~~.~~,~~~~5ilograsusof lonlgst~raw or 7k~ilogramsofshort strawli.Fuel1 kiiogram 1)1wood or0.100ikilogr~am of carabide.Fuel when in dugouts for telephone posts.......,1..5 kilogrrams of charcoalor 7 k~ilogramsi:f cokI~e.Per' man, 0.200 oifcharcoal or 0.300 ofco'-c iin place of t~he~~irewoocin cantonment. ~~~~ordinaryeselration).Firewoodn·- · · ·- ·...........atnmn..510> of woodt or 0.1'30 ofc~harcoal: 0.6003and0.350 with rollinglitchen.

Firewood in bivouac ... .. ,~~~~. 100) of synod or 0.65?9ofcharcoal. Supple-mentary for warmingup the trletiches, 0.65solidil~ed alco~hol,0.300 cokre, 0.630 char-coal.



NANUIIE~ALF:OR COJY)lb~JYlANDERO I~NFANdiTRY'SLATOOE(NS.- 3O1

4Thwoma-le~s.

Rations.

Food. Funi.

Privatess-........,,.....,, .... 1 1No0ncommissioned officers...... ,., .. ,,..... 1.ilieultenants.. . ."..( t Ttli 2 4



(aptsTtlins..,.. . ,,o ., · ,...· 2 4:Field!olticers.21 6

CHA~nPTERIXL~

RnEPLENISHTs: ~ENCi OF MUJINITIONCSANDb MA~~TIEREL.E

Organization ofP the replenishi lent of munitions and nsa-

t~riel.--The grerat development of special ties, which requireheav7y and voluminousl :supplies, m~ake goodl organizaztion: ofreplenishment a vital necessity 'sad a particularly d~elicateproble.e;

Whatever may he the s~ituat~ion, ever~yeffor~t is madle to pus~hthe animals as nea~r as po~ssibleto the troops, so as to reduce thc.length of t~he c~arry~. Mules alncl aLssesa~re best: for this servi-ce.

Th~e car~rySing pn ties: sh3oul~ br1. well organi zed ; for' 20 mlen agui~der ~cor~poralin fr~ont, aln ec-nergetic se~rgeant behind. Allfalling out is ai crim-e. It· is prludent to rckodn that: there xviiiarr~ive at the fr·ont, linec only half of wrhat w~ill have been sent(.bomba~rdment, straggi~ring en trying parllties, ~etc.). Another

max~imr isito n;riwnys'-~nde~avor. to ~haveunits sup~plied by partie~shelormgn~if to the units theruselveti; they xviii be much mlore apt t'l

arrive at their destination, It should· be so alrrangfed thalt, whenthe front of the c~omp:,any snot tcot extendled, the txvo platoonsin support shall leave in the rear the i r section of light infantry-m3en;one, m~arching wvith the r·eservTIe,shall ca~rry to the cojn-qyuered position such sup~plies as ,sr~etile most need-edi for imme-diate use, w~hich ar~e,in ~Seneral1,tools, gr~enades, and wa~ter; theother shall bring up a .little later, perhap~s in the night, sandbags

(em~pty), barbed wire, r~ockets, rations, brandy, cartridges, and

302 MANUAL FOR4aWOMMAND~ERS OF: INF;ANTRY6 PLAIT ONS.

mor>e grenadles. All· theseobjects aire obtain~edl at d'epots, ordumr~ps,establishled before t~he atta~ck, and as fa r forwvardl as pos-obl2e, eithler inl the trench of departure (jumping-off trench) oreti; least near the command! posts of the captainls and battalion(1command~.1Cers.

T\hey a~'re pu~t in sacksr in bundles1~Cof lit to l7~rpoundllcs, SO thaZt, the~y may be giveni out-one to a manl alreadyloadted; two, thr'ee, or four to ' a " replenisher," who will tie themt~t~ogecther and carry themu as a bundle. Fin'lally, it wouldc appreirrfea~sible to makzleat thie front mnunition dumpsl~, comprising cftr-



JSrpY~abs,~ Cl/A 'I

,' 514*4TrOcjL ue,.~mn

contrary.~~~~~~ji-:~g~nof cur~i/Sngup l i s is atnbsolutelyncsrorbidden/d ntef ie ld of battle.-

cat7;ts groupe( by battaix undefr tahie omm, and favryenaer-

gos~etiofer o r .co.wil be! pushed up as nherar a possible to. the

MANUA FOdR COMBMANDERSSF INFANTRY PLATOONBS. 303

trroops.~' They~V-ti-l1a·~v~oid;oode whicvlha:re·too muchliquijd andtr~ere:'6re -diffiult!:to transpori7;,t.:t will·be ad2vanta8geous1~in cer-t~ain caLsesto- arr~ange by sqluadlsa sortl of lunch1 baskret (rationulbo~)..coatniollig;rations for· the ne~t-(~lay.~ t: will be possibl~e also.

to qst;~b~ishdepots of~iannedl goods near the commnand post~s.ofcapItains. Men xv~eh~iiieceiv6e solidified ~alcohol1or rewarmingStheir~

Replac~ement of m~n~it~ions~inthe war of mlanenver.--At: a hatlr·or on the;marlch kieep:lup the lnrlividunl allowance (theoretically88 car~tridges per maun) at first fromn that pr1ovided for the sick,b f d lki h hi h b



absent, etc.; after~wards talking that which is in the combat

wo~agonof the compasny..Befglore thze fight, upon the or~der·of the battazlionl commandcer,the supl:,~y serge~ant of the balttalion sends to each compilanyiitscom~batwagon from wichichthe ammliunition is (listribut~ed. TlheemptyT wagons are senti to the secondl echelon of the combat train,in rea.r-f: the 'regiment. azndar~e not refilledl during the action.The supplyt serlgeant repor~ts to the regimuental supply s~ergeant-,wvho,takes post azta poiflt fixed by th e olonel behind the unen-gazgedbat~taclionswith a cer·tain numlber of sappers a~ndeserves.

I)uringy con32hat a section of the infantry ammunition train(34 m~cunition caissonzs, flagrs, and yellowanterns), or a fra~ction

of that trarin, is designa2te-dto resupply t~he egiment. An agfent;(an a. c. 0.) goes t&~t~hecolonel, rlebi'~ves the lat2ter's brders, anzdindicates to the regime~lntalSupp~lysergeant the num~berof w~agons~requiredt (in geeri~al,1 per battalion andl machine-gun compainy).The supplysergeaznt of each bat-talion andc twvomen conduct thlewag~onas near as possible to the firing line, distribute the amm111u-'nition, and tak~e the wegronback to the regimental supply ser-geajnt. T'he· agent 'of 'thie train thlen r~econdlucts the xvagonsquricklyfiio the~train and4''eturnsnto the fron-t' an eqyualnumber' ofload~ed watfgons;

.After: thie figphtthe men's belts and theombatt wag~ons of thecompanies aire r~efilled from the wag~onsof the t ra~inTe eplenishmentiof horses fQorthei~combajt wag~rons~is made by .thenear~Wt infantryr amm~uniti'on t r inl u p o n the ordler of the brigadbecommandcer.' The wai~gonsshemselves atre replaced by r~equisi-t~iof~ie~d'xvagons. B.esides t~hi~regulfl;raiemehodl f repleaishmeht.lkthe inifantr~y ammiunlitiontra~inshould, in comlbat, deliver mufri-ti~Insdir1ectly to any commiandl,wherever situated in the vicinity',

·304 NANUAL; FOR COMM~lANDERSOFNFANTRY PLATOONS.f

on a simple receipt signed by its chief.; Regfimental and battalioncommanders should similarly deliver ammunition t~oa force o fanother regiment.

TablZe of the arma~me~nt of an, intfantry companzy int rifles.Armed wTithifle, but with

Not armed with rifle, redulced ~numhberof car* Armed with rifle.tridges.,

1 adjut~ant. 10sergeants. 2croas1 sergeant major. 4 corporals, grena- 68onfanotCtrymen 88I, 120,20S automatic ri~flemen diers 148to 56 15various r Q



S.automatic ri flemen. diers. 148to 56 15 various. r Q5 carriersfor automatic 28 grenadiers ca r t. 5 arriers V. B.(384 cagr~t.

riflemen. 16 grenadiers,V. B. Iridges. DAM cartridges rdgslihospitalman. 5 carriers V.B. for smallasrmns);2:drummers. 1cyclist (18 cartridges).3 guides.

Loadinzg of thte wagonzs of ac manll arms. (infantry/) ammun~itiontsecti~on.

I. RIFL1EARTRIDGE.11 wagons (caissons) with 8 caissons and 3 imber chests loaded with,cart-

ridges, model 1886 rifl'e, in p a c k a g e s , . 1 ; .,, ~,,,,,,,, · r349,696caissonz-body chests loaded with model 1586D, cartridges,ln clip's..~ 3~0;960

ilcaisson-body chest loaded with APX cartridges... 1.,..,,,,, 27,'520

Total-.··.·. · IIl ,,,,,,,,.~· ..... ,..,408,176II. CARTRIDGES FORAUTOMATICRIFL'EIS.

10 caissonsloadedwith D automatic or machine r~iflecartridges, in packages. :392,960515 CARTRIDGE5FORlMACHINEGUNS..

13wagons (caissons) with 8 caissons, 1 caisson-body chest loaded withDAM cartridges in rigid hands (clips) ..... ,.,,,....,,,248, 400

4 caisson-bod~y chests containing each 24 boxes of fexible bands anid 7,232~DAMcartridges, n packages .46 .~ . . . . . . . .. . ..... ,q, 4644 limber Chests containing each 11,616 DAMI cartridges in packlagesand I

mac *nefor rech~argingempty bands (or 104 empty bands or clips)... 57,728

Total -........ ,-.,.....,.....,,,,,,,,,, 352;592lumber chest loaded with revolver and pistol ammunition.

NoTEs.-This ta~bleapplies to a division having 1907machine guns and only 10per cent of 1907-191,5rifles. lit is modifiedaccording to needs.

A change in the 11 caissonsfor rifle ammunition is contem~plated to provi~deforcarrying hand grenades, V. 1B.grenades,37m m . ammunition, flares, and automatic-pistol ammunition.

1Nubrreduced in the case of American ammunition in ~boxies,

M6ANUAL FOR CO~JVMAMDERS OF DIFAN;TRY PLATOONS. 305-

Armamenrtof the pl1atoon2and exa/mple of the armamrpents issued________________ efore the combat.

Arms. Cartridges.

.5 ~~1886i-D.Pistol.

ea C ~ ~ o

FIRST HALFr PLATOON.



~ergeant......... 1 .5 56 .

FEiirst,quad grenade:Corporal ...... 1...1...1. .. 56 56 . ""~"" 'Squad leader. , , . . 1. 1.... 1 56 56.2 throwers . . . , . , a 21-. 2 2 1 . . 1 - ..... 27. 542 carriers .... ,. 21.. 21 21..:. ...1.11 271 542 aids ....... *21--. .. . 2 561 1121....1.....

Second squad, automatic'rife:

Supply corporal~... . 11. .1...-... 120 1 2 0 1 . . . 1 . . . .. ,

Automatic r i f lem en . ., .. 1 11., I...,. . b 160 27 27First carrier. .,..,.I...I...I 1.,,].1. .... c 4801 27 27Second carrier.. II..... 1.,..,. ... .,; d 384~...1·,,2 extras,.... . 1 1) 21...1...). 1,024 54. 54

SECOND HABLF PLAQTOON.

SergJeant ._ . . . . . . . . 1;..1...1. . 561 561....1.....T2Chrdsquad, light In-

fanltry:Corporal.1..., I... I.. ,.. 881 88[-.-)..1 ,. .8IIght inzfa~ntrymen. 81. . . , - . .1. . 120 90FEirstgrenadier, V B. 1VBI . . ! . . . I . . 56 -- 56j...-l....,Second grenadier,VB. 1VB ... .I . 56 56i carrier, VS.:·:... I1.1161,,.1.. 56 .

Fourth -squad, light in-fantry:

C~orporal.1.~.,,.. I.. 1..(-.. 888 .9 light.infa~ntrymen. 91 . . - . . .1 . . 12011 8 .2 greniadiers VS.., 2VB1....1... .. 112 11 2 . ,

lecarnier, VI..... 11:.661.~. 1. 56.Total , . . . . , . , , .381 21 8 71. . . 30081 2,018j.;. 216

a Throwers will not carry the rifle if th~efight is not to be hand~to .h ~d.In 8 clips of 20 cartridges (4in the leather pouch and 4in the haversack).160 in 8clips of 20 each in the haversack; 320in 5 packs (1 in the haversackIiand 4

in hrandoliers).d 320 in 5 packages in bandoliers; 64 in the belt.

806 ]MANUALFOR CO~i~~A~NDEERS OFBNt~FANSTRY PLABTOONS.

Al~rnuim?·ent f' the platoon. Olt~dr~tfiiplc of tle: (erlznamelcts,issueilb~efore the di w07barit-Col~9tihued.~:

Grecnades.,

F' or Ol~a VB Snfoc'tingor Ai 11916.·1 Signs]eqip

_ _ - _ _ - c m nt-- 'i xi- - - -

FIRiST 5TS4LFPLAtTOON



FIRiST 5TS4LFPLAtTOON.Sergean~t..

5.......1~,,1~_~~~~~I~J~_~~~~ flares.First sqluad,grenade:Corporal.8...... -16 8-10...i.... 2 212 Bengal lights.Squad leader,.. 8-16 8-16 . . 2 22 throwe~rs... ., 10-201 29-10.

2 carier 10-0 2010 .2 412aids. 5.....~.16 16-321.....1... 2 4l 2 position-mark-

Second sqluad,automatic ing panels,Supp~lycorporazl.2 Bengnal ligHts,Auztomnaticriflemen.~--- I··-1 ----- · I-- · I--·First carrier.Second carrier.2extras.

SE~CONDHALF PLATOON ( flares, 1 ~pist~oSergean't. of .25 (sic), 2

TIlhird squad, light in- ~ pan~s

fantry:Corp'oral. . . . .2..,,).. 2.I,,,,.I~~~S light' i lant~rymen 21 161 21- I16-..I;,First grenadier, VB..... I., 10 101...1,,Second grenadier, VBIS...I., _ 10 10 .

Fourth squad, li;gi in . 1 ofantlry:

Corporal.. . ........ . . .2~~~~~ 212 Benghllights.9

ligh~tinfantrymen. 2 18 215. 2 panels.2 grenadliers, VB . 1 201.;·.l..I carrier, VB,..... I...I._.10 10l... ..

'Totali...;.· .. /_,. 106-178_._I 91.., 16a From the point of view of loads 1 F equals 2 OF. -The proportion of offensive

and de~fensivecrdnades is regulat~ed soerlv hv the resources and the terrain to heattacked. Riflemen c~arrya minimum of 2 andj a mraximum·of ahoist ~ ranades.

bUpon arrivcal at the conqueredfront the carriers ·f V.0 grenades ·ake ·over the VBgrenadescarried hy the ri~flemen.

~alwUALF'OR COI~MMANDfERSOF INFANTR1YPLATOON)S.30

As~Lo o n as th~eomm~and po~stof the lbat~talion is established itis well to ·establish -there a dump eqlual t~othe needs of: twrocompanies and of one half comlpany of machine guns, als follows:

"86SD "' ca·rtridges_______-__,____25, 000DAM car~trlidges, in pa~ckages…___,____,__,17, 000DAM~ cart~iridges, in clips…____,,__,_____,20, 000Handl grenades…___,, _,,,__,______,,1, 000YB grenades-__, ____,__,____,___,,800AB 1916 grenadces-,, __,_,,___,___100



Compicete~this afterwTardls for the three companies and mlachine-gun com1panyYof the baltta~lion.USEFIUL INFOEMATirlION FOE TH E ESTABLISHMELINT OF A PLAlN F O E ,

RIEPLE~NIShMENT.:N

`1. Rcplcnzishm17cnt by manl powcrl.--One can-brie is able 'to

12 padkag2es of "86G D ") cartridges (76iScar~trid~ges) wei~gh-ing 22 kilograms (48 pouands).

28 strips (bandls) of DAM cart~ridges (700 car~tridges)weighing 23 kilograms (50 pounds).

30 OF~grenades, weighing 11 kiilogralms (numnber limit~ed bythe bulk) (24 pounds).

30 F 1 grenadles, w~eighing 18 kilograms (40 p~ounds).40 s~uffocating grenadces, wTeighing 16 kilograms (35 poundls).25 AB grlenadtes, weighing 18 kilograms (40 pou-nds).40 YB grrenadles, w:eighing 19 krilogrrams (42 pounds).33 shells (37's), wieighing 19 kilograms (1 box) (42

pounds) .,50 t-o 100 empty sacks, according to thickness.5 iron or wooden pickets.15 yards of " Reseanu Brun," a spirazl of barbed wire on a

woodlen framewrork. (&ec Chanp. TVIII, Pt. II. )1 pick~et;and 1 roll of wire (masterial for 2 sqyuare ya~rds).100 sig~nal cartridges or flares, size 25.WF/ater ·for a squadl (12 hazlf-gallon ca~ns).

1 batskret of food for a hatlf-platoon (per man, 500 gra2ms f7bread or biscuit, 300 meat, 200 chocolate or sazrdines, 50alcohol).



3110 NMANUAL ~FORCOILANDB~ERS OF I[NFANTRYP LATiOONS.

Second. The reserve compalny attazchedl to the battanlion depot.;four sqluads:of riflem~en for the reijlenishment of engrineer ma~-t~rie1 for the twvo companies of thae first line; and twro sqluadcsofriflemen~ for the replenishmlent of thc 1ations of these twTo comZ-p3anies. There r~emains two squ~atds of r·iflemnen for

thle r~eplen-ishjment of their, owsn srupplies.5i. Rceplemishm catl·· of thLec(ttali~oa ~.-Tbcl~bqtt'dlion shlouild Thive

at its depot: s~upplies at least eqwlu~lo thcit c~ir~ried by t~he com-:panies. In consitlering xxWit h'xs been statted ibovoeit is se'enthgt it; requires a territori l camp mx oem'b~tt muon in. ordter· toassure the transport between the regimental depot and the bat-



p gimental depot and the battalion.

3. R~eplenzishmenta of thze regm~iac'a12rTh~efollowng~f mlay be oifmm: An ammu~lnitiion-wago~nchest c'lrresc about 102500 cartrtidges,w~eighing 450 kilog~ram1 (090 poun~d6). It xx'iiicarr1y 672: YBgrenadles--or, 400 Fl1 grenadces (240 krilogram1-s.53~0 pounds) and200 YBR grenades (100 klogr~ams, 220 pounds), or, 300 handgrenade. and 300 YTB renades packred as follow-s: Eight ~~calsesf20 grenades ini the chest, 7icas~es of 20 grenadles on thle rear boarsd(or shelf). 3 cases of 100 YB grenadles on, the : rea r chest,

eqyuipped wVith a bra'ck~et;This utilization of the chest for the tran~sport: of loaded! gre-

nades is not writhout dang~er aLndmuIs~t nuOte consideredl asl theusual method~ of tran~sport.

In reserving fo r the g~renades and flares~ one chest. in. two(preferalbly the rear one) :there s~till remains in time comnbat

train 82 cartridgles per ma1,n azrm~edwith a rifle..It: is a gQod plaln to halve ion each caisson or mI1at~er'ial-wagon"P

a package of 50 sand bags for d'istribution.It is impossible to dlet~ermline the proportion ~ofF.i~Fl, and

other grenades in an. apportionment. It ~isoo po~sitive a statte-ment to say, that: the F l Igrenades. should constitute the mla~jor

lpart of the depots, for comubats have been wa~ne~i with' suiccesswvith the OF~inly; it is the onlylgrenatde ixhiich can be used f~romlconcealed positions, aind certazin gIreaadiers prefer it in allcases. A normal proportion is as follow~s: One-fifth smoke orincendliary grenades. three-fifths Fil, and twio-fifths OFli; or th.elast figures mlight be reversed. The proportion of one-half in-cendiary grenades is proper, for the moppers up. (trenCh~cleaners)..

M~ANUALFOPR COMMi~ANDIERSOF INFANTR$ PLACTOON~S. 1

CHA~PTER XI'I.

~RAILROAD~lRAN~ISPORIET.

A train of 50 cars can carry one-third of a regiment; of

infant~ry; this is the heaviest element carlriedl by a single .train.Length of train, 383 yards; open siding, 438 yards.T~ime al~lowedZor en~t-ainingr detra~ining, onze andci ne-half

h~our1s s ac maxnimzum, if pl~atform~lsan~d r~amps ar~e availabl~ie.It: is essential that the dletra~ining equip~ment shall be suffi-

ciently mobile so that this tim3e shall not be ex~ceeded.Off h d i h h i



Offcer charged with the train inspection.-H--e precedes thecolmmand by ait least half an hour, accompanied by an1 underofficer, hanving a return of the personnel and mzatdriel to beloaded. Duties: Tlo num~ber w.ith chalk the cars frorm the*headto, the tail of the train; note the capacity of each car· or truckr;distribute numerically the men, officers, police guazrd, horsesand wagons; w-trite 'this uponl the cars and make a list accord-ing to the car numlbers for the commander of the troops. Sendthis list to the commander as soon as possible, and atth~e samet-ime give him all1 n'seful information regar~ding the approachesto the train and the most favorable p~lace for mak~ing 'thedivision into fractions. This place should be outside thestation.

Capacity of cars-Or1dirznary catr.-In each comlpalrtmenit takrethe numuber of places indicated diminished by 2.

Speciael~l lit~led~ earTs-Look0 at the inscription. The markr"32-4i0 men" mleans 32 men equipIpedl or 40 unequipp~ed.

Fr'~ei~ghtcar-s nzotspec~ialll ~fitted.-Carry40 men eachl, regazrd-less of malrking.,

Flacts-An inscription on the side will indicate. For ekample,5 axles. Furthermor~e, the size of all military carr~ia~es is s~tatedin axles by an inscr~iption on the carriag~se, the smallest being thelimber of thle 75's which is at vehicle of " one axle." It is easy,therefore, to estimate correctl~ythe carriages on a· given numbe'rof flats.

Police guard.-One officer, 1 sergfeant, 1 corporal, 1 bugler,1_5men. This guard is placed in the center· of the train m'earthe officer's car; it g~uardls the mne1 undergoing confinement; itarrives at the station at the same time as the troops a'nd

312 IIbaNUaaL FOR Co~z1MvarsflES O]F INFuaNTRYuPeLATnOONS,

enters i~ts car. The chief receives orders from the commanderron the subject of sentinels.

Distribaution-Thelt cua-n'ia~nd is formed in n line. E~iverybody,except the ofi~cers, r~emar~ins in ranks; the chiefs of p~latoon seesthat arra~ngementc~s are· mad~eto hit(ic space for men temnporarilyawaTy (lo)ading equipmenlt. ord(.nanfe, etc.), and thant the menpr'esent do not leave r~anks. The officer wha has ~madehearr~angem-entsxthen3 d-ivid-es the commarnndlnrto parts accordingto the capacity o~f the~ cars without reference to comnpanies.T~he captains thenl designai~te thie c~hie~f'sof the carls and of the

Th ther i f w homnh



compartments., These note ther-meni for w~homnhey are respon-sible anti inform? t~hem of thle numnberl ofE their catr. Acft~erem~barkrin~, write the numzberl on the inisitle of the ctar door and.acid on the cars the designation of the com7panies occunying it.

Embarkation of the troops.-The comalinad boar~ds the trainin column of fours by a route so ch~osien that each~ fraction~.marchin~g at 2 pace~s fromlrthe prlecledoairloneI@asi~ly reachesthe car, ·~oward which It face~s in d~oable raink; it keeps theranuks closed so ais nut toiove~rlap~ the Ilenl~rtbof the carl. At thebilgle call ForiTard " the men put thlent p~ads on the g~rounld.The chief of th~e cocmupartluent annd one ruitn 'ret into the com-partm~ent. All r~ifles alnd then alll p~acksrare pa:ssed to these menwC~hoispose of themnin the end of the cnop-ui tmeut or~ underthe seats or in the rancks over~head. Thrs being finished thech~ief of the compaurtment causes the othle1s to enter~. ]He is

e·cpocnsible for their' conduct dur~ing the ti ip mnd for· any delay-ii unlo'~itaa.

Bugle calls-" 1-Th~~1:"Author~ization tot ~e~tut atf wic~llfor10 to U5 minutes5. " F~orwarld " Entr1ain 'uoin. Me~ss calls: Fiood.station; the sup~ply ser~eant of each company and. men percai l xvii report to the mes~s officer or his assi't'mnt, These (listrbilbutions ai e made inz tloc cars, sup~ervi'ed bi officers. The mename allo ~xd to get out otnly wThen thay hax e finishcd. Fior thecoamnositmon of the meal see. Food. (Alimlentation). "Riegi-ment'il rlnch ": Detrain, same 'i)Pinciples 'is entr~a~iningrexc~ept.in inverse order.

Duringf short stops, when the call "Ha~lt" is not so~unded. thecommander of the guard tak~es chazrge of the train and mm~;iypermit somne mxen ~toet off.



MV~iANU~AL~.:O~,OIgib~SOMMANDER OF· INaFANMTY PLA~TO8ONS.' 316

its retention shall be no longer necesasry for the care of theW~toufldld prisoner~s.

R~efrain fr~om emplloying any prlojectile which wreighsxess than400 gramlls that is either exp~losive or loadred wit~h incenliar~y orinfl~ammable ma~terinit,from ln pIojectiles hzaving for their sol..dbje~ct·the spelic~ciin? of 'isu;!hvx'Si~iti' o bL'irmful ga~ses, all ex-pamntling bullet-s or hloe in-ch wTill e:7silv flatten- out insitie thehumafn bodly, such as Jackrete(1 bul'ets wrhose jacket does not en-tirlely cover~ thie cor~e or· is;nickedl

Fiorbidl the use of poisons oi of poisoned arms; k~illing ordi w ho Z i 1 d TI i1 d l



wvounding anu enemy w ho MsZtin ~~1owndowTI ini1s arms a d sulr-riendered ; declalraftions thait thei e · ill be no qluarter ; refrainfromll- bomlbarlding tow~ns andccities T-xhichi ~eot defended, fromzfiring on churches, hi tori a al monuments, edifices (levotedt tothe ar~ts, to science, to charitygr to sick and wounded and whichiare marked 1w 'i conspicuous sional km w~no the enemy.

Prisoncis should be Ue'i2ted 'is to i ations, housing, and cloth-inig the samne ~s o p s ofI the cuiuntrv wh~ichi has caiptur~ed them-.All then ~peional belonoinos, except their armls andl militarypapers, shoulda boe ft in? Iliemi posses'uon.

The followmng shiouldl be inviolate The emissary--thatt isto say, 'm indniOil~ ni nmthorw~ed by bellicei'ent to enter intotalk~s w-ith the 'intho itines of the otheie side and comiing under 'iw:hite fiaz· 'lso hi0; t ·umpetem, hlisst'ind rd bear~er, :nud hisinterpr~eteti. I-I Ines los mnviolbrhitity if it is proven that he hnaspr~ofited by: hispriv~ilegel to prlov-okeor commilnttreachery.v

An undisguised military man can never be trleatedl as a spy.·

manual for commanders of infantry platoons part s 3 and 4

Documents